Your Global Automation Partner

BL20
I/O Modules
Instructions for Use
Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | Witzlebenstraße 7, 45472 Mülheim an der Ruhr, Germany | Tel. +49 208 4952-0 | Fax +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 1 About These Instructions

1.1 Documentation concept 13

1.2 Explanation of symbols used 14

1.2.1 Additional documents 14
1.2.2 Prescribed use 14

2 Notes on the Product

2.1 Product Identification 15

2.2 Legal Requirements 15

2.3 Manufacturer and Service 15

3 For Your Safety

3.1 Intended Use 17

3.2 General Safety Instructions 17

4 BL20 I/O System

4.1 BL20 components 20

4.1.1 Gateways 20
4.1.2 Power distribution modules 21
4.1.3 Electronics modules (standard product line) 22
4.1.4 ECO electronics modules 23
4.1.5 Base modules 24
4.1.6 End plate 25
4.1.7 End bracket 25
4.1.8 Jumpers 26
4.1.9 Marking material 26
4.1.10 Shield connection gateway 27

5 General Technical Data of BL20 Modules

5.1 Station dimensions 29

5.1.1 Dimensions for electronics modules 29
5.1.2 Dimensions for base modules 29
5.1.3 Dimension drawing 30
5.1.4 Dimensions of the BL20-ECO modules 33

5.2 General technical data 34

5.2.1 Approvals 36
5.2.2 Technical data of the base modules 36

2020/09 1
 6 Power Distribution Modules

6.1 Power distribution (power feeding modules) 37

6.2 Power Feeding module, 24 VDC, with diagnostics 38

6.2.1 Technical data 38
6.2.2 Diagnostic and status messages 39
6.2.3 Base modules 39
6.2.4 Wiring diagram 40

6.3 Power Feeding module, 120/230 VDC, with diagnostics 41

6.3.1 Technical data 41
6.3.2 Diagnostic and status messages 42
6.3.3 Base modules 43
6.3.4 Wiring diagram 43

6.4 Bus Refreshing modules 44

6.4.1 Module overview 44

6.5 Bus Refreshing module with diagnostics 45

6.5.1 Technical data 45
6.5.2 Diagnostic and status messages 46
6.5.3 Base modules 47

7 Digital Input Modules

7.1 LED status indicators 51

7.2 Module overview 51

7.3 Digital input module, 2DI, 24 V DC, positive switching (sinking) 52

7.3.1 Technical data 52
7.3.2 Base modules 53
7.3.3 Wiring diagram 54
7.3.4 Process data mapping 54
7.3.5 Diagnostic and status messages 55

7.4 Digital input module, 2DI, 24 V DC, negative switching (sourcing) 56

7.4.1 Technical data 56
7.4.2 Base modules 57
7.4.3 Wiring diagram 58
7.4.4 Process data mapping 58
7.4.5 Diagnostic and status messages 59

7.5 Digital input module, 2DI, 120/230 VAC 60

7.5.1 Technical data 60
7.5.2 Base modules 61
7.5.3 Wiring diagram 62
7.5.4 Process data mapping 62
7.5.5 Diagnostic and status messages 63

2 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 7.6 Digital input module, 4DI, 24 VDC, positive switching (sinking) 64
7.6.1 Technical data 64
7.6.2 Base modules 65
7.6.3 Wiring diagram 66
7.6.4 Process data mapping 67
7.6.5 Diagnostic and status messages 67

7.7 Digital input module, 4DI, 24 V DC, negative switching (sourcing) 68

7.7.1 Technical data 68
7.7.2 Base modules 69
7.7.3 Wiring diagram 70
7.7.4 Process data mapping 71
7.7.5 Diagnostic and status messages 71

7.8 Digital input module, 4DI, NAMUR 72

7.8.1 Technical data 72
7.8.2 Base modules 73
7.8.3 Wiring diagram 73
7.8.4 Process data mapping 74
7.8.5 Diagnostic and status messages 74
7.8.6 Module parameters 75

7.9 Digital input module, BL20 Economy, 8 DI, 24 VDC, positive switching (sinking) 78
7.9.1 Technical data 78
7.9.2 Wiring diagram 79
7.9.3 Process data mapping 80
7.9.4 Diagnostic and status messages 80

7.10 Digital input module, 16DI, 24 VDC, positive switching (sinking) 81

7.10.1 Technical data 81
7.10.2 Wiring diagram 83
7.10.3 Process data mapping 83
7.10.4 Diagnostic and status messages 84

7.11 Digital input module, BL20 Economy, 16 DI, 24 VDC, positive switching (sinking) 85
7.11.1 Technical data 85
7.11.2 Wiring diagram 87
7.11.3 Process data mapping 88
7.11.4 Diagnostic and status messages 89

7.12 Digital input module, BL20 Economy, 16 DI, 24 VDC, negative switching (sourcing) 90
7.12.1 Technical data 90
7.12.2 Wiring diagram 91
7.12.3 Process data mapping 92
7.12.4 Diagnostic and status messages 93

7.13 Digital input module, 32DI, 24 VDC, positive switching (sinking) 94

7.13.1 Technical data 94
7.13.2 Base modules 95
7.13.3 Wiring diagram 96
7.13.4 Process data mapping 96
7.13.5 Diagnostic and status messages 97

2020/09 3
 8 Analog Input Modules
8.0.1 Shield 99
8.0.2 Analog data representation 99
8.0.3 Module overview 100

8.1 Analog input module, 1AI, 0/4...20 mA 101

8.1.1 Technical data 101
8.1.2 Base modules 102
8.1.3 Wiring diagram 103
8.1.4 Process data mapping 104
8.1.5 Diagnostic and status messages 104
8.1.6 Module parameters 105
8.1.7 Measurement value representation 106

8.2 Analog input module, 2AI, 0/4...20mA 107

8.2.1 Technical data 107
8.2.2 Base modules 108
8.2.3 Wiring diagram 109
8.2.4 Process data mapping 110
8.2.5 Diagnostic and status messages 110
8.2.6 Module parameters 111
8.2.7 Measurement value representation 113

8.3 Analog input module, 1AI, -10/0…+10 VDC 114

8.3.1 Technical data 114
8.3.2 Base modules 115
8.3.3 Wiring diagram 116
8.3.4 Process data mapping 117
8.3.5 Diagnostic and status messages 117
8.3.6 Module parameters 119
8.3.7 Measurement value representation 120

8.4 Analog input module, 2AI, -10/0…+10 VDC 120

8.4.1 Technical data 120
8.4.2 Base modules 121
8.4.3 Wiring diagram 122
8.4.4 Process data mapping 123
8.4.5 Diagnostic and status messages 123
8.4.6 Module parameters 124
8.4.7 Measurement value representation 125

8.5 Analog input module, 2 AI, Pt-/Ni sensors 126

8.5.1 Technical data 126
8.5.2 Base modules 127
8.5.3 Wiring diagram 128
8.5.4 Process data mapping 129
8.5.5 Diagnostic and status messages 129
8.5.6 Module parameters 131
8.5.7 Measurement value representation 133

4 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 8.6 Analog input module, 2 AI, thermocouples 134
8.6.1 Technical data 135
8.6.2 Base modules 136
8.6.3 Wiring diagram 136
8.6.4 Process data mapping 138
8.6.5 Diagnostic and status messages 138
8.6.6 Module parameters 139
8.6.7 Measurement value representation 141

8.7 Analog input module, 4AI, voltage/current 142

8.7.1 Technical data 143
8.7.2 Base modules 144
8.7.3 Wiring diagram 144
8.7.4 Process data mapping 146
8.7.5 Diagnostic and status messages 146
8.7.6 Module parameters 147
8.7.7 Measurement value representation 149

8.8 Analog input module, 8AI voltage/current and 4 Pt/Ni, Economy 150
8.8.1 Technical data 151
8.8.2 Wiring diagram 153
8.8.3 Process data mapping 155
8.8.4 Diagnostic and status messages 156
8.8.5 Module parameters 157
8.8.6 Process input data 161
8.8.7 Standard value representation for voltage/current 161
8.8.8 Extended Range - value representation for voltage/current 167
8.8.9 Value representation for process automation (NE 43) for voltage/current 175
8.8.10 Standard value representation for Pt-/ Ni- and resistance measurement 183

8.9 Analog input module, 2 AI, current, HART 193

8.9.1 Technical data 194
8.9.2 Base modules 194
8.9.3 Wiring diagram 195
8.9.4 Process data mapping 196
8.9.5 Diagnostic and status messages 197
8.9.6 Module parameters 199
8.9.7 Standard value representation, 16 bit integer 202
8.9.8 Value representation process automation (NE 43), 16 bit representation 204

8.10 Analog input module, 4 AI, thermocouples 206

8.10.1 Technical data 207
8.10.2 Wiring diagram 208
8.10.3 Process data mapping 209
8.10.4 Diagnostic and status messages 210
8.10.5 Module parameters 211
8.10.6 Measurement value representation 213

2020/09 5
 9 Digital Output Modules
9.0.1 LED status indicators 215
9.0.2 Module overview 215

9.1 Digital output module, 2DO, 0.5 A, positive switching (sourcing) 216
9.1.1 Technical data 216
9.1.2 Base modules 217
9.1.3 Wiring diagram 218
9.1.4 Process data mapping 218
9.1.5 Diagnostic and status messages 219

9.2 Digital output module, 2DO, 0.5 A, negative switching (sinking) 220
9.2.1 Technical data 220
9.2.2 Base modules 221
9.2.3 Wiring diagram 222
9.2.4 Process data mapping 223
9.2.5 Diagnostic and status messages 224

9.3 Digital output module, 2DO, 2 A, positive switching (sourcing) 225

9.3.1 Technical data 226
9.3.2 Base modules 227
9.3.3 Wiring diagram 227
9.3.4 Process data mapping 228
9.3.5 Diagnostic and status messages 229

9.4 Digital output module, 4DO, 0.5 A, positive switching (sourcing) 230
9.4.1 Technical data 230
9.4.2 Base modules 231
9.4.3 Wiring diagram 232
9.4.4 Process data mapping 233
9.4.5 Diagnostic and status messages 234

9.5 Digital input module, BL20 Economy, 8 DO, 0.5 A, positive switching (sourcing) 235
9.5.1 Technical data 236
9.5.2 Wiring diagram 237
9.5.3 Process data mapping 237
9.5.4 Diagnostic and status messages 238

9.6 Digital output module, 16DO, 0.5 A, positive switching (sourcing) 239
9.6.1 Technical data 239
9.6.2 Base modules 240
9.6.3 Wiring diagram 241
9.6.4 Process data mapping 241
9.6.5 Diagnostic and status messages 242

9.7 Digital output module, BL20 Economy, 16 DO, 0.5 A, positive switching (sourcing) 244
9.7.1 Technical data 244
9.7.2 Wiring diagram 246
9.7.3 Process data mapping 246
9.7.4 Diagnostic and status messages 247

6 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 9.8 Digital output module, BL20 Economy, 16 DO, 0.5 A, negative switching (sinking) 248
9.8.1 Technical data 248
9.8.2 Wiring diagram 250
9.8.3 Process data mapping 250
9.8.4 Diagnostic and status messages 251

9.9 Digital output module, 32DO, 0.5 A, positive switching (sourcing) 252
9.9.1 Technical data 252
9.9.2 Base modules 253
9.9.3 Wiring diagram 254
9.9.4 Process data mapping 255
9.9.5 Diagnostic and status messages 255

9.10 Digital output module, 2 DO, 0.5 A, 120/230 VAC 257

9.10.1 Technical data 258
9.10.2 Base modules 259
9.10.3 Wiring diagram 259
9.10.4 Process data mapping 260
9.10.5 Diagnostic and status messages 260

10 Analog Output Modules

10.0.1 Resolution of analog value representations 263
10.0.2 LED displays 263
10.0.3 Shielding 263
10.0.4 Module overview 264

10.1 Analog output module, 1AO, 0/4...20 mA 264

10.1.1 Technical data 265
10.1.2 Base modules 266
10.1.3 Wiring diagram 266
10.1.4 Process data mapping 267
10.1.5 Diagnostic and status messages 267
10.1.6 Module parameters 267
10.1.7 Measurement value representation 269

10.2 Analog output module, 2AO, 0/4...20 mA 270

10.2.1 Technical data 270
10.2.2 Base modules 271
10.2.3 Wiring diagram 271
10.2.4 Process data mapping 272
10.2.5 Diagnostic and status messages 272
10.2.6 Module parameters 273

10.3 Analog output module, 2AO, -10/0…+10 VDC 276

10.3.1 Technical data 276
10.3.2 Base modules 277
10.3.3 Wiring diagram 278
10.3.4 Process data mapping 278
10.3.5 Diagnostic and status messages 278
10.3.6 Module parameters 279
10.3.7 Measurement value representation 282

2020/09 7
 10.4 Analog output module, 4AO, voltage/ current, Economy 283
10.4.1 Technical data 283
10.4.2 Wiring diagram 285
10.4.3 Process data mapping 286
10.4.4 Diagnostic and status messages 286
10.4.5 Module parameters 287
10.4.6 Standard value representation 292
10.4.7 Extended Range - value representation 296
10.4.8 Value representation process automation (NE 43) 300

10.5 Analog output module, 2 AO, current, HART 303

10.5.1 Technical data 304
10.5.2 Base modules 304
10.5.3 Wiring diagram 305
10.5.4 Process data mapping 305
10.5.5 Diagnostic and status messages 307
10.5.6 Module parameters 309
10.5.7 Standard value representation, 16 bit integer 314
10.5.8 Extended Range value representation, 16-bit-representation 315
10.5.9 Value representation process automation (NE 43), 16 bit representation 317

11 Relay Modules

11.1 Load limit curve with resistive load 319

11.2 Module overview 319

11.3 Relay module, 2 normally closed contacts 320

11.3.1 Technical data 321
11.3.2 Base modules 322
11.3.3 Wiring diagram 323
11.3.4 Process data mapping 325
11.3.5 Diagnostic and status messages 325

11.4 Relay module, 2 normally open contacts 326

11.4.1 Technical data 327
11.4.2 Base modules 328
11.4.3 Wiring diagram 329
11.4.4 Process data mapping 331
11.4.5 Diagnostic and status messages 331

11.5 Relay module, 2 change over contacts 332

11.5.1 Technical data 333
11.5.2 Base modules 334
11.5.3 Wiring diagram 335
11.5.4 Process data mapping 336
11.5.5 Diagnostic and status messages 336

8 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 12 Technology Modules

12.1 Counter module – BL20-1CNT-24VDC 337

12.1.1 Technical features 337
12.1.2 Diagnostic and status messages 340
12.1.3 Base modules 341
12.1.4 Wiring diagram 342
12.1.5 Operation modes 343
12.1.6 Selecting counter or measurement mode 343
12.1.7 Count mode 344
12.1.8 Main count direction 355
12.1.9 Limit values of count mode 357
12.1.10 Measurement mode 366
12.1.11 Functions and explanations 381
12.1.12 Hysteresis for digital output DO1/DO2 386
12.1.13 Resetting of status bits 390
12.1.14 Transfer of values/load function 391

12.2 BL20-E-2CNT-2PWM – 2 counter-/encoders, 2 PWM-outputs 393

12.3 RS232 interface – BL20-1RS232 394

12.3.1 Data transfer method 394
12.3.2 Data exchange 394
12.3.3 Technical data 395
12.3.4 Pin assignment 397
12.3.5 Process input data 398
12.3.6 Process output data 400
12.3.7 Diagnostic and status messages 403
12.3.8 Module parameters 404

12.4 RS485/422-interface – BL20-1RS485/422 407

12.4.1 Data transfer method 407
12.4.2 Data exchange 407
12.4.3 Technical data 408
12.4.4 Base modules 410
12.4.5 Wiring diagram 410
12.4.6 Process input data 411
12.4.7 Process output data 413
12.4.8 Diagnostic and status messages 415
12.4.9 Module parameters 416

12.5 SSI-interface – BL20-1SSI 419

12.5.1 Data transfer method 419
12.5.2 Data exchange 419
12.5.3 Technical data 420
12.5.4 Base modules 421
12.5.5 Wiring diagram 421
12.5.6 Signal types – Pin assignment SSI 422
12.5.7 Process input data 422
12.5.8 Process output data 425
12.5.9 Internal registers - read and write operations 427
12.5.10 Diagnostic and status messages 432
12.5.11 Module parameters 433

2020/09 9
 12.6 BL20-E-1SWIRE 436
12.6.1 Features 436
12.6.2 Function parameterization 439
12.6.3 MC (Moeller Conformance) 443
12.6.4 Further parameters 443
12.6.5 Technical features 444
12.6.6 Wiring diagram and pin assignment 445
12.6.7 Diagnostic and status messages 447
12.6.8 Module parameters 451
12.6.9 Moeller SWIRE conformance criteria 458

12.7 BL20-E-4IOL – IO-Link Master 460

12.8 BL ident - BL20-2RFID-S/BL20-2RFID-A 460

13 Potential Distribution Modules

13.1 Module overview 461

13.2 BL20-E-10UL 462

13.2.1 Technical data 462
13.2.2 Wiring diagram 462

13.3 BL20-E-10GNDL 463

13.3.1 Wiring diagram 463

13.4 BL20-E-16UL 464

13.4.1 Technical data 464
13.4.2 Wiring diagram 464

13.5 BL20-E-16GNDL 465

13.5.1 Wiring diagram 465

14 Mounting and Wiring

14.1 Mechanical mounting 467

14.1.1 General mounting rules 467
14.1.2 Mounting the gateway 468
14.1.3 Mounting the base module (block or slice design) 470
14.1.4 Mounting slot identification and color markers 471
14.1.5 Jumpers for relay modules 472
14.1.6 Mounting end brackets and end plates 473
14.1.7 Wiring with tension clamp connections 475
14.1.8 Wiring with screw connections 476
14.1.9 Mounting the electronics modules 477
14.1.10 Prevention of false mounting 478
14.1.11 Switchgear cabinet layout 479

14.2 Dismounting from the mounting rail 479

14.2.1 Dismounting of a single component 480
14.2.2 Dismounting the base modules 482
14.2.3 Dismounting the gateway 484

10 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 14.3 Plugging and pulling electronics modules 485

14.4 Handling the BL20 economy modules 485

14.4.1 Insertion of the conductor 485
14.4.2 Removal of the conductor 485

15 Module Labeling
15.0.1 Colors 487
15.0.2 Designations/catalog numbers 487

15.1 Base modules 488

15.2 Labels 489

16 BL20-Approvals for Zone 2/ Division 2

17 Appendix

17.1 Analog value representation (analog input modules) 493

17.1.1 Equations for 16-bit representation 495
17.1.2 Equations for 12-bit representation 501

17.2 Analog value representation (analog output modules) 507

17.2.1 Resolution of analog value representations 507
17.2.2 Equations for 16-bit representation 507
17.2.3 Equations for 12-bit representation 510

17.3 Ident codes the BL20-modules 513

17.4 Nominal current consumption and power loss 515

17.4.1 Nominal current consumption of BL20-modules from the supply terminal IL 515
17.4.2 Nominal current from module bus IMB 516
17.4.3 Power loss of the modules 517

17.5 Abbreviations 519

17.6 Assignment electronic and base modules 521

17.7 Cross reference list parameters 523

2020/09 11
12 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
1 About These Instructions
These operating instructions describe the structure, functions and the use of the product and will
help you to operate the product as intended. Read these instructions carefully before using the
product. This is to avoid possible damage to persons, property or the device.
Retain the instructions for future use during the service life of the product. If the product is passed
on, pass on these instructions as well.

1.1 Documentation concept

This manual contains all information about the bus-independent I/O-modules for the modular
Turck IP20 I/O system BL20.
The following chapters contain a short BL20 system description, exact descriptions of the I/O-mod-
ules’ functionality and their Technical data as well as all general information concerning the whole
system as for example mounting/dismounting, labeling etc. In addition to that, the manual contains
a short description of the BL20 DTM in PACTware.
The bus-specific BL20-gateways, the connection to the different automation devices, the maximum
system extension as well as all other bus specific information are described in separate manuals
(www.turck.de).

2020/09 13
About These Instructions

1.2 Explanation of symbols used

The following symbols are used in these instructions:

DANGER
DANGER indicates a dangerous situation with high risk of death or severe injury if not
avoided.

WARNING
WARNING indicates a dangerous situation with medium risk of death or severe injury if not
avoided.

CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a dangerous situation of medium risk which may result in minor or
moderate injury if not avoided.

ATTENTION
NOTICE indicates a situation which may lead to property damage if not avoided.

NOTE
NOTE indicates tips, recommendations and useful information on specific actions and
facts. The notes simplify your work and help you to avoid additional work.

† CALL TO ACTION
This symbol identifies steps that the user has to perform.
 RESULTS OF ACTION
This symbol identifies relevant results of steps

1.2.1 Additional documents

The following additional documents are available online at www.turck.com:
 Data sheet
 Declaration of Conformity

1.2.2 Prescribed use

The devices described in this manual must be used only in applications prescribed in this manual or
in the respective technical descriptions, and only with certified components and devices from third
party manufacturers.
Appropriate transport, storage, deployment and mounting as well as careful operating and thor-
ough maintenance guarantee the trouble-free and safe operation of these devices.

14 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
2 Notes on the Product

2.1 Product Identification

These instructions apply to the BL20 /IO modules.

2.2 Legal Requirements

The device falls under the following EU directives:
 2014/30/EU (electromagnetic compatibility)

2.3 Manufacturer and Service

Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG
Witzlebenstraße 7
45472 Muelheim an der Ruhr
Germany

Turck supports you with your projects, from initial analysis to the commissioning of your applica-
tion. The Turck product database contains software tools for programming, configuration or com-
missioning, data sheets and CAD files in numerous export formats. You can access the product data-
base at the following address: www.turck.de/products
Should you have any further questions, please contact the sales and service team in Germany under
the following telephone numbers:
Sales: +49 208 4952-380
Technology: +49 208 4952-390
Internet: www.turck.de

Outside Germany, please contact your local Turck representative.

2020/09 15
Notes on the Product

16 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
3 For Your Safety
The product is designed according to state-of-the-art technology. However, residual risks still exist.
Observe the following warnings and safety notices to prevent damage to persons and property.
Turck accepts no liability for damage caused by failure to observe these warning and safety notices.

3.1 Intended Use

The devices are only intended for use in industrial applications.
The BL20 I/O modules are part of the BL20 system. They provide the I/O-functions and can only be
used in combination with a BL20 gateway, the interface to the higher level controllers.
The devices may only be used as described in this manual. Any other usage shall be considered
improper and Turck shall not be held liable for any resulting damage.

3.2 General Safety Instructions

 The device may only be assembled, installed, operated and maintained by professionally trained
personnel.
 The device may only be used in accordance with applicable national and international regula-
tions, standards and laws.
 The device only meets the EMC requirements for industrial areas and is not suitable for use in res-
idential areas.

2020/09 17
For Your Safety

18 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
4 BL20 I/O System
BL20 is a modular I/O system for use in industrial automation. It connects the sensors and actuators
in the field with the higher-level master.
BL20 offers modules for practically all applications:
 Digital input and output modules
 Analog input and output modules
 Technology modules (counters, RS232 interface...)
A complete BL20 station counts as one station on the bus and therefore occupies one fieldbus
address in any given fieldbus structure.
A BL20 station consists of a gateway, power distribution modules and I/O modules.
The connection to the relevant fieldbus is made via the bus-specific gateway, which is responsible
for the communication between the BL20 station and the other fieldbus stations.
The communication within the BL20 station between the gateway and the individual BL20 modules
is regulated via an internal module bus.

NOTE
The gateway is the only fieldbus-dependent module on a BL20 station. All other BL20
modules are not dependent on the fieldbus used.

2020/09 19
BL20 I/O System

4.1 BL20 components

4.1.1 Gateways
The gateway connects the fieldbus to the I/O modules. It is responsible for handling the entire
process data and generates diagnostic information for the higher-level master and the BL20 DTM.
ECO Gateways
The BL20-ECO gateways enlarge the product portfolio of BL20. They offer an excellent cost/
performance ratio.
Further advantages of the gateways in the ECO housing:
 At the moment available for PROFIBUS-DP, DeviceNet, CANopen, Modbus TCP, Modbus RTU/
ASCII, EtherNet/IP, EtherCAT and PROFINET
 Low required space: width 34 mm/ 1.34 inch minimal space requirements
 Can be combined with all existing standard modules (with tension clamp connection
technology) and ECO modules
 Simple wiring with ”Push-in” tension clamp terminals, via DeviceNet-Open Style Connector or via
Ethernet RJ45-connectors
 Automatic bit rate detection for PROFIBUS-DP and DeviceNet
 Setting of fieldbus address and bus terminating resistor (PROFIBUS-DP, DeviceNet, CANopen) via
DIP-switches
 Service interface for commissioning with DTM (without PLC).

Fig. 1: Gateway BL20-E-GW-EN

20 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Gateways with integrated power supply
All standard gateways BL20-GWBR-××× as well as the BL20-gateways for DPV1 and Ethernet (BL20-
GW-DPV1, BL20-GW-EN, BL20-GW-EN-IP, BL20-GW-EN-PN, BL20-PG-EN and BL20-PG-EN-IP) offer an
integrated power supply unit for feeding the gateway and the connected I/O modules.
It is not necessary to supply each individual module with a separate voltage.
Gateways without integrated power supply

NOTE
The gateways without integrated power supply unit need an additional power supply
module (bus refreshing module) which feeds the gateway an the connected I/O modules.

4.1.2 Power distribution modules

The power supply for gateways and I/O modules is fed
to the power distribution modules; therefore, it is not necessary to supply each individual module
with a separate voltage.

Fig. 2: Power distribution module

2020/09 21
BL20 I/O System

4.1.3 Electronics modules (standard product line)

The standard electronics modules contain the I/O-functions of the BL20 modules (power
distribution modules, digital and analog input/output modules, and technology modules).
They are plugged onto the base modules and are not directly connected to the wiring and can be
plugged or pulled when the station is being commissioned or for maintenance purposes, without
having to disconnect the field wiring from the base modules.

Fig. 3: Electronics module in slice design (left) and in Block design (right)

22 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
4.1.4 ECO electronics modules
New ECONOMY modules with a high signal density and exceptionally low channel price expand the
BL20 I/O bus terminal system.
Depending on type, up to 16 digital inputs and outputs can be connected on only 13 mm. This high
connection density considerably reduces the mounting width required for typical applications.
All advantages at a glance:
 Space saving thanks to 16 channels on 13 mm/ 0.51 inch width
 Cost saving thanks to electronics with integrated connection level
 High signal density
 Tool-less connection via ”push-in” spring-type terminal technology for simple and fast mounting
 Flexibility in combining them with standard I/O-modules in tension clamp technology, the
standard- and the ECO-gateways.
 Simple assembly reduces error sources

Fig. 4: ECO I/O module

2020/09 23
BL20 I/O System

4.1.5 Base modules

The field wiring is connected to the base modules. These are constructed as terminals in block and
slice designs and are available in the following variations with either tension clamp or screw
connections: 2-/3-wire (2-channel), 4-wire (2-channel) and 4 x 2-/3-wire (4-channel).

Fig. 5: Base module with tension clamp connection

Fig. 6: Base module with screw connection

Fig. 7: Base module in block design

24 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
4.1.6 End plate
An end plate on the right-hand side physically completes the BL20 station. An end bracket mounted
into the end plate ensures that the BL20 station remains secure on the mounting rail even when
subjected to vibration.

Fig. 8: End plate

4.1.7 End bracket

A second end bracket to the left of the gateway is necessary, as well as the one mounted into the
end plate to secure the station.

Fig. 9: End bracket

NOTE
The end plate and two end brackets are delivered with the gateway.

2020/09 25
BL20 I/O System

4.1.8 Jumpers
Jumpers (QVRs) are used to bridge a connection level of a 4-wire base module. They can be used to
connect potentials in relay modules (bridging the relay roots); thus considerably reducing the
amount of wiring.

Fig. 10: Jumpers

4.1.9 Marking material

 Labels: for labeling BL20 electronics modules.
 Markers: for colored identification of connection levels of BL20 base modules.
 Dekafix connector markers: for numbering the mounting slots on BL20 base modules.

Fig. 11: Marking material

26 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
4.1.10 Shield connection gateway
If the gateway is wired directly to the fieldbus, it is possible to shield the connection using a special
gateway-shielding connection attachment (BS3511/KLBUE4-31.5).

Fig. 12: Shield connection (gateway)

2020/09 27
BL20 I/O System

28 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
5 General Technical Data of BL20 Modules
This chapter describes the general Technical data valid for all BL20 modules.
The following chapters contain all information about the BL20 I/O, power supply and base modules
as well as all module specific Technical data.

NOTE
The Technical data, diagnostic options as well as the parameterizing options for the gate-
ways as well as all other fieldbus specific information are described in the bus-specific
manuals for the BL20 gateways.
An overview of all electronic modules and the appropriate base modules can be found in
the Appendix.

5.1 Station dimensions

5.1.1 Dimensions for electronics modules

Dimensions in mm / inch (w × l × h)

Slice design 12.6 × 74.1 × 55.4 / 3.97 × 2.92 × 2.18

Block design 100.8 × 74.1 × 55.4 /3.97 × 5.07 × 1.96

5.1.2 Dimensions for base modules

Dimensions in mm / inch (w × l × h)

Slice design

2-/3-wire connection technology 12.6 × 117.6 × 49.9 /3.97 × 5.07 × 1.96

4-wire connection technology 12.6 × 128.9 × 49.9 /3.97 × 5.07 × 1.96

4 × 2-/3-wire connection technology 12.6 × 154.5 × 49.9 /3.97 × 5.07 × 1.96

Block design

2-/3-wire connection technology 100.8 × 117.6 × 49.9 /3.97 × 5.07 × 1.96

4-wire connection technology 100.8 × 128.9 × 49.9 /3.97 × 5.07 × 1.96

4 × 2-/3-wire connection technology 100.8 × 154.5 × 49.9 /3.97 × 5.07 × 1.96

2020/09 29
General Technical Data of BL20 Modules

5.1.3 Dimension drawing

67.8 / 2.67

73.1 / 2.88
45.2 / 1.78 72.4 / 2.85
56.4 / 2.22
82.0 / 3.23

Fig. 13: Side view complete BL20 module (with tension clamp connection)

12.6 / 0.49

Fig. 14: Rear view of complete BL20 module in slice design

100.8 / 3.97

Fig. 15: Rear view of complete BL20 module in block design

30 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 47.3 / 1.86

55.4 / 2.18
74.1 / 2.92

Fig. 16: Side view electronic module

12.6 / 0.49

Fig. 17: Rear view of electronic module in slice design

100.8 / 3.97

Fig. 18: Rear view of electronic module in block design

154.5 / 6.08
128.9 / 5.07
117.6 / 4.63
4 x 2-/3-wire

2-/-3-wire
4-wire

49.9 / 1.96
41.6 / 1.63

Fig. 19: Base module with tension clamp connection

2020/09 31
General Technical Data of BL20 Modules

154.5 / 6.08
128.9 / 5.07

4 x 2-/3-wire
117.6 / 4.63

2-/-3-wire
4-wire

49.9 / 1.96
48.3 / 1.90

Fig. 20: Base module with screw connection

12.6 / 0.49

Fig. 21: Base module in slice design (top view)

100.8 / 3.97

Fig. 22: Base module in block design (top view)

32 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
5.1.4 Dimensions of the BL20-ECO modules

74.5
129.5

Fig. 23: Side view BL20-E-8D×

74.5

161.5

Fig. 24: Side view BL20-E-16D×

13

Fig. 25: Rear view BL20-E-… complete module

2020/09 33
General Technical Data of BL20 Modules

5.2 General technical data

ATTENTION!
Disregarding the SELV-range
Destruction of components
† The auxiliary power supply must comply with the stipulations of SELV (Safety Extra Low
Voltage) according to IEC 60364-4-41.

Technical data

Supply voltage/auxiliary voltage

Nominal value (provision for other modules) 24 V DC

Permissible range 18…30 VDC

According to EN 61131-2

Residual ripple According to EN 61131-2

Electrical isolation Yes, via opto-coupler

Ambient conditions

Operating temperature horizontal/vertical 0 …+55°C

mounting For vertical installation, the gateway can be positioned
both at the top and bottom. Sufficient ventilation and
heat dissipation must be ensured.

Modules with extended temperature range -25…+60 °C

Storage temperature - 25…+85 °C

Relative humidity 5…95 %

Climatic tests According to IEC 61131-2

Corrosive gas – SO2 10 ppm (rel. humidity < 75 %, no condensation)

– H2S 1.0 ppm (rel. humidity < 75 %, no condensation)

Resistance to vibration according to IEC 61131-2

10 to 57 Hz, constant amplitude Yes

0.075 mm / 0.003 inch, 1g

57 to 150 Hz, constant acceleration 1 g Yes

Mode of vibration Frequency sweeps with a change in speed of 1 Octave/

min

Period of oscillation 20 frequency sweeps per axis of coordinate

Shock resistant according to IEC 68-2-27 18 shocks, sinusoidal half-wave 15 g peak value/11 ms,
in each case in ± direction per space coordinate

Resistance to repetitive shock according to 1000 shocks, sinusoidal half-wave 25 g peak value/6
IEC 68-2-29 ms, in each case in ± direction per space coordinate

Drop and topple

Height of fall (weight < 10 kg) 1.0 m

Height of fall (weight 10 to 40 kg) 0.5 m

34 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

Test runs 7

Device with packaging, electrically tested printed-circuit board.

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) according to EN 50 50082-2 (Industry)

Static electricity according to EN 61 000-4-2

– Discharge through air (direct) 8 kV

– Relay discharge (indirect) 4 kV

Electromagnetic HF fields according to 10 V/m

EN 61 61000-4-3 and ENV 50 204

Conducted interferences induced by HF fields 10 V

according to EN 61000-4-6
I/O-line-length 30 m

Static electricity according to EN 61 000-4-4

Emitted interference according to EN 50 50081-2 According to EN 55 55011 Class A, Group 1

(industry)

Reliability

Pull/plug cycles of electronic modules 20

Tests (EN 61131-2)

Cold DIN IEC 68-2-1, Temperature -25 °C / 185 °F, duration

96 h; device not in use

Dry heat DIN IEC 68-2-2, Temperature +85 °C / 185 °F, duration
96 h; device not in use

Damp heat, cyclic DIN IEC 68-2-30, temperature +55 °C / 131 °F, duration
2 cycles every 12 h; device in use

Temperature change DIN IEC 68-2-14, temperature 0 to +55 °C / 32 to 131 °F,

duration 2 cycles, temperature change per minute;
device in use

Pollution severity according to IEC 664 2

(EN 61 61131-2)

Protection class according to IEC 60529 IP20 (not evaluated by UL)

NOTE
This device can cause radio disturbances in residential areas and in small industrial areas
(residential, business and trading). In this case, the operator can be required to take appro-
priate measures to suppress the disturbance at his own cost.

2020/09 35
General Technical Data of BL20 Modules

5.2.1 Approvals

Approvals

CE

cULus

5.2.2 Technical data of the base modules

BL20 BL20 Economy

Protection class IP 20 IP 20

Insulation stripping length 8 mm 8 mm

Max. wire range 0.5 to 2.5 mm2/20 to 12 AWG 0.14 to 1.5 mm2/6 to 16 AWG

Crimpable wire

”e” solid core H 07V-U 0.5 to 2.5 mm2/20 to 12 AWG 0.25 to 1.5 mm2/20 to 12 AWG

”f” flexible core H 07V-K 0.5 to 1.5 mm2/20 to 12 AWG 0.25 to 1.5 mm2/20 to 12 AWG

”f” with ferrules according to 0.5 to 1.5 mm2/20 to 12 AWG 0.25 to 1.5 mm2/20 to 12 AWG
DIN 46228/1 (ferrules crimped
gas-tight)

Plug gauge according to A1 A1

IEC 947-1/1988

Max. torque for screw connec- 0.4 to 0.6 Nm -

tion technology

Measurement data according to VDE 0611 Part 1/8.92/ IEC 947-7-1/1989

Rated voltage 250 V 250 V

Rated current 10 A 10 A

Rated cross section 1.5 mm2 1.5 mm2

Rated surge 4 kV 4 kV

Rated temperature Min. 75 ° C Min. 75 °C

Pollution severity 2 2

TOP connection technology Tension clamp or screw connection Screw connection

36 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
6 Power Distribution Modules

6.1 Power distribution (power feeding modules)

Power Feeding modules distribute the required 24 VDC or 120/230 VAC field voltage to the I/O
modules. They are necessary when groups of modules with different potentials are planned within
a BL20 station, or if the rated supply voltage cannot be guaranteed. The adjoining power supply
module and modules to the left are potentially isolated.

NOTE
Power Feeding modules cannot be used to distribute 5 VDC to BL20 gateways.

By using Power Feeding modules, it is not necessary to distribute power separately to each
BL20 I/O module.
Power Feeding modules are available in slice design. They are mounted on to base modules with
tension clamp or screw connections. The dusty grey color of the base modules for Power Feeding
modules clearly distinguishes them from the base modules designed for BL20 I/O modules.
LED displays
Error signals and diagnostic statuses are indicated via LEDs on the module. The corresponding diag-
nostic information is transmitted to the gateway via diagnostic bits.
Module overview
 BL20-PF-24VDC-D
 BL20-PF-120/230VAC-D

2020/09 37
Power Distribution Modules

6.2 Power Feeding module, 24 VDC, with diagnostics

Fig. 26: BL20-PF-24VDC-D

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
of the Diagnostics UL

24 V DC Module supply

EMC Filter

24 V DC Supply (UL)
Fig. 27: Block Diagram

6.2.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-PF-24VDC-D

Nominal voltage 24 VDC

Permissible range 18…30 VDC

Field supply UL 24 VDC

Permissible range 18…30 VDC

Nominal current from module bus IMB 28 mA

Ripple <5%

Residual ripple According to EN 61131-2

Maximum operating current IEI 10 A

Voltage anomalies According to EN 61 000-4-11/ EN 61 131-2

38 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
6.2.2 Diagnostic and status messages
The diagnostic functions monitor the supply voltages (system and field supply) supplied by the user
for undervoltage. The diagnostic functions indicate errors via the ”DIA” LED and transmit the corre-
sponding diagnostic information to the gateway.
LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red, Diagnostics pending Check the wiring to the field power supply. Check if the
flashing voltage for the field supply is within the permissible
0.5 Hz range.

Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics modules
cation failure have been pulled. Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

UL Green Field power supply via –

external power supply
unit OK

Off Field power supply via Check the wiring to the field power supply. Check the
external power supply external power supply unit.
unit faulty

Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
- - - - - No field voltage - -

 ”No field voltage”

Monitoring of the external power supply to the field

6.2.3 Base modules

Fig. 28: Base module BL20-P3T-SBB

2020/09 39
Power Distribution Modules

Fig. 29: Base module BL20-P4T-SBBC

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-P3T-SBB
BL20-P4T-SBBC
 with screw connection
BL20-P3S-SBB
BL20-P4S-SBBC

6.2.4 Wiring diagram

11 21

–
12 22
24 V DC
+
13 23

Fig. 30: Wiring diagram BL20-P3T-SBB

11 21

–
12 22
24 V DC
+
13 23

PE 14 24

Fig. 31: Wiring diagram BL20-P4x-SBBC

40 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
6.3 Power Feeding module, 120/230 VDC, with diagnostics

DANGER
Dangerous contact voltage at earth faults
Acute danger to life in case of incorrect grounding
† Always observe the correct grounding of the system when using 120/230 V modules.

Fig. 32: BL20-PF-120/230VAC-D

5 V DC Modulbus

Logik

Galvanische Trennung
120/230 V DC Modulversorgung

der Diagnose UL

EMV Filter

120/230 V AC Versorgung (UL)

Fig. 33: Block Diagram

6.3.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-PF-120/230VAC-D

Nominal voltage 120/230 VAC

– Permissible range According to EN 61131-2

Field supply UL 120/230 VAC

Permissible range of UL According to EN 61131-2

Nominal current from module bus IMB 25 mA

Ripple <5%

Residual ripple According to EN 61131-2

2020/09 41
Power Distribution Modules

Technical data

Maximum operating current IEI 10 A

Voltage anomalies According to EN 61 000-4-11/ EN 61 131-2

6.3.2 Diagnostic and status messages

The diagnostic functions monitor the supply voltages (system and field supply) supplied by the user
for undervoltage. The diagnostic functions indicate errors via the ”DIA” LED and transmit the corre-
sponding diagnostic information to the gateway.
LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red, Diagnostics pending Check the wiring to the field power supply. Check if the
flashing voltage for the field supply is wihtin the permissible
0.5 Hz range.

Red, flash- voltage at the terminal <

ing, 0.5 Hz 84 VAC 5 VAC
and LED
UL ”Off”

Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics modules
cation failure have been pulled. Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

UL Green Field power supply via –

external power supply
unit OK

Off Field power supply via Check the wiring to the field power supply.
external power supply Check the external power supply unit.
unit faulty

Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
- - - - - No field voltage - -

 ”No field voltage”

Monitoring of the external power supply to the field

42 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
6.3.3 Base modules

Fig. 34: Base module BL20-P3T-SBB

Fig. 35: Base module BL20-P4T-SBBC

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-P3T-SBB
BL20-P4T-SBBC
 with screw connection
BL20-P3S-SBB
BL20-P4S-SBBC

6.3.4 Wiring diagram

11 21

N
12 22

L 13 23

Fig. 36: Wiring diagram BL20-P3T-SBB

2020/09 43
Power Distribution Modules

11 21

N
12 22

L 13 23

PE 14 24

Fig. 37: Wiring diagram BL20-P4x-SBBC

DANGER
Dangerous electrical voltage (120/230 V)
Acute danger to life due to electric shock!
† Turn of the voltage supply
† Secure the voltage supply against restart.

6.4 Bus Refreshing modules

Bus Refreshing modules are used to distribute 5 VDC to the internal BL20 module bus, as well as to
distribute a nominal voltage of 24 VDC (permissible range according to EN 61 131-2) to the various
BL20 modules, when building up BL20 stations with gateways without integrated power supply.
The adjoining power supply module and modules to the left are potentially isolated.
When using BL20 gateways with an integrated power supply unit (BL20-GWBR-…), no additional
Bus Refreshing module is needed to distribute 5 VDC to the internal BL20 module bus, as well as the
nominal voltage of 24 VDC.

NOTE
When using Bus Refreshing modules, this must be mounted immediately to the right of
the gateway. This and a special base module guarantee the 5 VDC supply to the gateway.

Bus Refreshing modules eliminate the necessity to separately distribute the system or field voltage
to each BL20 I/O module. Depending on the planned application, it is possible to build tailor-made
groups of modules with different potentials by selecting appropriate Bus Refreshing modules. Bus
Refreshing modules are available in slice design. They are mounted on to base modules with ten-
sion clamp or screw connections. The dusty grey color of the base modules for Bus Refreshing mod-
ules clearly distinguishes them from the base modules designed for BL20 I/O modules.
LED displays
Error signals and diagnostic statuses are indicated via LEDs on the module. The corresponding diag-
nostic information is transmitted to the gateway via diagnostic bits.

6.4.1 Module overview

 BL20-BR-24VDC-D

44 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
6.5 Bus Refreshing module with diagnostics

Fig. 38: BL20-BR-24VDC-D

5 V DC Gateway supply
5 V DC Module bus
Diagnostics
5 V DC
Logic
24 V DC

Galvanic isolation
of the diagnostics UL
24 V DC Module supply

EMC Filter EMC Filter

24 V DC Supply Usys 24 V DC Supply UL

Fig. 39: Block Diagram

6.5.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-BR-24VDC-D

Nominal voltage 24 VDC

System supply Usys 24 VDC/5 VDC

Permissible range for Usys = 24 VDC 18…30 VDC

Field supply UL 24 VDC

Permissible range of UL 18…30 VDC

Ripple <5%

Residual ripple According to EN 61131-2

Maximum operating current IEI 10 A

Maximum system current supply IMB 1.5 A

2020/09 45
Power Distribution Modules

6.5.2 Diagnostic and status messages

The diagnostic functions monitor the supply voltages (system and field supply) supplied by the user
for undervoltage. They indicate errors via ”DIA” LED and transmit corresponding diagnostic infor-
mation to the gateway.
LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red, Faulty power supply to Check the wiring to the system supply and to the field
flashing the field UL or system supply.
0.5 Hz Usys . Check if the voltages of the system and field supply are
in the permissible range..

Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics modules
cation failure have been pulled.
Check the wiring to the system power supply.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

Vcc Green 5 Vcc-power supply for –

module bus OK

Off 5 Vcc-power supply for Check the voltage and the wiring for the system supply.
module bus faulty.

Sys Green System supply via exter- –

nal power supply unit
OK

Off System supply via exter- Check the wiring to the system supply.
nal power supply unit Check the external power supply unit.
faulty

UL Green Field supply via –

external power supply
unit OK

Off Field power supply via Check the wiring to the field power supply.
external power supply Check the external power supply unit.
unit faulty

46 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
- - - - - No field voltage - Module bus
voltage
warning

 “Module bus voltage warning”

Monitoring of the external power supply to the system Usys = 24 VDC. The system supply is trans-
formed (24 VDC => 5 V).
 ”No field voltage”
Monitoring of the external power supply to the field

6.5.3 Base modules

Fig. 40: BL20-P3T-SBB with gateway power supply

Fig. 41: BL20-P4T-SBBC-B without gateway power supply

Base modules with power supply to the gateway:

 with tension clamp connection
BL20-P3T-SBB
BL20-P4T-SBBC
 with screw connection
BL20-P3S-SBB
BL20-P4S-SBBC
Base modules without power supply to the gateway:

2020/09 47
Power Distribution Modules

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-P3T-SBB-B
BL20-P4T-SBBC-B
 with screw connection
BL20-P3S-SBB-B
BL20-P4S-SBBC-B

NOTE
Only the modules BL20-P3x-SBB or BL20-P4x-SBBC (= first module to the right of the gate-
way) can be used to distribute power to the gateways. The Bus refreshing module is
placed directly right to the gateway.

The base modules with or without power distribution to the gateways can be differentiated as fol-
lows:

A with power distribution to the gateway: light grey connection

B without power distribution to the gateway: yellow connection

Fig. 42: Assigning base modules

Wiring diagram

24 V DC BL20-P3×-SBB with gateway power supply

Module bus supply BL20-P3×-SBB-B without gateway power supply
+ –

11 21

24 V DC –
12 22
Field
supply +
13 23

Fig. 43: Wiring diagram

48 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 24 V DC BL20-P4×-SBBC with gateway power supply
Module bus supply BL20-P4×-SBBC-B without gateway power supply
+ –

11 21

24 V DC –
12 22
Field
supply +
13 23

PE 14 24

Fig. 44: Wiring diagram

2020/09 49
Power Distribution Modules

50 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
7 Digital Input Modules
Digital input modules (DI) detect electrical high- and low-level values through the base module con-
nections and transmit the corresponding digital value to the gateway via the module bus.
The module bus electronics of the digital input modules are galvanically isolated from the field level
via an optocoupler. The module provides reverse polarity protection.

7.1 LED status indicators

Channel statuses are indicated by LEDs. Error signals from the I/O level are indicated by each mod-
ule via the ”DIA” LED.
A continuously lit up red ”DIA” LED indicates the failure of the module bus communication at the
digital input module.

7.2 Module overview

Number of channels positive switching negative switching

BL20-2DI-24VDC-P 2 

BL20-2DI-24VDC-N 2 

BL20-2DI-120/230VAC 2

BL20-4DI-24VDC-P 4 

BL20-4DI-24VDC-N 4 

BL20-4DI-24VDC-P 8 

BL20-16DI-24VDC-P 16 

BL20-E-16DI-24VDC-P 16 

BL20-E-16DI-24VDC-N 16 

BL20-32DI-24VDC-P 32 

2020/09 51
Digital Input Modules

7.3 Digital input module, 2DI, 24 V DC, positive switching (sinking)

Fig. 45: BL20-2DI-24VDC-P

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

24 V DC
GND Filter Filter

Field

Fig. 46: Block Diagram

7.3.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-2DI-24VDC-P

Number of channels 2

Nominal voltage from 24 VDC

supply terminal UL

Nominal current from supply terminal IL 20 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB 28 mA

Power loss of the module, typical ca. 0.7W

Input voltage, nominal value at 24 VDC

Low level ULOW - 30 V…+5 V

High level UHIGH 11 V…30 V

Input current

52 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

Low level ILOW 0…1.5 mA

High level IHIGH 2…10 mA

Input delay

tON < 200 s

tOFF < 200 s

2-wire initiators (Bero) can be connected with a permissible closed-circuit current of 1.5 mA

7.3.2 Base modules

Fig. 47: Base module BL20-S3T-SBB

Fig. 48: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBC

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S3T-SBB
BL20-S4T-SBBC

2020/09 53
Digital Input Modules

 with screw connection

BL20-S3S-SBB
BL20-S4S-SBBC

7.3.3 Wiring diagram

S S
11 21

– –
12 22
+ +

13 23

Fig. 49: Wiring diagram BL20-S3x-SBB

S S
11 21

– –
12 22
+ +

13 23

PE 14 24 PE

Fig. 50: Wiring diagram BL20-S3x-SBB

7.3.4 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n - - - - - - DI2 DI1

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the Turck BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DIx 0 Digital input inactive

1 Digital input active

54 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
7.3.5 Diagnostic and status messages
LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics modules
cation failure have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11 Green Status -
channel 1 = 1

Off Status -
channel 1 = 0

21 Green Status -
channel 2 = 1

Off Status -
channel 2 = 0

NOTE
The numbering of the channel LEDs corresponds to the numbering of the connectors at
the base module.

2020/09 55
Digital Input Modules

7.4 Digital input module, 2DI, 24 V DC, negative switching (sourcing)

Fig. 51: BL20-2DI-24VDC-N

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

GND
24 V DC Filter Filter

Field

Fig. 52: Block Diagram

7.4.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-2DI-24VDC-P

Number of channels 2

Nominal voltage from 24 VDC

supply terminal UL

Nominal current from supply terminal IL 20 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB 28 mA

Power loss of the module, typical ca. 0.7W

Input voltage, nominal value at 24 VDC

High level UA 0 V…+5 V

Low level UI > (UPF - 11 V)

Input current

56 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

High level UHIGH 1.3…6 mA

Low level 0…1.2 mA

Input delay

tON < 200 s

tOFF < 200 s

2-wire initiators (Bero) can be connected with a permissible closed-circuit current of 1.5 mA

7.4.2 Base modules

Fig. 53: Base module BL20-S3T-SBB

Fig. 54: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBC

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S3T-SBB
BL20-S4T-SBBC
 with screw connection
BL20-S3S-SBB
BL20-S4S-SBBC

2020/09 57
Digital Input Modules

7.4.3 Wiring diagram

S S
11 21

+ +
12 22
– –

13 23

Fig. 55: Wiring diagram BL20-S3x-SBB

S S
11 21

+ +
12 22
– –

13 23

PE 14 24 PE

Fig. 56: Wiring diagram BL20-S3x-SBB

7.4.4 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n - - - - - - DI2 DI1

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the Turck BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DIx 0 Digital input inactive

1 Digital input active

58 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
7.4.5 Diagnostic and status messages
LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus commu- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics
nication failure modules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11 Green Status -
channel 1 = 1

Off Status -
channel 1 = 0

21 Green Status -
channel 2 = 1

Off Status -
channel 2 = 0

NOTE
The numbering of the channel LEDs corresponds to the numbering of the connectors at
the base module.

2020/09 59
Digital Input Modules

7.5 Digital input module, 2DI, 120/230 VAC

Fig. 57: BL20-2DI-120/230VAC

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
120/230 V AC Module supply

120/230 V AC
GND Filter Filter

Field

Fig. 58: Block Diagram

7.5.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-2DI-120/230VAC

Number of channels 2

Nominal voltage from 120/230 VAC

supply terminal UL

Nominal current from supply terminal IL 20 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB 28 mA

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Input voltage, nominal value at 120/230 VAC

Low level ULOW 0…20 VAC

High level UHIGH 79…265 VAC

Frequency range 47.5 Hz…63 Hz

60 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

Input current

Low level ILOW 0…1 mA

High level IHIGH 3…10 mA

Input delay

tON < 20 ms

tOFF < 20 ms

7.5.2 Base modules

Fig. 59: Base module BL20-S3T-SBB

Fig. 60: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBC

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S3T-SBB
BL20-S4T-SBBC
 with screw connection
BL20-S3S-SBB
BL20-S4S-SBBC

2020/09 61
Digital Input Modules

7.5.3 Wiring diagram

S S
Bit 0 BN BN Bit 1
11 21
BU BU
N N
12 22

L L
13 23

Fig. 61: Wiring diagram BL20-S3x-SBB

S S
Bit 0 BN BN Bit 1
11 21
BU BU
N N
12 22

L L
13 23

GNYE PE PE GNYE
14 24

Fig. 62: Wiring diagram BL20-S3x-SBB

7.5.4 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n - - - - - - DI2 DI1

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the Turck BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DIx 0 Digital input inactive

1 Digital input active

62 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
7.5.5 Diagnostic and status messages
LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus commu- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics
nication failure modules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11 Green Status -
channel 1 = 1

Off Status -
channel 1 = 0

21 Green Status -
channel 2 = 1

Off Status -
channel 2 = 0

NOTE
The numbering of the channel LEDs corresponds to the numbering of the connectors at
the base module.

2020/09 63
Digital Input Modules

7.6 Digital input module, 4DI, 24 VDC, positive switching (sinking)

Fig. 63: BL20-4DI-24VDC-P

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

24 V DC
GND Filter Filter Filter Filter

Field

Fig. 64: Block Diagram

7.6.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-4DI-24VDC-P

Number of channels 4

Nominal voltage from 24 VDC

supply terminal UL

Nominal current from supply terminal IL 40 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB 29 mA

Power loss of the module, typical ca. 1 W

Input voltage, nominal value at 24 VDC

Low level ULOW - 30 V…+5 V

High level UHIGH 15 V…30 V

Input current

64 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

Low level ILOW 0…1.5 mA

High level IHIGH 2…10 mA

Input delay

tON < 200 s

tOFF < 200 s

7.6.2 Base modules

Fig. 65: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBS

Fig. 66: Base module BL20-S6T-SBBSBB

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S4T-SBBS
BL20-S6T-SBBSBB
 with screw connection
BL20-S4S-SBBS
BL20-S6S-SBBSBB

2020/09 65
Digital Input Modules

7.6.3 Wiring diagram

S S

11 21

12 22

+ +
13 23

S 14 24 S

Fig. 67: Wiring diagram BL20-S4x-SBBS

S S
11 21

– –
12 22
+ +

13 23

14 24

S S
15 25

– –
+ 16 26 +

Fig. 68: Wiring diagram BL20-S6x-SBBSBB

66 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
7.6.4 Process data mapping
Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n - - - - DI4 DI3 DI2 DI1

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the Turck BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DIx 0 Digital input inactive

1 Digital input active

7.6.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics modules
cation failure have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Off Status channel 1 = 0

21 Green Status channel 2 = 1

Off Status channel 2 = 0

14 Green Status channel 3 = 1

Off Status channel 3 = 0

24 Green Status channel 4 = 1

Off Status channel 4 = 0

NOTE
The numbering of the channel LEDs corresponds to the numbering of the connectors at
the base module.

2020/09 67
Digital Input Modules

7.7 Digital input module, 4DI, 24 V DC, negative switching (sourcing)

Fig. 69: BL20-4DI-24VDC-N

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

GND
24 V DC Filter Filter Filter Filter

Field

Fig. 70: Block Diagram

7.7.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-4DI-24VDC-N

Number of channels 4

Nominal voltage from 24 VDC

supply terminal UL

Nominal current from supply terminal IL 40 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB 28 mA

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Input voltage, nominal value at 24 VDC

High level UA 0 V…+5 V

Low level UI > (UPF - 11 V)

Input current

68 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

High level UHIGH 1.3…6 mA

Low level 0…1.2 mA

Input delay

tON < 200 s

tOFF < 200 s

7.7.2 Base modules

Fig. 71: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBS

Fig. 72: Base module BL20-S6T-SBBSBB

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S4T-SBBS
BL20-S6T-SBBSBB
 with screw connection
BL20-S4S-SBBS
BL20-S6S-SBBSBB

2020/09 69
Digital Input Modules

7.7.3 Wiring diagram

S S

11 21

12 22

- -
13 23

S 14 24 S

Fig. 73: Wiring diagram BL20-S4x-SBBS

S S
11 21

+ +
12 22
– –

13 23

14 24

S S
15 25

+ +
– 16 26 –

Fig. 74: Wiring diagram BL20-S6x-SBBSBB

70 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
7.7.4 Process data mapping
Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n - - - - DI4 DI3 DI2 DI1

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the Turck BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DIx 0 Digital input inactive

1 Digital input active

7.7.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics modules
cation failure have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Off Status channel 1 = 0

21 Green Status channel 2 = 1

Off Status channel 2 = 0

14 Green Status channel 3 = 1

Off Status channel 3 = 0

24 Green Status channel 4 = 1

Off Status channel 4 = 0

NOTE
The numbering of the channel LEDs corresponds to the numbering of the connectors at
the base module.

2020/09 71
Digital Input Modules

7.8 Digital input module, 4DI, NAMUR

Fig. 75: BL20-4DI-NAMUR

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

GND
24 V DC Filter Filter Filter Filter

Field
Fig. 76: Block Diagram

7.8.1 Technical data

Technical data

Number of channels 4

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL 30 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB 40 mA

INNAMUR (input)

switch-on threshold 1.74 mA

switch-off threshold 1.45 mA

INWB

switch-on threshold 0.08 mA

switch-off threshold 0.12 mA

72 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

INSC

switch-on threshold 6.2 mA

switch-off threshold 5.9 mA

Isolation voltage

UTMB (module bus/ field) 2500 VDC

UFE (field supply/ FE) 1000 VDC

7.8.2 Base modules

Fig. 77: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBS

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S4T-SBBS
 with screw connection
BL20-S4S-SBBS

7.8.3 Wiring diagram

- 11 21 -
Bit 0 Bit 1
+ +
12 22

+ +
13 23
Bit 2 Bit 3

- -
14 24

Fig. 78: Wiring diagram BL20-S4x-SBBS

2020/09 73
Digital Input Modules

7.8.4 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n SCWB4 SCWB3 SCWB2 SCWB1 DI4 DI3 DI2 DI1

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the Turck BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DIx 0 Digital input inactive

1 Digital input active

SCWBx 0 Overcurrent (short circuit) or wire break at the channel

1 Data valid, no diagnostics

7.8.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red, Diagnostics pending

flashing, 0.5
Hz

Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics modules
cation failure have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Red Short circuit or wire break

Off Status channel 1 = 0

14 Green Status channel 2 = 1

Red Short circuit or wire break

Off Status channel 2 = 0

21 Green Status channel 3 = 1

Red Short circuit or wire break

Off Status channel 3 = 0

74 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 LED Display Meaning Remedy

24 Green Status channel 4 = 1

Red Short circuit or wire break

Off Status channel 4 = 0

NOTE
The numbering of the channel LEDs corresponds to the numbering of the connectors at the
base module.

Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Wire Overcur- Wire Overcur- Wire Overcur- Wire Overcur-
break 4 rent 4 break 3 rent 3 break 2 rent 2 break 1 rent 1

7.8.6 Module parameters

NOTE
The actual configuration files (GSD-, GSDML-, EDS-files) with the new parameters can be
found under www.turck.com.
If you use older configuration files with old parameter texts (issue date before April 2014),
then you can find a cross reference list in the manual's appendix (see Cross reference list
parameters (page 523)).

2020/09 75
Digital Input Modules

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Activate input filter

1
Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Invert digital input

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Activate overcurrent monitoring

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Activate overcurrent diagnostics

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Activate wire break monitoring

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 Activate wire break diagnostics

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Input on diagnostic

Byte 0

Byte 0
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7 Substitute value

Channel Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Activate input filter

2
Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Invert digital input

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Activate overcurrent monitoring

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Activate overcurrent diagnostics

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Activate wire break monitoring

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 Activate wire break diagnostics

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Input on diagnostic

Word 0
Byte 1

Byte1

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7 Substitute value

Channel Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Activate input filter

3
Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Invert digital input

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Activate overcurrent monitoring

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Activate overcurrent diagnostics

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Activate wire break monitoring

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 Activate wire break diagnostics

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Input on diagnostic

Byte 2

Byte 2

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7 Substitute value

Channel Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Activate input filter

4
Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Invert digital input

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Activate overcurrent monitoring

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Activate overcurrent diagnostics

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Activate wire break monitoring

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 Activate wire break diagnostics

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Input on diagnostic

Word 1
Byte 3

Byte 3

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7 Substitute value

76 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Parameters Value

Invert digital input 0 = no

1 = yes

Activate input filter 0 = no, filter time = 0.25 ms

1 = yes, filter time = 2.5 ms

Activate overcurrent monitoring 0 = no

1 = yes

Activate overcurrent diagnostics 0 = no

1 = yes

Activate wire break monitoring 0 = no

1 = yes

Activate wire break diagnostics 0 = no

1 = yes

Input on diagnostic 0 = substitute value

1 = current value

Substitute value 0=0

1=1

2020/09 77
Digital Input Modules

7.9 Digital input module, BL20 Economy, 8 DI, 24 VDC, positive switching (sinking)

Fig. 79: BL20-E-8DI-24VDC-P

5 V DC module bus

Logic 8x
GND(5 V DC)
5 V DC
24 V DC module supply

GND (24 V DC)

24 V DC Filter ... Filter Filter

Field
9 10 1 ... 7 8
Fig. 80: Block Diagram

7.9.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-E-8DI-24VDC-P

Number of channels 8

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Current from supply terminal (for supply of module 1.5 mA

electronic - the inputs are switches off - maximum) The total current needed for every module
is the sum of all partial currents.

Nominal current from module bus IMB  15 mA

Input voltage, nominal value at 24 VDC

Low level ULOW - 30 V…+5 V

High level UHIGH 11 V…30 V

Input current

Low level ILOW -1…1.5 mA

High level IHIGH 2…5 mA

78 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

Input delay

tON < 100 s

tOFF < 200 s

Isolation voltage

Module bus/ channels 500 Veff

7.9.2 Wiring diagram

S 1

2 S

S
3

4 S

5
S
6 S

S 7

10

24 V DC
Fig. 81: Wiring diagram

S 1

2 S

S
3

4 S

5
S
6 S

S 7

10

24 V DC
GND
Fig. 82: Wiring diagram with sensor supply

2020/09 79
Digital Input Modules

7.9.3 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n DI8 DI7 DI6 DI5 DI4 DI3 DI2 DI1

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the Turck BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DIx 0 Digital input inactive

1 Digital input active

7.9.4 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics modules
cation failure have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

1 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Off Status channel 1 = 0

… … …

8 Green Status channel 8 = 1

Off Status channel 8 = 0

80 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
7.10 Digital input module, 16DI, 24 VDC, positive switching (sinking)

Fig. 83: BL20-16DI-24VDC-P

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

24 V DC
GND Filter 1 Filter 16

Field

Fig. 84: Block Diagram

7.10.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-16DI-24VDC-P

Number of channels 16

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL 40 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB < 45 mA

Power loss of the module, typical < 2,5 W

Input voltage, nominal value at 24 VDC

2020/09 81
Digital Input Modules

Technical data

Low level ULOW - 30 V…+5 V

High level UHIGH 15 V…30 V

Input current

Low level ILOW 0…1.5 mA

High level IHIGH 2…10 mA

Input delay

tON < 200 s

tOFF < 200 s

7.1.1 Base modules

Fig. 85: Base module BL20-B3T-SBB

Fig. 86: Base module BL20-B4T-SBBC

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-B3T-SBB
BL20-B4T-SBBC

82 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
  with screw connection
BL20-B3S-SBB
BL20-B4S-SBBC

7.10.2 Wiring diagram

S S
11 21 151 161

– –
12 22 152 162
+ +

13 23 153 163

Fig. 87: Wiring diagram BL20-B3x-SBB

S S
11 21 151 161

– –
12 22 152 162
+ +

13 23 153 163

PE 14 24 154 164 PE

Fig. 88: Wiring diagram BL20-B4x-SBBC

7.10.3 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n DI8 DI7 DI6 DI5 DI4 DI3 DI2 DI1
n+1 DI16 DI15 DI14 DI13 DI12 DI11 DI10 DI9

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the Turck BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DIx 0 Digital input inactive

1 Digital input active

2020/09 83
Digital Input Modules

7.10.4 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics modules
cation failure have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Off Status channel 1 = 0

21 Green Status channel 2 = 1

Off Status channel 2 = 0

31 Green Status channel 3 = 1

Off Status channel 3 = 0

161 Green Status channel 16 = 1

Off Status channel 16 = 0

NOTE
The numbering of the channel LEDs corresponds to the numbering of the connectors at
the base module.

84 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
7.11 Digital input module, BL20 Economy, 16 DI, 24 VDC, positive switching (sinking)

Fig. 89: BL20-E-16DI-24VDC-P

5 V D C Module bus

Logic 16 x
GND (5 V DC)
5 V DC
GNDL

UL (24 V DC)

Filter ... Filter Filter

Field
1 ... 15 16

Fig. 90: Block Diagram

7.11.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-E-16DI-24VDC-P

Number of channels 16

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Current from supply terminal The total current needed for every module
is the sum of all partial currents.

 VN 01-02 3 mA
for supply of module electronics, inputs inactive,
maximum

 VN 02-00 < 3 µA

2020/09 85
Digital Input Modules

Technical data

Nominal current from module bus IMB

 VN 01-02 < 15 mA

 VN 02-00 < 22 mA (inputs inactive)

< 35 mA (inputs active)

Input voltage, nominal value at 24 VDC

Low level ULOW - 30 V…+5 V

High level UHIGH 11 V…30 V

Input current

Low level ILOWo -1…1.5 mA

High level IHIGH 2…5 mA

Input delay

tON

 VN 01-02 < 150 µs

 VN 02-00 < 40µs

tOFF

 VN 01-02 < 300 µs

 VN 02-00 < 60 µs

Isolation voltage

Module bus/ channels 500 Veff

Weight 65 g

86 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
7.11.2 Wiring diagram

S
1

2 S

S
3

4 S

S 5
6 S
7
S
8 S

S 9

10 S

S 11

12 S

S 13
14 S

S 15

16

UL (24 V DC)

Fig. 91: Wiring diagram

S
1

2 S

3
S
4 S

S 5
6 S
7
S
8
S

S 9

10 S

S 11

12 S

S 13
14 S

S 15

16

UL (24 V DC)
GNDL

Fig. 92: Wiring diagram with sensor supply

2020/09 87
Digital Input Modules

7.11.3 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n DI8 DI7 DI6 DI5 DI4 DI3 DI2 DI1
n+1 DI16 DI15 DI14 DI13 DI12 DI11 DI10 DI9

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the Turck BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DIx 0 Digital input inactive

1 Digital input active

88 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
7.11.4 Diagnostic and status messages
LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics modules
cation failure have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

1 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Off Status channel 1 = 0

… … …

16 Green Status channel 16 = 1

Off Status channel 16 = 0

2020/09 89
Digital Input Modules

7.12 Digital input module, BL20 Economy, 16 DI, 24 VDC, negative switching (sourcing)

Fig. 93: BL20-E-16DI-24VDC-N

5 V D C Module bus

Logic 16 x
GND (5 V DC)
5 V DC
GNDL

UL (24 V DC)

Filter ... Filter Filter

Field
1 ... 15 16

Fig. 94: Block Diagram

7.12.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-E-16DI-24VDC-N

Number of channels 16

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Current from supply terminal < 3 µA (inputs inactive)

< 40 mA (inputs active)

Nominal current from module bus IMB < 22 mA (inputs inactive)

< 35 mA (inputs active)

Input voltage, nominal value at 24 VDC

Low level ULOW > (UL - 5 V)

High level UHIGH < (UL - 11 V)

Input current

90 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

Low level ILOWo -1…1.5 mA

High level IHIGH 2…5 mA

Input delay

tON < 20 s

tOFF < 125 s

Isolation voltage

Module bus/ channels 500 Veff

Weight 65 g

7.12.2 Wiring diagram

S
1

2 S

S
3

4 S

S 5
6 S
7
S
8 S

S 9

10 S

S 11

12 S

S 13
14 S

S 15

16

UL (24 V DC)

Fig. 95: Wiring diagram

2020/09 91
Digital Input Modules

S
1

2 S

3
S
4 S

S 5
6 S
7
S
8
S

S 9

10 S

S 11

12 S

S 13
14 S

S 15

16

UL (24 V DC)
GNDL

Fig. 96: Wiring diagram with sensor supply

7.12.3 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n DI8 DI7 DI6 DI5 DI4 DI3 DI2 DI1
n+1 DI16 DI15 DI14 DI13 DI12 DI11 DI10 DI9

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the Turck BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DIx 0 Digital input inactive

1 Digital input active

92 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
7.12.4 Diagnostic and status messages
LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics modules
cation failure have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

1 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Off Status channel 1 = 0

… … …

16 Green Status channel 16 = 1

Off Status channel 16 = 0

2020/09 93
Digital Input Modules

7.13 Digital input module, 32DI, 24 VDC, positive switching (sinking)

Fig. 97: BL20-32DI-24VDC-P

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

24 V DC
GND Filter 1 Filter 32

Field
Block Diagram

7.13.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-32DI-24VDC-P

Number of channels 32

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL < 30 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB < 45 mA

Power loss of the module, typical < 4,2 W

Input voltage, nominal value at 24 VDC

94 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

Low level ULOW - 30 V…+5 V

High level UHIGH 15 V…30 V

Input current

Low level ILOW < 1.5 mA

High level IHIGH 2…10 mA

Input delay

tON < 200 s

tOFF < 200 s

7.13.2 Base modules

Fig. 98: Base module BL20-B6T-SBBSBB

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-B6T-SBBSBB
 with screw connection
BL20-B6S-SBBSBB

2020/09 95
Digital Input Modules

7.13.3 Wiring diagram

S S
11 21 151 161

– –
12 22 152 162
+ +

13 23 153 163

14 24 154 164

S S
15 25 155 165

– –
+ 16 26 156 166 +

Fig. 99: Wiring diagram BL20-B6x-SBBSBB

7.13.4 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n DI8 DI7 DI6 DI5 DI4 DI3 DI2 DI1
n+1 DI16 DI15 DI14 DI13 DI12 DI11 DI10 DI9
n+2 DI24 DI23 DI11 DI21 DI20 DI19 DI18 DI17
n+3 DI32 DI31 DI30 DI29 DI28 DI27 DI26 DI25

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the Turck BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DIx 0 Digital input inactive

1 Digital input active

96 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
7.13.5 Diagnostic and status messages
LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus commu- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics modules
nication failure have been pulled. Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Off Status channel 1 = 0

…
161 Green Status channel 16 = 1

Off Status channel 16 = 0

14 Green Status channel 17 = 1

Off channel 17 = 0

164 Green Status channel 32 = 1

Off channel 32 = 0

NOTE
The numbering of the channel LEDs corresponds to the numbering of the connectors at
the base module.

2020/09 97
Digital Input Modules

98 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8 Analog Input Modules
Analog input modules (AI) detect standard electrical signals at the connections of the base modules,
digitalize them and transmit the corresponding measurement values to the gateway via the internal
module bus.
The module bus electronics of the analog input modules are galvanically isolated from the field
level via an optocoupler. The module provides reverse polarity protection.
Supported signal ranges
 0…20 mA
 4…20 mA
 0…10 VDC
 -10…+10 VDC
 HART
Connectable sensors
 Platinum sensors (Pt100, Pt200, Pt500, Pt1000)
 Nickel sensors (Ni100, Ni1000 (DIN 43 760), Ni1000TK5000)
 Thermo elements (types: B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T)
 Resistances (0…250 , 0…400 , 0…800 0…2000 , 0…4000 )
LED status indicators
Error signals from the I/O level are indicated by each module via the ”DIA” LED. The corresponding
diagnostic information is transmitted to the gateway via diagnostic bits.
A continuously lit up red ”DIA” LED indicates the failure of the module bus communication at the
analog input module.

8.0.1 Shield
When using shielded signal cables, the connection between the shield and the base module is
made via a two-pole shield connection, which is available as an accessory.

8.0.2 Analog data representation

The analog values can either be represented with16 bit or 12 bit. The two's-complement represen-
tation allow the representation of positive as well as negative values.

NOTE
For some analog modules (e.g. BL20-E-8AI-U/I-4PT/NI or BL20-2AIH-I) with extended value
representation functions, the tables for the measurement values can be found within the
respective module descriptions.

NOTE
A detailed description of the 16 bit/12-bit-representation for the analog values can be
found in the Appendix of this manual.

2020/09 99
Analog Input Modules

8.0.3 Module overview

Module Number of channels

BL20-1AI-I(0/4…20MA) 1

BL20-2AI-I(0/4…20MA) 2

BL20-1AI-U(-10/0...+10VDC) 1

BL20-2AI-U(-10/0...+10VDC) 2

BL20-2AI-PT/NI-2/3 2

BL20-2AI-THERMO-PI 2

BL20-4AI-U/I 4

BL20-E-8AI-U/I-4PT/NI 8/4

BL20-2AIH-I 2

BL20-E-4AI-TC 4

100 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.1 Analog input module, 1AI, 0/4...20 mA

Fig. 100: BL20-1AI-I(0/4…20MA)

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

24 V DC
GND A/D Converter Reference

Sensor R < 125 O

power supply
max. 250 mA
Field

Fig. 101: Block Diagram

8.1.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-1AI-I(0/4…20MA)

Number of channels 1

Nominal voltage from supply terminal 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL 50 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB 41 mA

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Input current 0/4...20 mA

Max. input current 50 mA

Input resistance (burden) < 125 

Cutoff frequency (-3 dB) 200 Hz

2020/09 101
Analog Input Modules

Technical data

Basic error at 23 °C / 73.4 °F < 0,2 %

Repeatability 0,09 %

Temperature coefficient 300 ppm/°C from end value

Resolution of the A/D converter 14 bit signed integer

Measuring principle gradual approximation

Measurement value representation 16 bit signed integer/

12 bit full range, left-justified

Sensor supply bridged with L+ and L- from the power supply; not
short-circuit proof

8.1.2 Base modules

Fig. 102: Base module BL20-S3T-SBB

Fig. 103: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBS

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S3T-SBB
BL20-S4T-SBBS
 with screw connection
BL20-S3S-SBB
BL20-S4S-SBBS

102 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.1.3 Wiring diagram

-
11 21

I 12 22

Sh
13 23

+
14 24

Fig. 104: 2-wire sensor with sensor supply via base module BL20-S4×-SBBS

U/I+
11 21

-
12 22
Sh

13 23

+
14 24

Fig. 105: 3-wire sensor with sensor supply via base module BL20-S4×-SBBS

U/I +

11 21

U/I -

12 22

Sh
13 23

14 24
-

Fig. 106: 4-wire sensor with sensor supply via base module BL20-S4×-SBBS

2020/09 103
Analog Input Modules

U/I +
11 21

U/I -
12 22
Sh

13 23

Fig. 107: 4-wire sensor with external sensor supply BL20-S3×-SBB

8.1.4 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n AI1 LSB
n+1 AI1 MSB

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Meaning

AI1 LSB low byte of the analog value

AIx MSB high byte of the analog value

8.1.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red, flashing Diagnostics pending -

0.5 Hz

Red Module bus commu- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics
nication failure modules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

104 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
- - - - - - Wire break Measured
value
out of
range

Diagnostics Meaning

Measured value out of range Indicates an over- or undercurrent of 1 % of the set current range;
whereby, undercurrents can only be recognized with those modules
that have a set current range of 4…20 mA.
Overcurrent Imax (I > 20,2 mA);
Undercurrent: Imin (I < 3,8 mA)

Wire break Displays a wire break in the signal line for the operating mode:
4…20 mA (I < 3 mA)

8.1.6 Module parameters

NOTE
Due to a product actualization, the parameter texts of the Turck I/O-products have been
revised.
The actual configuration files (GSD-, GSDML-, EDS-files) with the new parameters can be
found under www.turck.com.
If you use older configuration files with old parameter texts (issue date before April 2014),
then you can find a cross reference list in the manual's appendix (see Cross reference list
parameters (page 523)).

2020/09 105
Analog Input Modules

Standard

Byte Word PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Measurement range

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 reserved

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 0

Byte 0
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

- Bit 8 -

Bit 9

Bit 10

Bit 11

Bit 12

Bit 13

Bit 14
Word 0

Bit 15

The default values are written in bold.

Parameters Value

Measurement range 0 = 0…20 mA

1 = 4…20 mA

Data format 0 = 15 bit + sign

1 = 12 bit (left-justified)

Deactivate all diagnostics 0 = no

1 = yes

8.1.7 Measurement value representation

NOTE
A detailed description of the measurement value representation for the analog input
modules in 16 or 12 bit can be found in the Appendix, s. p. 493.

106 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.2 Analog input module, 2AI, 0/4...20mA

Fig. 108: BL20-2AI-I(0/4…20MA)

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

24 V DC
A/D Converter
GND Reference
+ Multiplexer

Sensor R < 125 O

power supply
max. 250 mA
Field
Fig. 109: Block Diagram

8.2.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-2AI-I(0/4…20MA)

Number of channels 2

Nominal voltage from 24 VDC

supply terminal UL

Nominal current from supply terminal IL  12 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB  35 mA

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Input current 0/4...20 mA

Max. input current 50 mA

Input resistance (burden) 125 

2020/09 107
Analog Input Modules

Technical data

Cutoff frequency (-3 dB) 50 Hz

Basic error at 23 °C / 73.4 °F < 0,2 %

Repeatability 0,05 %

Temperature coefficient 300 ppm/°C from end value

Resolution of the A/D converter 16 bit

Measuring principle Delta Sigma

Measurement value representation 16 bit signed integer/12 bit full range, left justified

Sensor supply 250 mA; bridged with L+ and L- from the power
supply; not short-circuit proof

8.2.2 Base modules

Fig. 110: Base module BL20-S3T-SBB

Fig. 111: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBS

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S3T-SBB
BL20-S4T-SBBS
 with screw connection
BL20-S3S-SBB
BL20-S4S-SBBS

108 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.2.3 Wiring diagram

- -
11 21

I 12 22 I
Sh Sh
13 23

+ +
14 24

Fig. 112: 2-wire sensor with sensor supply via base module BL20-S4×-SBBS

U/I+ U/I+
11 21

- -
12 22
Sh Sh

13 23

+ +
14 24

Fig. 113: 3-wire sensor with sensor supply via base module BL20-S4×-SBBS

U/I + U/I +
11 21

U/I - U/I -
12 22
Sh Sh

13 23

Fig. 114: 4-wire sensor with external sensor supply BL20-S3×-SBB

2020/09 109
Analog Input Modules

8.2.4 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n AI1 LSB
n+1 AI1 MSB
n+2 AI2 LSB
n+3 AI2 MSB

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Meaning

AI1 LSB low byte of the analog value

AIx MSB high byte of the analog value

8.2.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red, Diagnostics pending -

flashing, 0.5
Hz

Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics modules
cation failure have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
- - - - - - Wire break Measured
value out of
range

110 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Diagnostics Meaning

Measured value out of range Indicates an over- or undercurrent of 1 % of the set current range;
whereby, undercurrents can only be recognized with those modules
that have a set current range of 4…20 mA.
Overcurrent Imax (I > 20,2 mA);
Undercurrent:Imin (I < 3,8 mA)

Wire break Displays a wire break in the signal line for the operating mode:
4…20 mA (I < 3 mA)

NOTE
If the measurement value representation is parameterized as ”12bit (left-justified)” the
diagnostic data will be transferred with the process data bits 0…3 of the respective chan-
IS

nel.

8.2.6 Module parameters

NOTE
Due to a product actualization, the parameter texts of the Turck I/O-products have been
revised.
The actual configuration files (GSD-, GSDML-, EDS-files) with the new parameters can be
found under www.turck.com.
If you use older configuration files with old parameter texts (issue date before April 2014),
then you can find a cross reference list in the manual's appendix (see Cross reference list
parameters (page 523)).

2020/09 111
Analog Input Modules

Standard

Byte Word PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Measurement range

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Deactivate channel

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 reserved

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 0

Byte 0
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Channel 2 Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Measurement range

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3 Deactivate channel

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4 reserved

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Word 0
Byte 1

Byte 1

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

112 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 The default values are written in bold.

Parameters Value

Measurement range 0 = 0…20 mA

1 = 4…20 mA

Data format 0 = 15 bit + sign

1 = 12 bit (left-justified)

Deactivate all diagnostics 0 = no

1 = yes

Deactivate channel 0 = no

1 = yes

8.2.7 Measurement value representation

NOTE
A detailed description of the measurement value representation for the analog input
modules in 16 or 12 bit can be found in the Appendix, s. p. 493.

2020/09 113
Analog Input Modules

8.3 Analog input module, 1AI, -10/0…+10 VDC

Fig. 115: BL20-1AI-U(-10/0...+10VDC)

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

24 V DC
GND A/D Converter Reference

Sensor R f 98.5 kO
power supply
max. 250 mA
Field
Fig. 116: Block Diagram

8.3.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-1AI-U(-10/0...+10VDC)

Number of channels 1

Nominal voltage from 24 VDC

supply terminal UL

Nominal current from supply terminal IL 50 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB  41 mA

Power loss of module, typical <1W

Input voltage -10/0…+10 V

Maximum input voltage 35 V continuous

Input resistance (burden) 98,5 k

114 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

Cutoff frequency (-3 dB) 200 Hz

Basic error at 23 °C / 73.4 °F < 0,2 %

Repeatability 0,05 %

Temperature coefficient 300 ppm/°C from end value

Resolution of the A/D converter gradual approximation

Measuring principle Delta Sigma

Measured value 16 bit signed integer /12 bit signed integer left-justi-
representation fied/ 12 bit full range, left-justified/

Sensor supply bridged with L+ and L- from the power supply; not
short-circuit proof

8.3.2 Base modules

Fig. 117: Base module BL20-S3T-SBB

Fig. 118: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBS

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S3T-SBB
BL20-S4T-SBBS

2020/09 115
Analog Input Modules

 with screw connection

BL20-S3S-SBB
BL20-S4S-SBBS

8.3.3 Wiring diagram

-
11 21

I 12 22

Sh
13 23

+
14 24

Fig. 119: 2-wire sensor with sensor supply via base module BL20-S4×-SBBS

U/I+
11 21

-
12 22
Sh

13 23

+
14 24

Fig. 120: 3-wire sensor with sensor supply via base module BL20-S4×-SBBS

U/I +

11 21

U/I -

12 22

Sh
13 23

14 24
-

Fig. 121: 4-wire sensor with sensor supply via base module BL20-S4×-SBBS

116 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 U/I +
11 21

U/I -
12 22
Sh

13 23

Fig. 122: 4-wire sensor with external sensor supply BL20-S3×-SBB

8.3.4 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n AI1 LSB
n+1 AI1 MSB

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Meaning

AI1 LSB low byte of the analog value

AIx MSB high byte of the analog value

8.3.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red, Diagnostics pending -

flashing, 0.5
Hz

Red Module bus commu- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics
nication failure modules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

2020/09 117
Analog Input Modules

Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
- - - - - - - Measured value
out of range

Diagnostics Meaning

Measured value out of range Out of Range Indicates an over- or undervoltage of 1% of the set volt-
age range.
Overvoltage:
Umax (U > 10,1 V);
Undervoltage:
Umin (U < -10,1 V) at-10…+10 V
Umin (U < -0,1 V) at 0…10 V

118 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.3.6 Module parameters

NOTE
Due to a product actualization, the parameter texts of the Turck I/O-products have been
revised.
The actual configuration files (GSD-, GSDML-, EDS-files) with the new parameters can be
found under www.turck.com.
If you use older configuration files with old parameter texts (issue date before April 2014),
then you can find a cross reference list in the manual's appendix (see Cross reference list
parameters (page 523)).

Standard

Byte Word PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Measurement range

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 reserved

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 0

Byte 0

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Channel 2 - Bit 8 -

Bit 9

Bit 10

Bit 11

Bit 12

Bit 13

Bit 14
Word 0

Bit 15

The default values are written in bold.

Parameters Value

Measurement range 0 = -10…+10V

1 = 0…10V

Data format 0 = 15 bit + sign

1 = 12 bit (left-justified)

Deactivate all diagnostics 0 = no

1 = yes

2020/09 119
Analog Input Modules

8.3.7 Measurement value representation

NOTE
A detailed description of the measurement value representation for the analog input
modules in 16 or 12 bit can be found in the Appendix, s. p. 493.

8.4 Analog input module, 2AI, -10/0…+10 VDC

Fig. 123: BL20-2AI-U(-10/0...+10VDC)

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

24 V DC
A/D Converter
GND + Multiplexer Reference

Sensor R f 98.5 kO
power supply
max. 250 mA
Field

Fig. 124: Block Diagram

8.4.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-2AI-U(-10/0...+10VDC)

Number of channels 2

Nominal voltage from 24 VDC

supply terminal UL

Nominal current from supply terminal IL 12 mA

120 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

Nominal current from module bus IMB 35 mA

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Input voltage -10/0…+10 V

Maximum input voltage 35 V continuous

Input resistance (burden) 98,5 k

Cutoff frequency (-3 dB)  50 Hz

Basic error at 23 °C / 73.4 °F < 0,2 %

Repeatability 0,05 %

Temperature coefficient 150 ppm/°C from end value

Resolution of the A/D converter 16 bit

Measuring principle Delta Sigma

Measurement value representation 16 bit signed integer/12 bit full range,

left justified

Sensor supply 250 mA; bridged with L+ and L- from the power
supply; not short-circuit proof

8.4.2 Base modules

Fig. 125: Base module BL20-S3T-SBB

Fig. 126: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBS

2020/09 121
Analog Input Modules

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S3T-SBB
BL20-S4T-SBBS
 with screw connection
BL20-S3S-SBB
BL20-S4S-SBBS

8.4.3 Wiring diagram

- -
11 21

I 12 22 I
Sh Sh
13 23

+ +
14 24

Fig. 127: 2-wire sensor with sensor supply via base module BL20-S4×-SBBS

U/I+ U/I+
11 21

- -
12 22
Sh Sh

13 23

+ +
14 24

Fig. 128: 3-wire sensor with sensor supply via base module BL20-S4×-SBBS

U/I + U/I +
11 21

U/I - U/I -
12 22
Sh Sh

13 23

Fig. 129: 4-wire sensor with external sensor supply BL20-S3×-SBB

122 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.4.4 Process data mapping
Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n AI1 LSB
n+1 AI1 MSB
n+2 AI2 LSB
n+3 AI2 MSB

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Meaning

AI1 LSB low byte of the analog value

AIx MSB high byte of the analog value

8.4.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red, Diagnostics pending -

flashing, 0.5
Hz

Red Module bus commu- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics
nication failure modules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

2020/09 123
Analog Input Modules

Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
- - - - - - - Measured
value out of
range

Diagnostics Meaning

Measured value out of range Indicates an over- or undervoltage of 1% of the set voltage range.
Overvoltage:
Umax (U > 10,1 V);
Undervoltage:
Umin (U < -10,1 V) at -10…+10 V
Umin (U < -0,1 V) at 0…10 V

NOTE
If the measurement value representation is parameterized as ”12bit (left-justified)” the
diagnostic data will be transferred with the process data bits 0…3 of the respective chan-
nel.

8.4.6 Module parameters

NOTE
Due to a product actualization, the parameter texts of the Turck I/O-products have been
revised.
The actual configuration files (GSD-, GSDML-, EDS-files) with the new parameters can be
found under www.turck.com.
If you use older configuration files with old parameter texts (issue date before April 2014),
then you can find a cross reference list in the manual's appendix (see Cross reference list
parameters (page 523)).

124 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Standard

Byte Word PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Measurement range

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Deactivate channel

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 reserved

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 0

Byte 0
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Channel 2 Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Measurement range

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3 Deactivate channel

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4 reserved

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Word 0
Byte 1

Byte 1

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

The default values are written in bold.

Parameters Value

Measurement range 0 = -10…+10V

1 = 0…10V

Data format 0 = 15 bit + sign

1 = 12 bit (left-justified)

Deactivate all diagnostics 0 = no

1 = yes

Deactivate channel 0 = no

1 = yes

8.4.7 Measurement value representation

NOTE
A detailed description of the measurement value representation for the analog input
modules in 16 or 12 bit can be found in the Appendix, s. p. 493.

2020/09 125
Analog Input Modules

8.5 Analog input module, 2 AI, Pt-/Ni sensors

Fig. 130: BL20-2AI-PT/NI-2/3

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

24 V DC
GND D/A Converter Reference

Channel selection

Field

Fig. 131: Block Diagram

8.5.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-2AI-PT/NI-2/3

Number of channels 2

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL  30 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB 45 mA

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Measurement current < 1 mA

Destruction limit > 30 VDC

126 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

Platinum sensors According to DIN IEC 751

Nickel sensors According to EN 43 760

Offset error 0,1%

Linearity < 0,1 %

Basic error at 23 °C / 73.4 °F < 0,2 % from end value

Repeatability 0,05 %

Temperature coefficient 300 ppm/°C from end value

Cycle time 130 ms per channel

Measuring principle Delta Sigma

Connectable sensors

Platinum sensors Pt100, Pt200, Pt500, Pt1000

Nickel sensors Ni100, Ni1000

8.5.2 Base modules

Fig. 132: Base module BL20-S3T-SBB (only 2-wire measurement possible)

Fig. 133: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBS

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S3T-SBB
BL20-S4T-SBBS

2020/09 127
Analog Input Modules

 with screw connection

BL20-S3S-SBB
BL20-S4S-SBBS

8.5.3 Wiring diagram

2-wire measurement:

I+ I+

i i
11 21

I- I-

12 22

13 23

Fig. 134: Wiring diagram BL20-S3x-SBB

3-wire measurement:

I+ I+

i i
11 21

I- I-
12 22

13 23

S+ 14 24 S+

Fig. 135: Wiring diagram BL20-S4x-SBBS

128 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.5.4 Process data mapping
Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n AI1 LSB
n+1 AI1 MSB
n+2 AI2 LSB
n+3 AI2 MSB

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Meaning

AI1 LSB low byte of the analog value

AIx MSB high byte of the analog value

8.5.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red, Diagnostics pending -

flashing
0.5 Hz

Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

2020/09 129
Analog Input Modules

Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
- - - - - overcurrent Wire break Measured
value out of
range

Diagnostics Meaning

Measured value out of range Underflow diagnostics in temperature measurement ranges only 
threshold: 1 % of the positive measurement range end value

Wire break

overcurrent in temperature measurement ranges only

threshold: 5  (loop resistance)

NOTE
In 3-wire measurement with PT100- sensor and at temperatures of below -177 °C, the
module can not distinguish between short-circuit and wire break. In this case a ”short-
circuit”- diagnostic is generated.

130 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.5.6 Module parameters

NOTE
Due to a product actualization, the parameter texts of the Turck I/O-products have been
revised.
The actual configuration files (GSD-, GSDML-, EDS-files) with the new parameters can be
found under www.turck.com.
If you use older configuration files with old parameter texts (issue date before April 2014),
then you can find a cross reference list in the manual's appendix (see Cross reference list
parameters (page 523)).

Standard

Byte Word PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Mains suppression

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Deactivate channel

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 RTD type

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 0

Byte 1

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 wiring type

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1 reserved

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Word 0
Byte 1

Byte 0

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

2020/09 131
Analog Input Modules

Standard

Byte Word PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 2 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Mains suppression

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Deactivate channel

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 RTD type

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 2

Byte 3
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 wiring type

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1 reserved

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Word 1
Byte 3

Byte 2

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

The default values are written in bold.

Parameters Value

Mains suppression 0 = 50Hz

1 = 60 Hz

Data format 0 = 15 bit + sign

1 = 12 bit (left-justified)

Deactivate all diagnostics 0 = no

1 = yes

Deactivate channel 0 = no

1 = yes

132 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Parameters Value

RTD type 0000 = Pt100, -200…850 °C

0001 = Pt100, -200…150 °C
0010 = Ni100, -60…250 °C
0011 = Ni100, -60…150 °C
0100 = Pt200, -200…850 °C
0101 = Pt200, -200…150 °C
0110 = Pt500, -200…850 °C
0111 = Pt500, -200…150 °C
1000 = Pt1000, -200…850 °C
1001 = Pt1000, -200…150 °C
1010 = Ni1000, -60…250 °C
1011 = Ni1000, -60…150 °C
1100 = resistance, 0…100 
1101 = resistance, 0…200 
1110 = resistance, 0…400 
1111 = resistance, 0…1000

wiring type 0 = 2-wire

1 = 3 wire

8.5.7 Measurement value representation

NOTE
A detailed description of the measurement value representation for the analog input
modules in 16 or 12 bit can be found in the Appendix, s. p. 493.

2020/09 133
Analog Input Modules

8.6 Analog input module, 2 AI, thermocouples

Fig. 136: BL20-2AI-THERMO-PI

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

24 V DC
Galvanic
isolation

GND D/A Converter Reference

Channel selection

Base
PT1000

PT1000

terminal

Field

Fig. 137: Block Diagram

134 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.6.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-2AI-THERMO-PI

Number of channels 2

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL  30 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB 45 mA

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Destruction limit 10 VDC (permanent)

Sensors According to IEC 584, class 1, 2, 3

Temperature ranges

Type B 100…1820.0 °C

Type E -270…1000.0 °C

Type J -210…1200.0 °C

type K -270…1370.0 °C

type N -270…1300.0 °C

Type R -50…1760.0 °C

Type S -50…1540.0 °C

Type T -270…400.0 °C

Voltage measurement (resolution)

± 50 mV < 2V

± 100 mV < 4 V

± 500 mV < 20 V

±1V < 50 V

Measurement value representation 16 bit signed integer/12 bit full range, left justified

Basic error at 23 °C / 73.4 °F see table s. p. 137

Crosstalk suppression 80 dB

Repeatability see table s. p. 137

Temperature coefficient 300 ppm/°C from end value

Cycle time – Voltage measurement: 70 ms/channel

– Temperature measurement: 130 ms/channel

2020/09 135
Analog Input Modules

8.6.2 Base modules

Fig. 138: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBS-CJ

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S4T-SBBS-CJ
 with screw connection
BL20-S4S-SBBS-CJ

8.6.3 Wiring diagram

 Cold junction compensation in base module

i
+ –

11 21
PT1000

12 22
a

13 23
PT1000

14 24

+ –

Fig. 139: Wiring diagram BL20-S4×-SBBS-CJ

136 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Basic errors and repeat accuracies

Thermocouple Temperature range/ °C Basic error at 23°C / % of positive end

value

type K -200…1370 ± 0,2

Type J -210…1200 ± 0,2

Type B 500…1820 ± 0,2

type N -150…1300 ± 0,2

Type E -180…1000 ± 0,2

Type R 0…1760 ± 0,2

Type S 0…1540 ± 0,2

Type T -200…0 ± 0,6

0…400 ± 0,2

Voltage measurement all measurement ranges ± 0,2

Wider deviations of the cold junction compensation are to be expected for lower temperatures.

Thermocouple Repeat accuracy/% Error due to cold junction compensa-

of positive end value tion/ % of positive end value

Type K 0.05 ± 0,15

Type J 0.05 ± 0,17

Type B 0.05 ± 0,11

Type N 0.05 ± 0,16

Type E 0.05 ± 0,20

Type R 0.05 ± 0.12

Type S 0.05 ± 0,13

Type T 0.1 –
0.075 0

Voltage measurement 0.05 –

2020/09 137
Analog Input Modules

8.6.4 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n AI1 LSB
n+1 AI1 MSB
n+2 AI2 LSB
n+3 AI2 MSB

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Meaning

AI1 LSB low byte of the analog value

AIx MSB high byte of the analog value

8.6.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red, Diagnostics pending -

flashing, 0.5
Hz

Red Module bus commu- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics
nication failure modules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
- - - - - Cold junction Wire break Measured
error value out of
Wire break range

Diagnostics Meaning

Measured value out of range threshold:

1 % of the positive measurement range end value

138 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Diagnostics Meaning

Wire break in temperature measurement ranges only

Cold junction compensation the Pt1000-sensor for the respective channel in the base module is
Wire break defective
 the Pt1000-sensor of the other channel is taken as cold junction.
The diagnostic message ”No Pt1000-sensor found” at both module
channels indicates the usage of a wrong base module.
 A cold junction temperature of 23°C is presumed.
The diagnostic ”Underflow” is generated by the sensor types K, N and
T when the temperature falls below -271.6 °C.

8.6.6 Module parameters

NOTE
Due to a product actualization, the parameter texts of the Turck I/O-products have been
revised.
The actual configuration files (GSD-, GSDML-, EDS-files) with the new parameters can be
found under www.turck.com.
If you use older configuration files with old parameter texts (issue date before April 2014),
then you can find a cross reference list in the manual's appendix (see Cross reference list
parameters (page 523)).

Standard

Byte Word PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Mains suppression

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Deactivate channel

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Thermocouple type

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 0

Byte 1

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 reserved

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Word 0
Byte 1

Byte 0

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

2020/09 139
Analog Input Modules

Standard

Byte Word PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 2 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Mains suppression

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Deactivate channel

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Thermocouple type

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 2

Byte 3
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 reserved

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Word 1
Byte 3

Byte 2

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

The default values are written in bold.

Parameters Value

Mains suppression 0 = 50Hz

1 = 60 Hz

Data format 0 = 15 bit + sign

1 = 12 bit (left-justified)

Deactivate all diagnostics 0 = no

1 = yes

Deactivate channel 0 = no

1 = yes

140 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Thermocouple type 0000 = Typ K, -270…1370 °C
0001 = Type B, +100…1820 °C
0010 = Type E, -270…1000 °C
0011 = Type J, -210…1200 °C
0100 = Type N, -270…1300 °C
0101 = Type R, -50…1760 °C
0110 = Type S, -50…1540 °C
0111 = Type T, -270…400 °C
1000 = ±50 mV
1001 = ±100 mV
1010 = ±500 mV
1011 = ±1000 mV

8.6.7 Measurement value representation

NOTE
A detailed description of the measurement value representation for the analog input
modules in 16 or 12 bit can be found in the Appendix, s. p. 493.

2020/09 141
Analog Input Modules

8.7 Analog input module, 4AI, voltage/current

Fig. 140: BL20-4AI-U/I

Fig. 141:
5 V DC module bus

Block Diagram

logic

galvanic isolation
24 V DC module supply

24 V DC
A/D converter
GND Reference
+ multiplexer

R < 62 O in current mode

R > 98,5 kO in voltage mode

field

142 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.7.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-4AI-U/I

Number of channels 4

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL 0 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB 50 mA

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Input signal (current mode)

Input resistance (burden) < 62 

Input current (range which can be evaluated by the 0…20 mA

A/D converter) 4…20 mA

Input current (maximum - from 50 mA

20.2 mA an Measured value out of range” message is
generated).

Cutoff frequency (-3 dB) 20 Hz

Input signal (voltage mode)

Input resistance (burden) > 98.5 k

Input viltage (range which can be evaluated by the -10…10 VDC

A/D converter) 0…10 VDC

Input voltage (maximum - a deviation of 1% already 35 VDC

generates a ”Measured value out of range” message)

Cutoff frequency (-3 dB) 20 Hz

accuracy fo the input signal

Basic error at 23 °C / 73.4 °F < 0,3 %

Temperature coefficient 300 ppm/°C from end value

Measurement value representation

Resolution of the A/D converter 16 bit

Measuring principle Delta Sigm, NE43, Extended range

Measured value 16 bit: two's complement coded

representation or
12 bit left-justified
– two's complement coded (even negative values
possible)
– binary number without coding (only positive values
possible)

2020/09 143
Analog Input Modules

8.7.2 Base modules

Fig. 142: Base module BL20-S6T-SBCSBC

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S6T-SBCSBC
 with screw connection
BL20-S6S-SBCSBC

8.7.3 Wiring diagram

Kanal 1 Kanal 2
UL bzw. + + UL bzw.
– –
BR/PF BR/PF
Klemme 13 11 21 Klemme 13

I I
12 22

Sh Sh

Kanal 3 13 23 Kanal 4
UL bzw. + + UL bzw.
– –
BR/PF BR/PF
Klemme 13 14 24 Klemme 13

I I
15 25

Sh Sh
16 26

Fig. 143: 2-wire sensors with sensor supply via UL or BR/PF-module, base module
BL20-S6×-SBCSBC

144 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 U/I+ U/I+
11 21

– –
Kanal 1 + 12 22 + Kanal 2
UL bzw. UL bzw.
BR/PF Sh Sh BR/PF
Klemme 13 Klemme 13
13 23

U/I+ U/I+
14 24

– –
Kanal 3 + 15 25 + Kanal 4
UL bzw. UL bzw.
BR/PF Sh Sh BR/PF
Klemme 13 Klemme 13
16 26

Fig. 144: 3-wire sensors with sensor supply via UL or BR/PF-module, base module
BL20-S6×-SBCSBC

Kanal 1 Kanal 2
U/I + U/I +
U/I – 11 21 U/I –

12 22

Sh Sh
Kanal 3 13 23 Kanal 4
U/I + U/I +
U/I – 14 24 U/I –

15 25

Sh Sh
16 26

Fig. 145: 4-wire sensor with external sensor supply BL20-S6×-SBCSBC

2020/09 145
Analog Input Modules

8.7.4 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n AI1 LSB
n+1 AI1 MSB
n+2 AI2 LSB
n+3 AI2 MSB
n+4 AI3 LSB
n+5 AI3 MSB
n+6 AI4 LSB
n+7 AI4 MSB

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Meaning

AI1 LSB low byte of the analog value

AIx MSB high byte of the analog value

8.7.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red, Diagnostics pending -

flashing, 0.5
Hz

Red Module bus commu- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics
nication failure modules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
- - - - - - Wire break Measured
value out of
range

146 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Diagnostics Meaning

Measured value out of range Indicates an over- or undercurrent of 1 % of the set current range;
whereby, undercurrents can only be recognized with those modules
that have a set current range of 4…20 mA.
Overcurrent: Imax (I > 20,2 mA);
Undercurrent: Imin (I < 3,8 mA)
Indicates an over- or undervoltage of 1% of the set voltage range.
Overvoltage:
Umax (U > 10,1 V);
Undervoltage:
Umin (U < -10,1 V) at -10…+10 V
Umin (U < -0,1 V) at 0…10 V

Wire break Displays a wire break in the signal line for the operating mode:
4…20 mA (I < 3 mA)

NOTE
If the measurement value representation is parameterized as ”12bit left-justified” the
diagnostic data will be transferred with the process data bits 0…3 of the respective chan-
nel.

8.7.6 Module parameters

NOTE
Due to a product actualization, the parameter texts of the Turck I/O-products have been
revised.
The actual configuration files (GSD-, GSDML-, EDS-files) with the new parameters can be
found under www.turck.com.
If you use older configuration files with old parameter texts (issue date before April 2014),
then you can find a cross reference list in the manual's appendix (see Cross reference list
parameters (page 523)).

2020/09 147
Analog Input Modules

Standard

Byte Word PROFIBUS Parameter

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Measurement range

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Deactivate channel

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Mode

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 Data representation

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 0

Byte 0
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Channel 2 Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Measurement range

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3 Deactivate channel

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4 Mode

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5 Data representation

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Word 0
Byte 1

Byte 1

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

Channel 3 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Measurement range

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Deactivate channel

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Mode

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 Data representation

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 2

Byte 2

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Channel 4 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Measurement range

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Deactivate channel

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Mode

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 Data representation

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Word 1
Byte 0

Byte 0

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

148 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 The default values are written in bold.

Parameters Value

Measurement range 0 = 0…10 V/ 0…20 mA

1 = -10…+10 V/ 4…20 mA

Data format 0 = 15 bit + sign

1 = 12 bit (left-justified)

Deactivate all diagnostics 0 = no

1 = yes

Deactivate channel 0 = no

1 = yes

Mode 0 = voltage

1 = current

Data representation 0 = 15 bit + sign

1 = NE 43
2 = Extended Range
This parameter is only valid for modules with a ver-
sion

8.7.7 Measurement value representation

NOTE
A detailed description of the measurement value representation for the analog input
modules in 16 or 12 bit can be found in the Appendix, s. p. 493.

2020/09 149
Analog Input Modules

8.8 Analog input module, 8AI voltage/current and 4 Pt/Ni, Economy

The analog input module is used to connect 8 analog signals. Each channel can be parameterized
in different current or respectively voltage ranges. Additionally, 2 analog channels at a time can be
combined to a Pt-/Ni- or R-input with 2- or 3-wire technology (see Connection options, s. p. 153).
The module thus provides a maximum number of 8 measurement inputs for voltage or current or 4
channels for 2- or 3-wire Pt-/Ni- or resistance-measurement. The function setting is done via chan-
nel-oriented parameters.
The module provides galvanic isolation between the field and the module bus connection.
The supply for the signals has to be connected externally. A shield connection to the base module
is not possible.

Fig. 146: BL20-E-8AI-U/I-4PT/NI

5 V DC module bus

logic

galvanic isolation
24 V DC module supply

CPU

24 V DC
A/D converter
GND Reference
+ multiplexer

...

field
Fig. 147: Block Diagram

150 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.8.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-E-8AI-U/I-4PT/NI

Number of channels 8 (U/I) /4 (Pt/Ni/R)

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

(18 VDC…30 VDC)

Nominal current from typ. 35 mA (without measurement signal)

supply terminal IL

Nominal current from module bus IMB  30 mA

Power loss of module, typical < 1,5 W

Special Technical data

Parameterizable measured variables voltage, current, Pt, Ni, R

– Voltage measurement -10…10 VDC/0…10 VDC

Max. input voltage Umax ± 20 VDC

Input resistance (burden) RL > 200 k

Cutoff frequency fG 1.5 Hz

Basic error 0.2 %

(nominal range at 23 °C)
Temperature coefficient 200 ppm/ °C

– Current measurement 0…20 mA/ 4…20 mA

Max. input current Imax 40 mA

Max. input voltage Umax < 17 VDC

Input resistance (burden) RL < 52 

Cutoff frequency fG 1.5 Hz

Basic error 0.2 %

(nominal range at 23 °C)
Temperature coefficient 200 ppm/ °C

– Pt sensor (EN 60 751) Pt 100, Pt 200, Pt 500, Pt 1000

Measurement current Imeas 0…400  < 2 mA

400…4000  < 0,5 mA (integral)

Destruction limit Umax > 30 VDC

Cutoff frequency fG 1.5 Hz

Basic error 0,2 % (Pt200, Pt500, Pt1000)

(nominal range at 23 °C) 0,35 % (Pt100)

Temperature coefficient 200 ppm/ °C

2020/09 151
Analog Input Modules

Technical data

– Ni sensor Ni100, Ni1000 (DIN 43 760)

Ni1000TK5000

Measurement current Imeas 0…400  < 2 mA

400…4000  < 0,5 mA (integral)

Destruction limit Umax > 30 VDC

Cutoff frequency fG 1.5 Hz

Basic error 0,2 % (Ni1000, Ni1000TK5000)

(nominal range at 23 °C) 0,35% (Ni100)

Temperature coefficient 200 ppm/ °C

– R (resistance measurement) 0…250 , 0…400 , 0…800 0…2000 ,

0…4000 

Measurement current Imeas 0…400  < 2 mA

400…4000  < 0,5 mA (integral)

Destruction limit Umax > 30 VDC

Cutoff frequency fG 1.5 Hz

Basic error 0.2 %

(nominal range at 23 °C)
Temperature coefficient 200 ppm/ °C

152 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.8.2 Wiring diagram
The terminal assignment depends on the sensor type.

U/I PT/NI
2-Leiter 2-Leiter 3-Leiter
+ I+ I+
1
1 –
é é 2
+
3
2 – I– I–
4
+ I+ I+
5
3 –
é é 6
+
7
4 – I– I–
8
+ I+ I+
9
5 –
é é 10
+
11
6 – I– I–
12
+ I+ I+
13
7 –
é é 14
+
15
8 – I– I–
16

Fig. 148: Connection options

NOTE
Open inputs or unused channels should not be parameterized in the operation mode PT/
NI or R because this parameterization can cause marginal measurement errors in adjacent
channels.
Should this though be is necessary due to the application, the respective channels have to
be terminated with a resistor. theresistor value has to lie within the parameterized range.

The sensor is fed from the same source as UL of the BL20 sys-
Analog
BL20-Gateway E-8AI sensor tem. The sensor and UL of the BL20 system are automatically
1 AI +
on the same GND potential.
UL
UL IN
GNDL 2 AI –
USYS 3 GND
GNDSYS 4 24 VDC

15
16

Fig. 149: 4-wire-sensor (U/I)

2020/09 153
Analog Input Modules

The sensor and UL of the BL20 system are fed from different
Analog
BL20-Gateway E-8AI sensor sources. UL of the BL20 system and AI of the sensor must be on
1 AI +
the same GND-potential. For this, UL and AI must be bridged.
UL
UL IN
GNDL 2 AI –
USYS 3 GND
GNDSYS 4 24 VDC

15 +

16
–

Fig. 150: 4-wire-sensor (U/I)

The sensor is fed from the same source as UL of the BL20 sys-
Analog
BL20-Gateway E-8AI sensor tem. The sensor and UL of the BL20 system are automatically
1 AI –
on the same GND potential.
UL
UL IN
GNDL 2 AI +
USYS 3
GNDSYS 4

15
16

Fig. 151: 2-wire-sensor (U/I)

154 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.8.3 Process data mapping
For input-parameterization as Pt-/Ni-or R, the measurement value can be found in the channel with
the lower number of the used channels (K1, K3, K5, K7).
Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n AI1 LSB
n+1 AI1 MSB
n+2 AI2 LSB
n+3 AI2 MSB
n+4 AI3 LSB
n+5 AI3 MSB
n+6 AI4 LSB
n+7 AI4 MSB
n+8 AI5 LSB
n+9 AI5 MSB
n + 10 AI6 LSB
n + 11 AI6 MSB
n + 12 AI7 LSB
n + 13 AI7 MSB
n + 14 AI8 LSB
n + 15 AI8 MSB

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Meaning

AI1 LSB low byte of the analog value

AIx MSB high byte of the analog value

2020/09 155
Analog Input Modules

8.8.4 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red, Diagnostics pending -

flashing
0.5 Hz

Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics modules
cation failure or field have been pulled.
voltage UL not con- Check the field voltage UL.
nected.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

1 -8 Green channel input active

Green channel is in overrange

flashing 4 Hz

Green channel is in under-

flashing range
0.5 Hz

Off channel inactive

156 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Hardware - - - Overflow/ overcur- Wire Measured
error under- rent break value out
flow, of range
OUFL

Diagnostics Meaning

Measured value out of range Indicates an exceeding or undercut of the value ranges.
 Limit values according to parameterization, page 161 ff.
The permissible measurement value limits are exceeded, it is thus
possible that no valid measurement value can be detected.

Wire break Indicates an open circuit in the signal line for the operating mode:
in temperature measurement
in resistance measurement
in current measurement 4…20 mA
 limits see page 161 ff.

overcurrent in temperature measurement: threshold: 5 (loop resistance)

Overflow/underflow, OUFL The measurement value is below the value ranges and the device
is not able to capture these values.  limits see page 161 ff.

Hardware error Shows common errors of the module hardware.

The return analog value in case of an error is ”0”.

NOTE
In 3-wire measurement with PT100- sensor and at temperatures of below -177 °C, the
module can not distinguish between short-circuit and wire break. In this case a ”short-cir-
cuit”- diagnostic is generated.

NOTE
In the current measurement ranges , the module switches automatically to the voltage
measurement after 300 ms if I > 40.0 mA. For the 300 ms, a current of max. 500 mA is
accepted. After this, a periodical switching to current measurement is done. If the current
falls again to the permissible range, the module switches permanently back to current
measurement. During this procedure, the transmitted value is always the measurement
range end value. Please observe the module’s maximum input voltage!

8.8.5 Module parameters

NOTE
Due to a product actualization, the parameter texts of the Turck I/O-products have been
revised.
The actual configuration files (GSD-, GSDML-, EDS-files) with the new parameters can be
found under www.turck.com.
If you use older configuration files with old parameter texts (issue date before April 2014),
then you can find a cross reference list in the manual's appendix (see Cross reference list
parameters (page 523)).

2020/09 157
Analog Input Modules

The module provides 8 byte parameter data. One byte is assigned to each analog input channel.

NOTE
Please read s. p. 161 ff. for detailed information about the parameter settings (Standard,
Extended Range, PA (NE 43)).

Standard

Byte Word PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Mode

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Data format

Byte 0

Byte 0
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7 Deactivate all diagnostics

Channel 2 Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Mode

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6 Data format

Word 0
Byte 1

Byte 1

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7 Deactivate all diagnostics

158 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Standard

Byte Word PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 7 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Mode

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Data format

Byte 6

Byte 6
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7 Deactivate all diagnostics

Channel 8 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Mode

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Data format

Word 4
Byte 7

Byte 7

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7 Deactivate all diagnostics

2020/09 159
Analog Input Modules

The default values are written in bold.

Parameters Settings

Mode In Pt-, Ni and resistance measurement, only the first of the used channel
has to be parameterized (channel 1, 3, 5. 7). The parameterization of the
second channel is ignored.

000000 = voltage -10…10 V DC standard

000001 = voltage 0…10 V DC standard
000010 = voltage -10…10 V DC PA (NE 43)
000011 = voltage 0…10 V DC PA (NE 43)
000100 = voltage -10…10 V DC extended range
000101 = voltage 0…10 V DC extended range

001000 = current 0…20 mA DC standard

001001 = current 4…20 mA DC standard
001010 = current 0…20 mA DC PA (NE 43)
001011 = current 4…20 mA DC PA (NE 43)
001100 = current 0…20 mA DC extended range
001101 = current 4…20 mA DC extended range

010000 = Pt200, -200 °C…850 °C, 2 wire

010001 = Pt100 -200 °C…150 °C, 2 wire
010010 = Pt200, -200 °C…850 °C, 2 wire
010011 = Pt200 -200 °C…150 °C, 2 wire
010100 = Pt500 -200 °C…850 °C, 2 wire
010101 = Pt500 -200 °C…150 °C, 2 wire
010110 = Pt1000 -200 °C…850 °C, 2 wire
010111 = Pt1000 -200 °C…150 °C, 2 wire
011000 = Pt100 -200 °C…850 °C, 3 wire
011001 = Pt100 -200 °C…150 °C, 3 wire
011010 = Pt200 -200 °C…850 °C, 3 wire
011011 = Pt200 -200 °C…150 °C, 3 wire
011100 = Pt500 -200 °C…850 °C, 3 wire
011101 = Pt500 -200 °C…150 °C, 3 wire
011110 = Pt1000 -200 °C…850 °C, 3 wire
011111 = Pt1000 -200 °C…150 °C, 3 wire

100000 = Ni100, -60 °C…250 °C, 2 wire

100001 = Ni100, -60 °C…150 °C, 2 wire
100010 = Ni100, -60 °C…250 °C, 2 wire
100011 = Ni1000,-60 °C…150 °C, 2-wire
100100 = Ni1000TK5000, -60 °C…250 °C, 2 wire

101000 = Ni100, -60 °C…250 °C, 3 wire

101001 = Ni100, -60 °C…150 °C, 3 wire
101010 = Ni100, -60 °C…250 °C, 3 wire
101011 = Ni1000,-60 °C…150 °C, 3-wire
101100 = Ni1000TK5000, -60 °C…250 °C, 3 wire

110000 = resistance, 0…400

110001 = resistance, 0…800
110011 = resistance, 0…2000
110100 = resistance, 0…4000

Data format 0 = 15 bit + sign

1 = 12 bit (left-justified)

Deactivate all diagnostics 0 = no

1 = yes

160 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.8.6 Process input data
For input-parameterization as Pt-/Ni-or R, the measurement value can be found in the channel with
the lower number of the used channels (K1, K3, K5, K7).
Chan- B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0
nel
MSB LSB
1 Byte 1 Byte 0
2 Byte 3 Byte 2
3 Byte 5 Byte 4
4 Byte 7 Byte 6
5 Byte 9 Byte 8
6 Byte 11 Byte 10
7 Byte 13 Byte 12
8 Byte 15 Byte 14

8.8.7 Standard value representation for voltage/current

16-bit representation
-10…10 V bipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.
-4
Voltage value UM = (dec. value × 3.052 × 10 ) V
> 10.1000 V at DIA Measured value 32767 7FFF
out of range ON
 10,0500 V at DIA Measured value 32767 7FFF
out of range Off
10.0000 V 32767 7FFF
9.9997 V 32766 7FFE
… … …
5.0002 V 16384 4000
… … …
nominal range
0.000305 V 1 0001
0.000000 V 0 0000
-0.000305 V -1 FFFF
… … …
-5.0000 V -16384 C000
… … …
-9.9997 V -32767 8001
 -10,0000 V -32768 8000
 -10,0500 V at DIA Measured value -32768 8000
out of range Off
< -10.1000 V at DIA Measured -32768 8000
value out of range ON

2020/09 161
Analog Input Modules

0…10 V unipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.

-4
Voltage value UM = (dec. value × 3.052 × 10 ) V
> 10.1000 V atDIA 32767 7FFF
Measured value out of
range ON
 10,0500 V at DIA 32767 7FFF
Measured value out of
range Off
10.0000 V 32767 7FFF
9.9997 V 32766 7FFE
… nominal range … …
5.0002 V 16384 4000
… … …
0.000305 V 1 0001
 0,000000 V 0 0000
 -0,0500 V atDIA 0 0000
Measured value out of
range Off
< -0.1000 V at DIA 0 0000
Measured value out of
range ON

0…20 mA unipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.

-4
current valueM = (dec. value × 6.104 × 10 ) mA
> 20.2000 mA atDIA 32767 7FFF
Measured value out of
range ON
 20,1000 mA at DIA 32767 7FFF
Measured value out of
range Off
20.0000 mA 32767 7FFF
19.9994 mA 32766 7FFE
… nominal range … …
10.0003 mA 16384 4000
… … …
0.0006104 mA 1 0001
 0,0000 mA 0 0000
-0.1 mA atDIA 0 0000
Measured value out of
range Off
< -0.2 mA at DIA 0 0000
Measured value out of
range ON

162 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 4…20 mA unipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.
-4
current valueM = (dec. value × 4,883 × 10 ) + 4 mA
> 20.2000 mA atDIA 32767 7FFF
Measured value out of
range ON
 20,1000 mA at DIA 32767 7FFF
Measured value out of
range Off
20.0000 mA 32767 7FFF
19.9995 mA 32766 7FFE
… nominal range … …
12.00024 mA 16384 4000
… … …
4.0004883 mA 1 0001
 4,0000 mA 0 0000
 3.7000 mA atDIA 0 0000
Measured value out of
range Off
< 3.6000 mA atDIA 0 0000
Measured value out of
range ON
 3.0000 mA atDIA 0 0000
Wire break Off
< 2.9000 mA atDIA 0 0000
Wire break ON

2020/09 163
Analog Input Modules

12-bit-representation (left-justified)

NOTE
If the measurement value representation is parameterized as ”12bit left-justified” the
diagnostic data will be transferred with the process data bits 0…3 of the respective chan-
nel.

-10…10 V bipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.

-3
Voltage value UM = (dec. value/ 16 × 4,885 × 10 ) V
> 10.1000 V atDIA 2047 × 16 7FFF
Measured value out of
range ON
 10,0500 V atDIA 2047 × 16 7FFF
Measured value out of
range Off
10.0000 V 2047 × 16 7FFF

9.9951 V 2046 × 16 7FE×

… … …
5.00244 V 1024 × 16 400×
… … …
0.00488 V nominal range 1 × 16 001×
0.000000 V 0 000×
-0.000488 V -1 × 16 FFF×
… … …
-5.0000 V -1024 × 16 C00×
… … …
-9.99511 V -2047 × 16 801×
 -10,0000 V -2048 × 16 800×
 -10,0500 V atDIA -2048 × 16 800×
Measured value out of
range Off
< -10.1000 V atDIA -2048 × 16 800×
Measured value out of
range ON

164 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 0…10 V unipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.
-3
Voltage value UM = (dec. value/ 16 × 2,442 × 10 ) V
> 10.1000 V atDIA 4095 × 16 FFF×
Measured value out of
range ON
 10,0500 V at DIA 4095 × 16 FFF×
Measured value out of
range Off
10.0000 V 4095 × 16 FFF×
9.9976 V 4094 × 16 FFE×
… nominal range … …
5.0012 V 2048 × 16 800×
… … …
0.00244 V 1 × 16 001×
 0,0000 V 0 000×
 -0,0500 V atDIA 0 000×
Measured value out of
range Off
< -0.1000 V at 0 000×
DIA Measured value out
of range ON

0…20 mA unipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.

-3
current valueM = (dec. value/16 × 4.884 × 10 ) mA
> 20.2000 mA atDIA 4095 × 16 FFF×
Measured value out of
range ON
 20,1000 mA at DIA 4095 × 16 FFF×
Measured value out of
range Off
20.0000 mA 4095 × 16 FFF×
19.9951 mA 4094 × 16 FFE×
… nominal range … …
10.0024 mA 2048 × 16 800×
… … …
0.00488 mA 1 × 16 001×
 0.0000 mA 0 000×
-0.1 mA underflow atDIA 0 000×
Measured value out of
range Off
< -0.2 mA at DIA 0 000×
Measured value out of
range ON

2020/09 165
Analog Input Modules

4…20 mA unipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.

-3
current valueM = (dec. value/16 × 3,907 × 10 ) + 4) mA
> 20.2000 mA atDIA 4095 × 16 FFF×
Measured value out of
range ON
 20,1000 mA at DIA 4095 × 16 FFF×
Measured value out of
range Off
20.0000 mA 4095 × 16 FFF×
19.9961 mA 4094 × 16 FFE×
nominal range
… … …
12.0020 mA 2048 × 16 800×
… … …
4.0039 mA 1 × 16 001×
 4,0000 mA 0 000×
 3.7000 mA atDIA 0 000×
Measured value out of
range Off
< 3.6000 mA at DIA 0 000×
Measured value out of
range ON
 3.0000 mA atDIA 0 000×
Wire break Off
< 2.9000 mA at DIA 0 000×
Wire break ON

166 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.8.8 Extended Range - value representation for voltage/current
16-bit representation
-10…10 V bipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.
Voltage value UM = (dec. value × 3.617 × 10-4) V
11,851490 V Overflow 32767 7FFF
11,7593 V atDIA 32512 7F00
Measured value out of
range ON
11.7589 V out of range 32511 7EFF
 11,603010 V at DIA 32080 7D50
Measured value out of
range Off
10.000305 V 27649 6C01
10.000000 V nominal range 27648 6C00
… … …
5.0000 V 13824 3600
… … …
0.0003617 V 1 0001
0.000000 V 0 0000
-0.0003617 V -1 FFFF
… … …
-5.000000 V -13824 CA00
… … …
-10.000000V -27648 9400
-10,000362 V Underflow -27649 93FF
 -11,60301 V atDIA -32080 82B0
Measured value out of
range Off
-11.758897 V -32511 8100
-11.759259 V Underflow at DIA -32512 80FF
Measured value out of
range ON
 -11,851851 V -32768 8000

2020/09 167
Analog Input Modules

0…10 V bipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.

-4
Voltage value UM = (dec. value × 3.617 × 10 ) V
11,851 V Overflow 32767 7FFF
11,7593 V atDIA 32512 7F00
Measured value out of
range ON
11.7589 V out of range 32511 7EFF
 11,603010 V at DIA 32080 7D50
Measured value out of
range Off
10.000305 V 27649 6C01
10.000000 V nominal range 27648 6C00
… … …
5.0000 V 13824 3600
… … …
0.000361 V 1 0001
0.000000 V 0 0000
< 0.000000 V 0 0000
 -0,050 V Underflow at DIA Overflow/ 0 0000
underflow, OUFL Off
< -0.100 V at  DIA Overflow/ 0 0000
underflow, OUFL ON

168 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 0…20 mA bipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.
-4
Current value IM = (dec. value × 7.234 × 10 ) mA
23.70298 mA Overflow 32767 7FFF
23.51852 mA atDIA 32512 7F00
Measured value out of
range ON
23.517795 mA out of range 32511 7EFF
 23,2060 mA at DIA 32080 7D50
Measured value out of
range Off
20.000723 mA 27649 6C01
20.000000 mA nominal range 27648 6C00
… … …
10.0000 mA 13824 3600
… … …
0.0007234 mA 1 0001
0.000000 mA 0 0000
-0.1 mA Underflow atDIA 0 000×
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL Off
< -0.2 mA at DIA 0 000×
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL ON

2020/09 169
Analog Input Modules

4…20 mA bipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.

-4
Current value IM = (dec. value × 5,787 × 10 ) mA
22.96238 mA Overflow 32767 7FFF
22.81481 mA atDIA 32512 7F00
Measured value out of
range ON
22.814236 mA out of range 32511 7EFF
 22,56482 mA at DIA 32080 7D50
Measured value out of
range Off
20.000579 mA 27649 6C01
20.000000 mA nominal range 27648 6C00
… … …
12.0000 mA 13824 3600
… … …
4.0005787 mA 1 0001
4.000000 mA 0 0000
3.999421 mA Underflow -1 FFFF
1.5567 mA atDIA -4222 EEBA
Measured value out of
range Off
1.185185 -4864 ED00
 1,184606 mA Underflow at DIA -4865 ECFF
Measured value out of
range ON
0.0000 mA -6912 E500

170 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 12-bit-representation (left-justified)
The representation of the 12 bit values corresponds to that of the 16 bit values. Only bits 0 to 3 are
set to ”0”. Diagnostic data are not mapped to the process data.
-10…10 V bipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.
-3
Voltage value UM = (dec. value/ 16 × 5,787 × 10 ) V
11,8460 V Overflow 2047 × 16 7FF0
11,7592 V atDIA 2032 × 16 7F00
Measured value out of
range ON
11.7535 V out of range 2031 × 16 7EF0
 11,6030 V at DIA 2005 × 16 7D50
Measured value out of
range Off
10.0058 V 1729 × 16 6C10
10.000000 V nominal range 1728 × 16 6C00
… … …
5.0000 V 864 × 16 3600
… … …
0.000578 V 1 × 16 0010
0.000000 V 0 0000
-0.000578 V -1 × 16 FFF0
… … …
-5.000000 V -864 × 16 CA00
… … …
-10.000000V -1728 × 16 9400
-10,0058 V Underflow -1729 × 16 93F0
 -11,6030 V atDIA -2005 × 16 82B0
Measured value out of
range Off
-11.7592 V -2032 × 16 8100
-11.7650 V Underflow at DIA -2033 × 16 80F0
Measured value out of
range ON
 -11,8518 V -2048 × 16 8000

2020/09 171
Analog Input Modules

0…10 V bipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.

-3
Voltage value UM = (dec. value/ 16 × 5,787 × 10 ) V
11,8460 V Overflow 2047 × 16 7FF0
11,7592 V atDIA 2032 × 16 7F00
Measured value out of
range ON
11.7535 V out of range 2031 × 16 7EF0
 11,6030 V at DIA 2005 × 16 7D50
Measured value out of
range Off
10.0058 V 1729 × 16 6C10
10.000000 V nominal range 1728 × 16 6C00
… … …
5.0000 V 864 × 16 3600
… … …
0.000578 V 1 × 16 0010
0.00000 V 0 0000
-0,050 V Underflow atDIA 0 0000
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL Off
< -0.100 V at DIA 0 0000
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL ON

172 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 0…20 mA bipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.
Current value IM = (dec. value/16 × 0,01157) mA
23.6921 mA Overflow 2047 × 16 7FF0
23.51852 mA atDIA 2032 × 16 7F00
Measured value out of
range ON
23.5069 mA out of range 2031 × 16 7EF0
 23,2060 mA at DIA 2005 × 16 7D50
Measured value out of
range Off
20.0116 mA 1729 × 16 6C10
20.000000 mA nominal range 1728 × 16 6C00
… … …
10.0000 mA 864 × 16 3600
… … …
0.01157 mA 1 × 16 0010
 0,0000 mA 0 0000
 -0.1 mA Underflow atDIA 0 0000
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL Off
-0.2 mA at DIA 0 0000
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL ON

2020/09 173
Analog Input Modules

4…20 mA bipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.

-3
Current value IM = (dec. value/16 × 9,259 × 10 ) + 4) mA
22.9537 mA Overflow 2047 × 16 7FF0
22.8148 mA atDIA 2032 × 16 7F00
Measured value out of
range ON
22.8056 mA out of range 2031 × 16 7EF0
 22,5648 mA at DIA 2005 × 16 7D50
Measured value out of
range Off
20.0093 mA 1729 × 16 6C10
20.000000 mA nominal range 1728 × 16 6C00
… … …
12.0000 mA 864 × 16 3600
… … …
4.00925 mA 1 × 16 0010
,0000 mA 0 0000
3,9907mA Underflow -1 × 16 FFF0
1.2963 mA atDIA -292 × 16 EDC0
Measured value out of
range Off
1.1851 mA -304 × 16 ED00
at DIA ECF0
 1,1759 mA Measured value out of -305 × 16
Underflow range ON
 0,000 mA -432 × 16 E500

174 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.8.9 Value representation for process automation (NE 43) for voltage/current
16-bit representation
The hexadecimal value transmitted by the module has to be interpreted as decimal value, which
corresponds, if multiplied with a defined factor, to the analog value.
Example:

Input current: 15.02 mA

Process value:

dec. 15020

hex. 3AAC

-10…10 V bipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.

Voltage value UM = (dec. value × 0,001) V
 11,000 V Overflow atDIA 11000 2AF8
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL ON
 10,999 V at  DIA 10999 2AF7
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL Off
10.501 V atDIA 10501 2905
10,500 V out of range Measured value out of 10500 2904
range ON
 10,250 V at DIA 10250 280A
Measured value out of
range Off
10.001 V 10001 2711
10.000 V nominal range 10000 2710
… … …
5.000 V 5000 1388
… … …
0.001 V 1 0001
0.0000 V 0 0000
-0.001 V -1 FFFF
… … …
-5.0000 V -5000 EC78
… … …
-10.000 V -10000 D8F0

2020/09 175
Analog Input Modules

-10…10 V bipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.

Voltage value UM = (dec. value × 0,001) V
- 10.001 V out of range -10001 D8EF
-10.250 V atDIA -10250 D7F6
Measured value out of
range Off
-10.500 V at DIA -10500 D6FC
-10.501 V Underflow Measured value out of -10501 D6FB
range ON
-10.999 V atDIA -10999 D509
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL Off
 -11,000 V at DIA -11000 D508
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL ON

0…10 V unipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.

Voltage value UM = (dec. value × 0,001) V
 11,000 V Overflow atDIA 11000 2AF8
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL ON
10,999 V at DIA 10999 2AF7
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL Off
10.501 V atDIA 10501 2905
10,500 V out of range Measured value out of 10500 2904
range ON
 10,250 V at DIA 10250 280A
Measured value out of
range Off
10.001 V 10001 2711
10.000 V nominal range 10000 2710
… … …
5.000 V 5000 1388
… … …
0.001 V 1 0001
0.000 V 0 0000
- 0,05 V Underflow atDIA 0 0000
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL Off
< -0.10 V at DIA 0 0000
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL ON

176 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 0…20 mA unipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.
Current value IM = (dec. value × 0,001) mA
 22.000 mA Overflow atDIA 22000 55F0
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL ON
 21,999 mA at  DIA 21999 55EF
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL Off
21.001 mA atDIA 21001 5209
21.000 mA out of range Measured value out of 21000 5208
range ON
 20,500 mA at DIA 20500 5014
Measured value out of
range Off
20.001 mA 20001 4E21
20.000 mA nominal range 20000 4E20
… … …
10.000 mA 10000 2712
… … …
0.001 mA 1 0001
0.0000 mA 0 0000
-0.1 mA Underflow atDIA 0 0000
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL Off
< -0.2 mA at DIA 0 0000
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL ON

2020/09 177
Analog Input Modules

4…20 mA unipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.

Current value IM = (dec. value × 0,001) mA
 22.000 mA Overflow atDIA 22000 55F0
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL ON
 21,999 mA at  DIA 21999 55EF
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL Off
21.001 mA atDIA 21001 5209
21.000 mA out of range Measured value out of 21000 5208
range ON
 20,500 mA at  DIA 20500 5014
Measured value out of
range Off
20.001 mA 20001 4E21
20.000 mA nominal range 20000 4E20
… … …
12.000 mA 12000 2EE0
… … …
4.001 mA 4001 0FA1
4.000 mA 4000 0FA0
3.999 mA out of range 3999 0F9F
3.800 mA atDIA 3800 0ED8
Measured value out of
range Off
3.600 mA at DIA 3600 0E10
3.599 mA Underflow Measured value out of 3599 0E0F
range ON
 2.001 mA atDIA 2001 07D1
Wire break Off
 2,000 mA at DIA 2000 07D0
Wire break ON
0.000 mA 0000 0000

178 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 12-bit-representation (left-justified)
The ”12-bit-representation (left-justified)” in process automation corresponds to the 16-bit-repre-
sentation in which the lower 4 bits of the analog value are overwritten with diagnostic data.
-10…10 V bipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.
Voltage value UM = (dec. value × 0,001) V
 11,008 V Overflow atDIA 11008 2B0×
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL ON
 10,992 V at DIA 10992 2AF×
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL Off
10.512 V atDIA 10512 291×
Measured value out of
range ON
10,496 V Overflow 10496 290×
 10,256 V at DIA 10256 281×
Measured value out of
range Off
10.016 V 10016 272×
10.000 V nominal range 10000 271×
…
4.992 V 4992 138×
… … …
0.016 V 16 001×
0.0000 V 0 000×
-0.016 V -16 FFF×
… … …
-4.992 V -4992 EC8×
… … …
-10.000 V -10000 D8F×
- 10.016 V out of range -10016 D8E×
-10.256 V atDIA -10256 D7F×
Measured value out of
range Off
-10.496 V -10496 D70×
-10.512 V Underflow at DIA -10512 D6F×
Measured value out of
range ON
-10.992 V atDIA -10992 D51×
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL Off
 -11,008 V at DIA -11008 D50×
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL ON

2020/09 179
Analog Input Modules

0…10 V bipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.

Voltage value UM = (dec. value × 0,001) V
 11,008 V Overflow atDIA 11008 2B0×
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL ON
 10,992 V at DIA 10992 2AF×
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL Off
10.512 V atDIA 10512 291×
Measured value out of
range ON
10,496 V out of range 10496 290×
 10,256 V at DIA 10256 281×
Measured value out of
range Off
10.016 V 10016 272×
10.000 V nominal range 10000 271×
…
4.992 V 4992 138×
… … …
0.016 V 16 001×
 0,0000 V 0 000×
-0,05 V Underflow atDIA 0 000×
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL Off
< -0.1 V at DIA 0 000×
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL ON

180 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 0…20 mA unipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.
Current value IM = (dec. value/16 × 0,001) mA
 22.000 mA Overflow atDIA 22000 55F×
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL ON
 21,984 mA at  DIA 21984 55E×
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL Off
21.024 mA 21024 522×
21.008 mA out of range atDIA 21008 521×
Measured value out of
range ON
 20,496 mA at DIA 20496 501×
Measured value out of
range Off
20.016 mA 20016 4E3×
20.000 mA nominal range 20000 4E2×
… … …
10.000 mA 10000 271×
… … …
0.016 mA 16 001×
0.0000 mA 0 000×
-0.1 mA Underflow atDIA 0 000×
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL Off
< -0.2 mA at DIA 0 000×
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL ON

2020/09 181
Analog Input Modules

4…20 mA unipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.

Current value IM = (dec. value/16 × 0,001) mA
 22.000 mA Overflow atDIA 22000 55F×
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL ON
 21,984 mA at  DIA 21984 55E×
Overflow/underflow,
OUFL Off
21.008 mA out of range atDIA 21008 521×
 20,992 mA Measured value out of 20496 5010
range ON
 20,496 mA at DIA
Measured value out of
range Off
20.016 mA 20016 4E3×
20.000 mA nominal range 20000 4E2×
… … …
12.000 mA 12000 2EE×
… … …
4.016 mA 4016 0FB×
4.000 mA 4000 0FA×
3.984 mA out of range 3984 0F9×
3.792 mA atDIA 3792 0ED×
Measured value out of
range Off
< 3.600 mA at DIA 3600 0E1×
3.584 mA Underflow Measured value out of 3584 0E0×
range ON
 2.001 mA atDIA 2001 07D×
Wire break Off
2.000 mA at DIA 2000 07D×
Wire break ON
0.000 mA 0000 000×

182 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.8.10 Standard value representation for Pt-/ Ni- and resistance measurement
Wire break and short circuit diagnostic in Pt-/Ni-measurement
 Wire break (WB)
if resistance = end value of measurement range
 Short circuit (SC) if resistance = loop resistance < 5 
16-bit representation
Measurement range, Pt 200...850 °C Transmitted value
Pt100, Pt200, Pt500, Pt1000 dec. hex.
temperature TM = (dec. value × 0,1) °C
101.0 %  858,5 °C atDIA 8500 2134
Measured value out of
range ON
100.5 %  854,2 °C atDIA 8500 2134
Measured value out of
range Off
> 100,0 % 850.0 °C Nominal value 8500 2134
… … … …
0.1 °C 1 0001
0.0 % 0 °C 0 0000
-0.1 °C -1 FFFF
…
-100 % -200.0 °C -2000 F830
-100.5 %  -201,0 °C atDIA -2000 F830
Measured value out of
range Off
-101.0 %  -202,0 °C at DIA -2000 F830
Measured value out of
range ON

2020/09 183
Analog Input Modules

Measurement range, Pt 200...150 °C Transmitted value

Pt100, Pt200, Pt500, Pt1000 dec. hex.
temperature TM = (dec. value × 0,01) °C
101.0 %  151,50 °C atDIA 15000 3A98
Measured value out of
range ON
100.5 %  150,80 °C atDIA 15000 3A98
Measured value out of
range Off
> 100,0 % 150.00 °C Nominal value 15000 3A98
… … … …
0.01 °C 1 0001
0.0 % 0 °C 0 0000
-0.01 °C -1 FFFF
…
-100 % -200.0 °C -20000 F830
-100.5 %  -201,0 °C atDIA -20000 F830
Measured value out of
range Off
-101.0 %  -202,0 °C at DIA -20000 F830
Measured value out of
range ON

Measurement range, Ni -60…250 °C Transmitted value

Ni100, Ni1000, Ni100TK5000 dec. hex.
temperature TM = (dec. value × 0,1) °C
101.0 %  252,50 °C atDIA 2500 09C4
Measured value out of
range ON
100.5 %  251,20 °C atDIA 2500 09C4
Measured value out of
range Off
> 100,0 % 250.00 °C Nominal value 2500 09C4
… … … …
0.1 °C 1 0001
0.0 % 0 °C 0 0000
-0.1 °C -1 FFFF
…
-100 % -60.00 °C -600 FDA8
-100.5 %  -60,30 °C atDIA -600 FDA8
Measured value out of
range Off
-101.0 %  -60,60 °C at DIA -600 FDA8
Measured value out of
range ON

184 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Measurement range, Ni -60…150 °C Transmitted value
Ni100, Ni1000 dec. hex.
temperature TM = (dec. value × 0,01) °C
101.0 %  151,50 °C at DIA 15000 3A98
Measured value out of
range ON
100.5 %  150,70 °C at  DIA 15000 3A98
Measured value out of
range Off
> 100,0 % 150.0 °C Nominal value 15000 3A98
… … … …
0.01 °C 1 0001
0.0 % 0 °C 0 0000
-0.01 °C -1 FFFF
…
-100 % -60.00 °C -6000 E890
-100.5 %  -60,30 °C at DIA -6000 E890
Measured value out of
range Off
-101.0 %  -60,6 0°C at  DIA -6000 E890
Measured value out of
range ON

Measurement range, R Transmitted value

0…250  dec. hex.
Resistance RM = (dec. value × 0,00762963) 
101.0 %  252,5  atDIA 32767 7FFF
Measured value out of
range ON
100.5 %  251,75  atDIA 32767 7FFF
Measured value out of
range Off
> 100,0 % > 250.0  Nominal value 32767 7FFF
100.0 % 250,0  32767 7FFF
99.997 % 249,992  32766 7FFE
… … … …
50.002 % 125,0038  16384 4000
49.998 % 124,9962  16383 3FFF
… … … …
0.003 % 0,00763  1 0001
0%  0,0000  0 0000

2020/09 185
Analog Input Modules

Measurement range, R Transmitted value

0…400  dec. hex.
Resistance RM = (dec. value ×0.012207) 
101.0 %  404,0  atDIA 32767 7FFF
Measured value out of
range ON
100.5 %  402,0  atDIA 32767 7FFF
Measured value out of
range Off
100.0 % 400,0  Nominal value 32767 7FFF
99.997 % 399,988  32766 7FFE
… … … …
50.002 % 200,0061  16384 4000
49.998 % 199,9939  16383 3FFF
… … … …
0.003 % 0,01221  1 0001
0%  0,0000  0 0000

Measurement range, R Transmitted value

0…800  dec. hex.
Resistance RM = (dec. value × 0,0244148) 
101.0 %  808,0  atDIA 32767 7FFF
Measured value out of
range ON
100.5 %  804,0  atDIA 32767 7FFF
Measured value out of
range Off
100.0 % 800,0  Nominal value 32767 7FFF
99.997 % 799,976  32766 7FFE
… … … …
50.002 % 400.012  16384 4000
49.998 % 399,988  16383 3FFF
… … … …
0.003 % 0.02441  1 0001
0%  0,0000  0 0000

186 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Measurement range, R Transmitted value
0…2000  dec. hex.
Resistance RM = (dec. value × 0,061037) 
101.0 %  2020,0  atDIA 32767 7FFF
Measured value out of
range ON
100.5 %  2010,0  atDIA 32767 7FFF
Measured value out of
range Off
100.0 % 2000,0  Nominal value 32767 7FFF
99.997 % 1999,94  37766 7FFE
… … … …
50.002 % 1000,03  16384 4000
49.998 % 999,969  16843 3FFF
… … … …
0.003 % 0,06104  1 0001
0%  0,0000  0 0000

Measurement range, R Transmitted value

0…4000  dec. hex.
Resistance RM = (dec. value ×0.12207) 
101.0 %  4040,0  atDIA 32767 7FFF
Measured value out of
range ON
100.5 %  4020,0  atDIA 32767 7FFF
Measured value out of
range Off
> 100,0 % > 4000.0  Nominal value 32767 7FFF
99.997 % 3999,88  32766 7FFE
… … … …
50.002 % 2000,06  16384 4000
49.998 % 1999,94  16383 3FFF
… … … …
0.003 % 0,12207  1 0001
0%  0,0000  0 0000

2020/09 187
Analog Input Modules

12-bit-representation (left-justified)
Measurement range, Pt 200...850 °C Transmitted value
Pt100, Pt200, Pt500, Pt1000 dec. hex.
temperature TM = (dec. value/16 × 0,5) °C
101.0 %  858,5 °C atDIA 1700 × 16 6A4×
Measured value out of
range ON
100.5 %  854,2 °C atDIA 1700 × 16 6A4×
Measured value out of
range Off
> 100,0 % 850.0 °C Nominal value 1700 × 16 6A4×
… … … …
0.5 °C 1 × 16 001x
0.0 % 0 °C 0 000×
-0.5 °C -1 × 16 FFFx
…
-100 % -200.0 °C -400 × 16 E70×
-100.5 %  -201,0 °C atDIA -400 × 16 E70×
Measured value out of
range Off
-101.0 %  -202,0 °C at DIA -400 × 16 E70×
Measured value out of
range ON

Measurement range, Pt 200...150 °C Transmitted value

Pt100, Pt200, Pt500, Pt1000 dec. hex.
temperature TM = (dec. value/16 × 0,1) °C
101.0 %  151,50 °C atDIA 1500 × 16 5DC×
Measured value out of
range ON
100.5 %  150,80 °C atDIA 1500 × 16 5DC×
Measured value out of
range Off
> 100,0 % 150.00 °C Nominal value 1500 × 16 5DC×
… … … …
0.1 °C 1 001×
0.0 % 0 °C 0 000×
-0.1 °C -1 FFF×
…
-100 % -200.0 °C -2000 × 16 830×
-100.5 %  -201,0 °C atDIA -2000 × 16 830×
Measured value out of
range Off
-101.0 %  -202,0 °C at DIA -2000 × 16 830×
Measured value out of
range ON

188 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Measurement range, Ni -60…250 °C Transmitted value
Ni100, Ni1000, Ni100TK5000 dec. hex.
temperature TM = (dec. value/16 × 0,5) °C
101.0 %  252,50 °C atDIA 500 × 16 1F4×
Measured value out of
range ON
100.5 %  251,20 °C atDIA 500 × 16 1F4×
Measured value out of
range OFFOFF
> 100,0 % 250.00 °C Nominal value 500 × 16 1F4×
… … … …
0.5 °C 1 × 16 001×
0.0 % 0 °C 0 000×
-0.5 °C -1 × 16 FFF×
…
-100 % -60.00 °C -120 × 16 F88x
-100.5 %  -60,30 °C atDIA -120 × 16 F88×
OffOFF
-101.0 %  -60,60 °C at DIA -120 × 16 F88×
Measured value out of
range ON

Measurement range, Ni -60…150 °C Transmitted value

Ni100, Ni1000 dec. hex.
temperature TM = (dec. value/16 × 0,1) °C
101.0 %  151,50 °C atDIA 1500 ×16 5DC×
Measured value out of
range ON
100.5 %  150,70 °C atDIA 1500 ×16 5DC×
Measured value out of
range Off
> 100,0 % 150.0 °C Nominal value 1500 ×16 5DC×
… … … …
0.1 °C 1 × 16 001×
0.0 % 0 °C 0 000×
-0.1 °C -1 × 16 FFF×
…
-100 % -60.00 °C -600 × 16 DA8×
-100.5 %  -60,30 °C atDIA -600 × 16 DA8×
Measured value out of
range Off
-101.0 %  -60,6 0°C at DIA -600 × 16 DA8×
Measured value out of
range ON

2020/09 189
Analog Input Modules

Measurement range, R Transmitted value

0…250  dec. hex.
Resistance RM = (dec. value/16 × 0.06105) 
101.0 %  252,5  atDIA 4095 × 16 FFF×
Measured value out of
range ON
100.5 %  251,75  atDIA 4095 × 16 FFF×
Measured value out of
range Off
100.0 % 250,0  Nominal value 4095 × 16 FFF×
99.976 % 249,939  4094 × 16 FFEx
… … … …
50.012 % 125,030  2048 × 16 800×
49.988 % 124.969  2047 × 16 7FFF
… … … …
0.024 % 0,06105  1 × 16 001×
0%  0,0000  0 × 16 000×

Measurement range, R Transmitted value

0…400  dec. hex.
Resistance RM = (dec. value/16 ×0.09768) 
101.0 %  404,0  atDIA 4095 × 16 FFF×
Measured value out of
range ON
100.5 %  402,0  atDIA 4095 × 16 FFF×
Measured value out of
range Off
100.0 % 400,0  Nominal value 4095 × 16 FFF×
99.976 % 399,902  4094 × 16 FFEx
… … … …
50.012 % 200,0488  2048 × 16 800×
49.988 % 199,9512  2047 × 16 7FFF
… … … …
0.024 % 0,09768  1 × 16 001×
0%  0,0000  0 × 16 000×

190 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Measurement range, R Transmitted value
0…800  dec. hex.
Resistance RM = (dec. value/16 × 0.19536) 
101.0 %  808,0  atDIA 4095 × 16 FFF×
Measured value out of
range ON
100.5 % 804,0  atDIA 4095 × 16 FFF×
Measured value out of
range Off
100.0 % 800,0  Nominal value 4095 × 16 FFF×
99.976 % 799,805  4094 × 16 FFEx
… … … …
50.012 % 400,098  2048 × 16 800×
49.988 % 399.902  2047 × 16 7FFF
… … … …
0.024 % 0.19536  1 × 16 001×
0%  0,0000  0 × 16 000×

Measurement range, R Transmitted value

0…2000  dec. hex.
Resistance RM = (dec. value/16 × 0.4884) 
101.0 %  2020,0  atDIA 4095 × 16 FFF×
Measured value out of
range ON
100.5 %  2010,0  atDIA 4095 × 16 FFF×
Measured value out of
range Off
100.0 % 2000,0  Nominal value 4095 × 16 FFF×
99.976 % 1999,51  4094 × 16 FFEx
… … … …
50.012 % 1000,24  2048 × 16 800×
49.988 % 999,756  2047 × 16 7FFF
… … … …
0.024 % 0,4884  1 × 16 001×
0%  0,0000  0 × 16 000×

2020/09 191
Analog Input Modules

Measurement range, R Transmitted value

0…4000  dec. hex.
Resistance RM = (dec. value/16 ×0.9768) 
101.0 %  4040,00  atDIA 4095 × 16 FFF×
Measured value out of
range ON
100.0 % 4000,00  at DIA 4095 × 16 FFF×
Measured value out of
range Off
99.976 % 3999,02  4094 × 16 FFEx
… … … …
50.012 % 2000.49  2048 × 16 800×
49.988 % 1999,51  2047 × 16 7FFF
… … … …
0.024 % 0.9768  1 × 16 001×
0%  0,0000  0 × 16 000×

192 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.9 Analog input module, 2 AI, current, HART
This analog input module provides 2 HART inputs for current measurement.
The two channels of the module are galvanically isolated. Additionally, the modules provides gal-
vanic isolation between field level and module bus connection.

NOTE
The following restriction is only valid for the use of PROFIBUS gateways:
The BL20-2AOH-I can only be used with the BL20-DPV1-gateways (BL20-GW-DPV1, BL20-
E-GW-DP)!

Fig. 152: BL20-2AIH-I

5 V DC module bu

logic
V DC module supply

DC DC
DC DC
24 VDC
20 V sensor supply

20 V sensor supply

HART- HART-
ADC modem ADC modem

25 mA 25 mA

24 13/23 14 21 12/21 11

field

Fig. 153: Block Diagram

2020/09 193
Analog Input Modules

8.9.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-2AIH-I

Number of channels 2

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC (18 VDC…30 VDC)

Nominal current from supply terminal IL typ. 35 mA (without measurement signal)

Nominal current from module bus IMB  30 mA

Power loss of module, typical <1W

Max. input current Imax 24 mA

Max. output voltage 20 V

Input resistance (burden) RL

Cutoff frequency fG 1.5 Hz

Basic error 0.1 %

(nominal range at 23 °C)

Repeatability 0,2 %

Temperature coefficient < 200 ppm/°C from end value

resolution 12 bit

Linearity 0.1 %

Galvanic isolation electronic/ field level, channel/channel

Isolation voltage 500 V

Measurement value representation 16 bit signed integer, NE 43 (PA),

extended range

8.9.2 Base modules

Fig. 154: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBS

194 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.9.3 Wiring diagram

2 wire-connection for passive HART-sensors:

+
11 21

–
12 22

–
13 23

+
14 24

4 wire-connection for passive HART-sensors:

–
11 21 +

12 22

+
13 23 –

14 24

Fig. 155: Connection options with base module BL20-S4x-SBBS

2020/09 195
Analog Input Modules

8.9.4 Process data mapping

Data Byte Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
DP/PN
Input n n+1 AI1 LSB
n+1 n AI1 MSB
n+2 n+3 AI2 LSB
n+3 n+2 AI2 MSB
n+4 n+7
n+5 n+6 Parameterizable HART-variable A
n+6 n+5 without unit
n+7 n+4
n+8 n + 11
n+9 n + 10 Parameterizable HART-variable B
n + 10 n+9 without unit
n + 11 n+8
n + 12 n + 15
n + 13 n + 14 Parameterizable HART-variable C
n + 14 n + 13 without unit
n + 15 n + 12
n + 16 n + 19
n + 17 n + 18 Parameterizable HART-variable D
n + 18 n + 17 without unit
n + 19 n + 16

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.
Representation of HART-variables without unit according to ANSI/IEEE 754-1985 ”Standard for
Binary Floating-Point Arithmetic for microprocessor systems”.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Meaning

AI1 LSB low byte of the analog value

AIx MSB high byte of the analog value

196 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.9.5 Diagnostic and status messages
LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Description/remedy

DIA Red, Diagnostics pending -

flashing
0.5 Hz

Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11/21 Red Wire break/short circuit

flashing (if parameterized as
0.5 Hz diagnostics)

Red Over- or underflow of

the measurement value
(if channel is parameter-
ized as 4...20 mA)

Red, 4 Hz Hardware error Exchange the module..

both LEDs
alternating

Off Channel ok

1H/ 2H Green HART-communication The HART-status is only shown in active HART-com-

ok munication. The status-display is either realized
acyclically or via polling operation (depending on
Red HART communication the parameterization). With acyclical monitoring
flashing error the information (LED) is turned off after 1.5 sec-
0.5 Hz no communication onds. Further HART-communication retriggers the
or LED.
high number of CRC-
errors

Red HART-status-flag (if

HART-status polling has
been parameterized,
see parameter Mode)

Off No HART communica-

tion

NOTE
The LEDs 11 and 1H are assigned to channel 1 and the LEDs 21 and 2H to channel 2 of the
module.

2020/09 197
Analog Input Modules

Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Byte B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0
Channel 1
0 hard- Invalid HART HART Measured over- Wire Measured
ware Parame- comm. status value current break value over-
error ters error error under- range
range
1 -
Channel 2
2 hard- Invalid HART HART Measured over- Wire Measured
ware parame- comm. status value current break value over-
error ter error error under- range
range
3 -

Diagnostics Meaning

Measured value overrange The measurement value exceeds the value ranges and the device
is not able to capture these values.

Wire break Displays an open circuit in the signal line.

Overcurrent Displays a short circuit in the signal line.

Measured value underrange The measurement value is below the value ranges and the device
is not able to capture these values.

HART status error The connected HART-device set a bit in the HART status-informa-
tion (”status - polling”).

HART communication error The channel does not allow communication with the HART-device.

Invalid parameter Possible sources:

Setting of a reserved parameter bit
Module behavior:
Input value = 0 mA
The return value of the HART-variable in the process data is 0×0000
0000.

Hardware error Shows common errors of the module hardware. The return analog
value in case of an error is ”0”.

NOTE
If an error message from the sensor occurs, the HART-status is set to ”1”.

198 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.9.6 Module parameters

NOTE
Due to a product actualization, the parameter texts of the Turck I/O-products have been
revised.
The actual configuration files (GSD-, GSDML-, EDS-files) with the new parameters can be
found under www.turck.com.
If you use older configuration files with old parameter texts (issue date before April 2014),
then you can find a cross reference list in the manual's appendix (see Cross reference list
parameters (page 523)).

Standard

Byte Word PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Deactivate channel

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Activate overcurrent diagnostics

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Activate wire break diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Mode

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 reserved

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 0

Byte 0

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7 Activate HART diagnostics

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Data representation

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2 reserved

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Word 0
Byte 1

Byte 1

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

2020/09 199
Analog Input Modules

Standard

Byte Word PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 2 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Deactivate channel

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Activate overcurrent diagnostics

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Activate wire break diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Mode

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 reserved

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 2

Byte 2
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7 Activate HART diagnostics

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Data representation

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2 reserved

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Word 1
Byte 3

Byte 3

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

HART-Var. A Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Mapped channel VA

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 reserved

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Mapped variable VA

Byte 4

Byte 4

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

HART-Var.B Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Mapped channel VB

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1 reserved

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6 Mapped variable VB

Word2
Byte 5

Byte 5

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

200 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Standard

Byte Word PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

HART-Var.C Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Mapped channel VC

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 reserved

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Mapped variable VC

Byte 6

Byte 6
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

HART-Var. D Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Mapped channel VD

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1 reserved

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Word 3

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6 Mapped variable VD

Byte 7

Byte 7

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

Parameters Settings

Deactivate channel 0 = no
1 = yes

Activate overcurrent diagnostics 0 = no

1 = yes

Activate wire break diagnostics 0 = no

1 = yes

Mode 0 = 0… 20 mA (HART-status polling not possible)

0 = 0… 20 mA (HART-status polling not possible)
2 = 4…20 mA HART active Cyclic polling of the HART-Status is
activated.

Activate HART diagnostics 0 = yes

1 = no

Data representation 0 = 15 bit + sign

1 = NE 43
2 = Extended Range

Mapped channel Vx Defines the channel of which the HART-variable is read.

0 = channel 1
1 = channel 2

2020/09 201
Analog Input Modules

Parameters Settings

Mapped variable Vx Defines which HART-variable of the connected sensor is

mapped into the module’s process data.
0= PV (primary variable)
1= SV (2nd variable)
2 = TV (3rd variable)
3 = QV (4th variable)

8.9.7 Standard value representation, 16 bit integer

0…20 mA unipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.
-4
current valueM = (dec. value × 6.104 × 10 ) mA
approx. 22 mA Overcurrent at DIA Overcurrent ON 32767 7FFF
> 20.2000 mA Overflow 32767 7FFF
 20,1000 mA atDIA 32767 7FFF
Measured value over-
range ON
20.0000 mA 32767 7FFF
19.9994 mA 32766 7FFE
nominal range
… … …
10.0003 mA 16384 4000
… … …
0.0006103 mA 1 0001
 0,0000 mA 0 0000

4…20 mA unipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.

-4
current valueM = (dec. value × 4,883 × 10 ) mA
approx. 22 mA Overcurrent at DIA Overcurrent ON 32767 7FFF
> 20.2000 mA Overflow 32767 7FFF
 20,1000 mA atDIA 32767 7FFF
Measured value under-
range ON
20.0000 mA 32767 7FFF
19.9995 mA 32766 7FFE
nominal range
… … …
12.00024 mA 16384 4000
… … …
4.0004883 mA 1 0001
 4,0000 mA 0 0000
 3.7000 mA Underflow atDIA 0 0000
Measured value under-
range ON
< 3.6000 mA 0 0000
 3.0000 mA Wire break at DIA Wire break ON 0 0000
< 2.9000 mA 0 0000

202 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Extended Range value representation, 16-bit-representation
0…20 mA bipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.
-4
Current value IM = (dec. value × 7.234 × 10 ) mA
23.70298 mA Overflow 32767 7FFF
23.51852 mA atDIA 32512 7F00
Measured value over-
range ON
23.517795 mA out of range 32511 7EFF
 23,2060 mA at DIA 32080 7D50
Measured value over-
range Off
20.000723 mA 27649 6C01
20.000000 mA 27648 6C00
… … …
nominal range
10.0000 mA 13824 3600
… … …
0.0007234 mA 1 0001
0.000000 mA 0 0000
-0.1 mA Underflow atDIA 0 000×
Measured value under-
range Off
< -0.2 mA at DIA 0 000×
Measured value under-
range ON

4…20 mA bipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.

-4
Current value IM = (dec. value × 5,787 × 10 ) mA
22.96238 mA Overflow 32767 7FFF
22.81481 mA atDIA 32512 7F00
Measured value over-
range ON
22.814236 mA out of range 32511 7EFF
 22,56482 mA at DIA 32080 7D50
Measured value over-
range Off
20.000579 mA 27649 6C01
20.000000 mA 27648 6C00
… … …
nominal range
12.0000 mA 13824 3600
… … …
4.0005787 mA 1 0001
4.000000 mA 0 0000
3.999421 mA out of range -1 FFFF
1.5567 mA atDIA -4222 EEBA
Measured value under-
range Off
1.185185 -4864 ED00

2020/09 203
Analog Input Modules

4…20 mA bipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.

-4
Current value IM = (dec. value × 5,787 × 10 ) mA
 1,184606 mA Underflow at  DIA -4865 ECFF
Measured value under-
range ON
0.0000 mA -6912 E500

8.9.8 Value representation process automation (NE 43), 16 bit representation

The hexadecimal value transmitted by the module has to be interpreted as decimal value, which
corresponds, if multiplied with a defined factor, to the analog value.
Example:

Input current: 15.02 mA

Process value:

dec. 15020

hex. 3AAC

0…20 mA unipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.

Current value IM = (dec. value × 0,001) mA
approx. 22 mA Overcurrent atDIA 22000 55F0
Overcurrent ON
21.008 mA Overflow 21008 5210
 20,496 mA atDIA 20496 5010
Measured value over-
range ON
20.016mA 20016 4E30
20.000 mA 20000 4E20
… … …
nominal range
10.000 mA 10000 2710
… … …
0.016 mA 16 0010
0.0000 mA 0 0000

204 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 4…20 mA unipolar Diagnostics dec. hex.
Current value IM = (dec. value × 0,001) mA
approx. 22 mA Overcurrent at DIA Overcurrent ON 22000 55F0
21.008 mA Overflow 21008 5210
 20,496 mA atDIA 20496 5010
Measured value over-
range ON
20.016mA 20016 4E30
20.000 mA 20000 4E20
… … …
nominal range
12.000 mA 12000 2EE0
… … …
4.016 mA 4016 0FB0
4.000 mA 4000 0FA0
3.792 mA Underflow atDIA 3800 0ED0
Measured value under-
range ON
< 3.600 mA 3600 0E10
 2.496 mA Wire break at  DIA Wire break ON 2496 09C0
 2,000 mA 2000 07D0

2020/09 205
Analog Input Modules

8.10 Analog input module, 4 AI, thermocouples

Fig. 156: BL20-E-4AI-TC

5 VDC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24VDC Module supply

Galvanic
isolation

24VDC
GND D/A Converter Reference

Channel selection

Base
PT1000

PT1000

terminal

1 ... 4

Field
Fig. 157: Block Diagram

206 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.10.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-E-4AI-TC

Number of channels 4

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL  30 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB 50 mA

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Input resistance > 7 M

Potential isolation Electronic to field

Sensors According to IEC 584, class 1, 2, 3

Temperature ranges

Type B 100…1820 °C

Type C 0…2315 °C (15 bit + sign)

0…2047 °C (12 bit)

Type E -270…1000 °C

Type G 0…2315 °C (15 bit + sign)

0…2047 °C (12 bit)

Type J -210…1200 °C

type K -270…1370 °C

type N -270…1300 °C

Type R -50…1760 °C

Type S -50…1760°C

Type T -270…400 °C

Voltage measurement (resolution)

± 50 mV < 2V

± 100 mV < 4 V

± 500 mV < 20 V

±1V < 50 V

Measurement value representation 16 bit signed integer/

12 bit full range, left-justified

Basic error (nominal range at 23 °C) see table s. p. 208

Limit frequency analog 70 Hz

Repeatability 0,5 % from end value

Temperature coefficient 150 ppm/°C from end value

2020/09 207
Analog Input Modules

Basic errors and repeat accuracies

Thermocouple Nominal range for Repeat accuracy/

Basic error at 23 °C / 73.4 °F % of positive end value
0,2 % from end value

Type B 750…1820 °C 0.05

Type C 0…2315 °C (15 bit + sign) 0.05

0…2047 °C (12 bit)

Type G 0…2315 °C (15 bit + sign) 0.05

0…2047 °C (12 bit)

Type E -200…1000 °C 0.05

Type J -210…1200 °C 0.05

type K -200…1370 °C 0.05

type N -200…1300 °C 0.05

Type R 75…1760 °C 0.05

Type S 75…1760 °C 0.05

Type T -200…400 °C 0.05

Voltage measurement all measurement ranges 0.05

For temperatures outside the defined measurement range, higher deviations for basic
error and repeat accuracy are possible.

8.10.2 Wiring diagram

+ Cold junction compensation with integrated Pt1000-sensors

1
TC1 – 2
+
3
TC2 – 4
+
5
TC3 – 6
+
7
TC4 – 8
9
10

Fig. 158: Wiring diagram

208 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.10.3 Process data mapping
Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Input n AI1 LSB
n+1 AI1 MSB
n+2 AI2 LSB
n+3 AI2 MSB
n+4 AI3 LSB
n+5 AI3 MSB
n+6 AI4 LSB
n+7 AI4 MSB

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Meaning

AI1 LSB low byte of the analog value

AIx MSB high byte of the analog value

2020/09 209
Analog Input Modules

8.10.4 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red, Diagnostics pending Check the cause for the diagnosis
flashing,
0.5 Hz

Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics modules
cation failure have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

0…3 green Channel activated, –

normal operation

green, Channel diagnostics Check the cause for the diagnosis

flashing, pending
0.5 Hz

Off Channel deactivated –

Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Hardware - - - Common Mode Cold junction Wire break Measured
error voltage out of error thermo value out of
range Wire break couple range

Diagnostics Meaning

Measured value out of range Indicates an exceed or undercut of the value ranges.
The permissible measurement value limits are exceeded, it is thus
possible that no valid measurement value can be detected.

Wire break thermo couple Displays a wire break in the signal line.

Cold junction error The Pt1000-sensor for the respective channel in the base module is
Wire break defective.
 the Pt1000-sensor of the other channel is taken as cold junction.
 a cold junction temperature of 23°C is presumed.

Common Mode voltage out of range Potential difference between measurement voltages too high.
Monitoring of the potential difference between the measurement
voltages within one sensor group (sensor groups: channel 0/1 or
channel 2/3).
Remedy:
Check the isolation of the sensors.
In case of non- insulated sensors, check the potential equalization
between the sensors.
If non-insulated sensors are used, it can be necessary to connect
the sensors to channels of different sensor groups (i.e. channel 1
and channel 3).

210 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Diagnostics Meaning

Hardware error Shows common errors of the module hardware. The return analog
value in case of an error is ”0”.

8.10.5 Module parameters

NOTE
Due to a product actualization, the parameter texts of the Turck I/O-products have been
revised.
The actual configuration files (GSD-, GSDML-, EDS-files) with the new parameters can be
found under www.turck.com.
If you use older configuration files with old parameter texts (issue date before April 2014),
then you can find a cross reference list in the manual's appendix (see Cross reference list
parameters (page 523)).

Standard

Byte Word PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 reserved

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Deactivate channel

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Thermocouple type

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 0

Byte 0

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Channel 2 Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 reserved

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3 Deactivate channel

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4 Thermocouple type

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Word 0
Byte 1

Byte 1

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

2020/09 211
Analog Input Modules

Standard

Byte Word PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 3 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 reserved

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Deactivate channel

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Thermocouple type

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 2

Byte 2
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Channel 4 Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 reserved

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3 Deactivate channel

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4 Thermocouple type

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Word 1
Byte 3

Byte 3

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

Parameters settings

Data format 0 = 15 bit + sign

1 = 12 bit (left-justified)

Deactivate channel 0 = no
1 = yes

Deactivate all diagnostics 0 = no

1 = yes

Thermocouple type 0000 = Type K, -270…1370 °C

0001 = Type B, 100…1820 °C
0010 = Type E, -270…1000 °C
0011 = Type J, -210…1200 °C
0100 = Type N, -270…1300 °C
0101 = Type R, -50…1760 °C
0110 = Type S, -50…1760 °C
0111 = Type T, -270…400 °C
1000 = ±50 mV
1001 = ±100 mV
1010 = ±500 mV
1011 = ±1000 mV
1100 = Type K, -454..2498 °F
1101 = Type K, -454..2498 °F
1110 = Type C 0… 2315 °C
1111 = Type G 0… 2315 °C

212 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
8.10.6 Measurement value representation
Temperature measurement
 16-bit representation
The measured temperature is multiplied by 10.
Example:
10,1 °C  101  0x0065
 12-bit representation
Value representation depends on the measuring unit (°C or °F).
Celsius:
The measured temperature is shifted 4 bit to the left.
Example (°C): 10,1 °C  10  (0x000A <<4)  0x00A0
Fahrenheit:
The measured temperature is divided by 2 shifted 4 bit to the left.
Example (°F): 10,1 °C  5  (0x0005 << 4)  0x0050

Example of a value representation (thermocouple type K)

Measurement 0 = 15 bit + sign 12 bit [°C] 12 bit (°F)

[°C] dec. hex. dec. hex. dec. hex.
-270 -2700 F574 -4320 EF20 -2160 F790
-269.9 -2699 F575 -4320 EF30 -2144 F7A0
-269 -2690 F57E -4304 EF30 -2144 F7A0
-200 -2000 F830 -3200 F380 -1600 F9C0
-100 -1000 FC18 -1600 F9C0 -800 FCE0
-50 -500 FE0C -800 FCE0 -400 FE70
-1 -10 FFF6 -16 FFF0 0 0000
0.1 -1 FFFF 0 0000 0 0000
0 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000
0.1 1 0001 0 0000 0 0000
1 10 000A 16 0010 0 0000
500 5000 1388 8000 1F40 4000 0FA0
1000 10000 2710 16000 3E80 8000 1F40
1500 15000 3A98 24000 5DC0 12000 2EE0
1819 18190 470E 29104 71B0 14544 38D0
1819.9 18199 4717 29104 71B0 14544 38D0
1820 18200 4718 29120 71C0 14560 38E0

NOTE
In 12 bit representation, the module‘s diagnostic data are mapped into bit 0 - 3 of the
input data.

2020/09 213
Analog Input Modules

Voltage measurement
Measurement [mV] 0 = 15 bit + sign 12 bit
50 100 500 1000 dec. hex. dec. hex.
-50 -100 -500 -1000 -31768 8000 -32768 8000
-49.998 -99.997 -499.985 -999.969 -32767 8001 -32767 8001
-49.976 -99.951 -499.756 -999.512 -32752 8010 -32752 8010
-0.024 -0.049 -0.244 -0.488 -16 FFF0 -16 FFF0
-0.002 -0.003 -0.015 -0.031 -1 FFFF 0 0000
0 0 0 0 0 0000 0 0000
0.002 0.003 0.015 0.031 1 0001 0 0000
0.024 0.049 0.244 0.488 16 0010 16 0010
49.951 99.902 499.512 999.023 32736 7FE0 32736 7FE0
49.997 99.994 499.969 999.939 32766 7FFE 32752 7FF0
49.998 99.997 499.985 999.969 32767 7FFF 32752 7FF0

NOTE
In 12 bit representation, the module‘s diagnostic data are mapped into bit 0 - 3 of the
input data.

214 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
9 Digital Output Modules
Digital output modules (DO) receive output values from the gateway via the internal module bus.
The modules convert these values and transmit the corresponding high or low level signals for each
channel to the field level via the base modules. The outputs are rated according to EN 61 131-2 Type
2. The module bus electronics of the digital output modules are galvanically isolated from the field
level via an optocoupler.
The digital output modules are not be parameterizable.

ATTENTION
High voltages when disconnecting inductive loads
Destruction of electronics!
† Provide an external suppressor.

9.0.1 LED status indicators

Channel statuses are indicated by LEDs. Error signals from the I/O level are indicated by each mod-
ule via the ”DIA” LED. The corresponding diagnostic information is transmitted to the gateway via
diagnostic bits. A continuously lit up red ”DIA” LED indicates the failure of the module bus commu-
nication at the digital input module.

9.0.2 Module overview

Number of positive negative Output current, galvanically

channels switching switching max. isolated

BL20-2DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 2  0,5 A 

BL20-2DO-24VDC-0.5A-N 2  0,5 A 

BL20-2DO-24VDC-2A-P 2  2A 

BL20-4DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 4  0,5 A 

BL20-E-8DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 8  0,5 A 

BL20-16DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 16  0,5 A 

BL20-E-16DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 16  0,5 A 

BL20-E-16DO-24VDC-0.5A-N 16  0,5 A 

BL20-32DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 32  0,5 A 

BL20-2DO-120/230VAC-0.5A 2 0,5 A 

2020/09 215
Digital Output Modules

9.1 Digital output module, 2DO, 0.5 A, positive switching (sourcing)

Fig. 159: BL20-2DO-24VDC-0.5A-P

o
5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

24 V DC
Driver Driver
GND 24V 0.5 A P 24V 0.5 A P

Field

Fig. 160: Block Diagram

9.1.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-2DO-24VDC-0.5A-P

Number of channels 2

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL  20 mA (if load current = 0)

Nominal current from module bus IMB  32 mA

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Output voltage (loaded)

High level UHIGH Min. L+ (-1 V)

Output current

High level (nominal) 0.5 A

High level IHIGH (nominal) < 0.6 A

216 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

Delay at signal change and resistive load

From low to high level < 100 s

From high to low level < 100 s

Load impedance range 1 k

Synchronization factor 100 %

Resistive, inductive and lamp loads can be connected

Load impedance, resistive RLO Min. 48 

Load impedance, inductive RLI Max. 1.2 H

Lamp load RLL Max. 3 W

Switching frequency

Resistive load 5 kHz (RLO < 1 k)

Lamp load 10 Hz

Short-circuit proof According to EN 61 131

9.1.2 Base modules

Fig. 161: Base module BL20-S3T-SBC

Fig. 162: Base module BL20-S4T-SBCS

2020/09 217
Digital Output Modules

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S3T-SBC
BL20-S4T-SBCS
 with screw connection
BL20-S3S-SBC
BL20-S4S-SBCS

9.1.3 Wiring diagram

S S

11 21
– –

12 22

PE 13 23 PE

Fig. 163: Wiring diagram BL20-S3x-SBC

S S

11 21
– –

12 22

PE 13 23 PE

+ +
14 24

Fig. 164: Wiring diagram BL20-S4x-SBCS

9.1.4 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Output m - - - - - - DO2 DO1

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

218 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Process data Value Meaning

DOx 0 Digital output inactive

1 Digital output active

9.1.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA red, flashing, Diagnostics pending -

0.5 Hz

Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Off Status channel 1 = 0

21 Green Status channel 2 = 1

Off Status channel 2 = 0

NOTE
The numbering of the channel LEDs corresponds to the numbering of the connectors at
the base module.

Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
- - - - - - overcurrent overcurrent
(short-circuit) (short-circuit)
channel 1 channel 0

2020/09 219
Digital Output Modules

9.2 Digital output module, 2DO, 0.5 A, negative switching (sinking)

Fig. 165: BL20-2DO-24VDC-0.5A-N

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

GND
Driver Driver
24 V DC 24V 0.5 A N 24V 0.5 A N

Field

Fig. 166: Block Diagram

9.2.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-2DO-24VDC-0.5A-N

Number of channels 2

Nominal voltage from 24 VDC

supply terminal UL

Nominal current from supply terminal IL  20 mA (if load current = 0)

Nominal current from module bus IMB  32 mA

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Output voltage (loaded)

High level UA Max. GND +1 V

Output current

High level A (nominal value) 0.5 A

220 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

Permissible < 0.6 A

Delay at signal change and resistive load (RLO < 1 k)

From low to high level < 100 s

From high to low level < 100 s

Synchronization factor 100 %

Resistive, inductive and lamp loads can be connected

Load impedance, resistive RLO Min. 48 

Load impedance, inductive RLI Max. 1.2 H

Lamp load RLL Max. 12 W

Switching frequency

Resistive load 100 Hz (RLO < 1 k)

Inductive load resistance 2 Hz

Lamp load 10 Hz

Short-circuit proof According to EN 61131-2

Automatic restart after disconnecting the load and elimi-
nating the reason for the short-circuit

9.2.2 Base modules

Fig. 167: Base module BL20-S3T-SBC

2020/09 221
Digital Output Modules

Fig. 168: Base module BL20-S4T-SBCS

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S3T-SBC
BL20-S4T-SBCS
 with screw connection
BL20-S3S-SBC
BL20-S4S-SBCS

9.2.3 Wiring diagram

S S

11 21
+ +

12 22

PE 13 23 PE

Fig. 169: Wiring diagram BL20-S3x-SBC

S S

11 21
+
– +
–

12 22

PE 13 23 PE

–
+ –
+
14 24

Fig. 170: Wiring diagram BL20-S4x-SBCS

222 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
9.2.4 Process data mapping
Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Output m - - - - - - DO2 DO1

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DOx 0 Digital output inactive

1 Digital output active

2020/09 223
Digital Output Modules

9.2.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red, Diagnostics pending -

flashing
0.5 Hz

Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Off Status channel 1 = 0

21 Green Status channel 2 = 1

Off Status channel 2 = 0

NOTE
The numbering of the channel LEDs corresponds to the numbering of the connectors at
the base module.

Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
- - - - - - overcurrent overcurrent
Channel 1 (short-circuit
channel 0)

224 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
9.3 Digital output module, 2DO, 2 A, positive switching (sourcing)

Fig. 171: BL20-2DO-24VDC-2A-P

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

24 V DC
Driver Driver
GND 24V 2 A P 24V 2 A P

Field

Fig. 172: Block Diagram

2020/09 225
Digital Output Modules

9.3.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-2DO-24VDC-2A-P

Number of channels 2

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL  50 mA (if load current = 0)

Nominal current from module bus IMB  33 mA

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Output voltage (loaded)

High level UA Min. L+ (-1 V)

Output current

High level (nominal) 2A

Permissible < 2.4 A

High level (inductive load) Max. 1 A at 1.2 H

Delay at signal change and resistive load

From low to high level < 100 s

From high to low level < 100 s

Load impedance range 12 …1 k

Synchronization factor 100 %

Resistive, inductive and lamp loads can be connected

Load impedance, resistive RLO Min. 12 

Load impedance, inductive RLI Max. 1.2 H

Lamp load RLL Max. 6 W

Switching frequency

Resistive load 5 kHz (RLO < 1 k)

Lamp load 10 Hz

Short-circuit proof According to EN 61131-2

226 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
9.3.2 Base modules

Fig. 173: Base module BL20-S3T-SBC

Fig. 174: Base module BL20-S3T-SBC

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S3T-SBC
BL20-S4T-SBCS
 with screw connection
BL20-S3S-SBC
BL20-S4S-SBCS

9.3.3 Wiring diagram

S S

11 21
– –

12 22

PE 13 23 PE

Fig. 175: Wiring diagram BL20-S3x-SBC

2020/09 227
Digital Output Modules

S S

11 21
– –

12 22

PE 13 23 PE

+ +
14 24

Fig. 176: Wiring diagram BL20-S4x-SBCS

9.3.4 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Output m - - - - - - DO2 DO1

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DOx 0 Digital output inactive

1 Digital output active

228 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
9.3.5 Diagnostic and status messages
LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red, Diagnostics pending -

flashing
0.5 Hz

Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Off Status channel 1 = 0

21 Green Status channel 2 = 1

Off Status channel 2 = 0

NOTE
The numbering of the channel LEDs corresponds to the numbering of the connectors at
the base module.

Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
- - - - - - overcurrent overcurrent
(short-circuit) (short-circuit)
channel 1 channel 0

2020/09 229
Digital Output Modules

9.4 Digital output module, 4DO, 0.5 A, positive switching (sourcing)

Fig. 177:

Fig. 178: Fig. 179: BL20-4DO-24VDC-0.5A-P

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

GND
Driver Driver Driver Driver
24 V DC 24V 0.5 A 24V 0.5 A 24V 0.5 A 24V 0.5 A
P P P P

Field

Fig. 180: Block Diagram

9.4.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-4DO-24VDC-0.5A-P

Number of channels 4

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL < 25 mA (if load current = 0)

Nominal current from module bus IMB 30 mA

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Output voltage (loaded) Min. L+ (-1 V)

Output current

High level (nominal) 0.5 A

High level IHIGH < 1,0 A, max. 5 minutes

(short-time overload)

230 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

Delay at signal change and resistive load (RLO < 1 k)

From low to high level < 250 s

From high to low level < 250 s

Load impedance range 48 …1 k

Synchronization factor 100 %

Resistive, inductive and lamp loads can be connected

Load impedance, resistive RLO Min. 48 

Load impedance, inductive RLI Max. 1.2 H

Lamp load RLL Max. 6 W

Switching frequency

Resistive load 1 kHz (RLO < 1 k)

Inductive load resistance 2 Hz

Lamp load 10 Hz

Short-circuit proof According to EN 61131-2

NOTE
In order to increase the maximum output current up to 2 A, the parallel switching of out-
puts is possible.

9.4.2 Base modules

Fig. 181: Base module BL20-S4T-SBCS

2020/09 231
Digital Output Modules

Fig. 182: BL20-S6T-SBCSBC

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S4T-SBCS
BL20-S6T-SBCSBC
 with screw connection
BL20-S4S-SBCS
BL20-S6S-SBCSBC

9.4.3 Wiring diagram

S S

11 21

– –
12 22

13 23

S S
14 24

Fig. 183: Wiring diagram BL20-S4x-SBCS

232 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 S S
11 21

– –
12 22

PE 13 23 PE

S S
14 24

– –
15 25

PE 16 26 PE

Fig. 184: Wiring diagram BL20-S6x-SBCSBC

9.4.4 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Output m - - - - DO4 DO3 DO2 DO1

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DOx 0 Digital output inactive

1 Digital output active

2020/09 233
Digital Output Modules

9.4.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red, Diagnostics pending -

flashing
0.5 Hz

Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Off Status channel 1 = 0

21 Green Status channel 2 = 1

Off Status channel 2 = 0

14 Green Status channel 3 = 1

Off Status channel 3 = 0

24 Green Status channel 4 = 1

Off Status channel 4 = 0

NOTE
The numbering of the channel LEDs corresponds to the numbering of the connectors at
the base module.

Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
- - - - - - - overcurrent
(short circuit)

 ”Overcurrent”
(at least 1 channel sends diagnostics)

NOTE
If overcurrent is diagnosed the overloaded channel has to be switched off.

234 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
9.5 Digital input module, BL20 Economy, 8 DO, 0.5 A, positive switching (sourcing)

Fig. 185: BL20-8DO-24VDC-0.5A-P

5 V DC Module bus

Logic 8x
GND (5 V DC)
5 V DC
24 V DC Module supply

GND (24 V DC)

Driver 1 Driver 7 Driver 8
24 V DC 24V 0,5 A 24V 0,5 A 24V 0,5 A
P P P

FIeld
9 10 1 ... 7 8

Fig. 186: Block Diagram

2020/09 235
Digital Output Modules

9.5.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-E-8DO-24VDC-0.5A-P

Number of channels 8

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL < 10 mA

(for supplying the module electronic with inac- The total current needed for every module
tive outputs/maximum) is the sum of all partial currents.

Nominal current from module bus IMB < 15 mA

Output voltage (loaded)

High level UHIGH Min. L+ (-1 V)

Output current

High level (nominal) 0.5 A

Permissible (max. for 5 minutes) 1A

Delay at signal change and resistive load (RLO < 1 k)

From low to high level 300 s

From high to low level 300 s

Simultaneity factor 100 %

Resistive, inductive and lamp loads can be connected

Load impedance, resistive RLO 48 

Load impedance, inductive RLI Category DC 13 according to EN 60 947-5-1

Lamp load RLL <6W

Switching frequency

Resistive load < 100 Hz

Inductive load category DC 13 according to EN 60 947-5-1

Lamp load < 10 Hz

Isolation voltage

Module bus/ channels 500 Veff

Short-circuit proof According to EN 61131-2

Reset after eliminating a short circuit Automatic

236 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
9.5.2 Wiring diagram

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

GND
24 VDC

Fig. 187: Wiring diagram

9.5.3 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Output m DO8 DO7 DO6 DO5 DO4 DO3 DO2 DO1

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DOx 0 Digital output inactive

1 Digital output active

2020/09 237
Digital Output Modules

9.5.4 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

1 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Off Status channel 1 = 0

… … …

8 Green Status channel 8 = 1

Off channel 8 = 0

238 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
9.6 Digital output module, 16DO, 0.5 A, positive switching (sourcing)

Fig. 188: BL20-16DO-24VDC-0.5A-P

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

24 V DC
Driver Driver Driver Driver
GND 4 x 24 V 4 x 24 V 4 x 24 V 4 x 24 V
0.5 A P 0.5 A P 0.5 A P 0.5 A P

Field

Fig. 189: Block Diagram

9.6.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-16DO-24VDC-0.5A-P

Number of channels 16

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL < 30 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB < 120 mA

Power loss of the module, typical <4W

Output voltage (loaded)

2020/09 239
Digital Output Modules

Technical data

High level UHIGH Min. L+ (-1 V)

Output current

High level (nominal) 0.5 A

Permissible < 0.6 A

Delay at signal change and resistive load (RLO < 1 k)

From low to high level typ. 100 s

From high to low level typ. 100 s

Synchronization factor 100 %

Resistive, inductive and lamp loads can be connected

Load impedance, resistive RLO 48 

Load impedance, inductive RLI Category DC 13 according to EN 60 947-5-1

Lamp load RLL Max. 3 W

Switching frequency

Resistive load 100 Hz (RLO < 1 k)

Short-circuit proof According to EN 61131-2

9.6.2 Base modules

Fig. 190: Base module BL20-B3T-SBCS

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-B3T-SBC
 with screw connection
BL20-B3S-SBC

240 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
9.6.3 Wiring diagram

S S

11 21 151 161
– –

12 22 152 162

PE 13 23 153 163 PE

Fig. 191: Wiring diagram BL20-B3x-SBC

9.6.4 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Output m DO8 DO7 DO6 DO5 DO4 DO3 DO2 DO1
m+1 DO16 DO15 DO14 DO13 DO12 DO11 DO10 DO9

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DOx 0 Digital output inactive

1 Digital output active

2020/09 241
Digital Output Modules

9.6.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Off Status channel 1 = 0

21 Green Status channel 2 = 1

Off Status channel 2 = 0

161 Green Status channel 16 = 1

Off Status channel 16 = 0

NOTE
The numbering of the channel LEDs corresponds to the numbering of the connectors at
the base module.

242 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel (group short-circuit recognition):
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
- - - - overcurrent overcurrent overcurrent overcurrent
(short-cir- (short-cir- (short-cir- (short-cir-
cuit) channel cuit) channel cuit) channel cuit) channel
13-16 9-12 5-8 1-4

2020/09 243
Digital Output Modules

9.7 Digital output module, BL20 Economy, 16 DO, 0.5 A, positive switching (sourcing)

Fig. 192: BL20-E-16DO-24VDC-0.5A-P

5V DC Module bus

Logic 16 x
GND (5 V DC)
5 V DC
GNDL

UL (24 V DC)

Driver 1 Driver 15 Driver 16

24 V 0.5 A 24 V 0.5 A 24 V 0.5 A
P P P

Field
1 ... 15 16

Fig. 193: Block Diagram

9.7.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-E-16DO-24VDC-0.5A-P

Number of channels 16

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL The total current needed for every module is the sum of all
(for supplying the module electronic with inac- partial currents.
tive outputs/maximum)

 VN 01-02 < 3 mA

 VN 02-00 < 2mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB

 VN 01-02 < 25 mA

244 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

 VN 02-00 < 15 mA (outputs inactive)

< 30 mA (outputs active)

Output voltage (loaded)

High level UHIGH Min. L+ (-1 V)

Output current

High level (nominal) 0.5 A

Permissible (max. for 5 minutes) 1A

Delay at signal change and resistive load (RLO < 1 k)

From low to high level

 VN 01-02 300 µs

 VN 02-00 150 µs

From high to low level

 VN 01-02 300 µs

 VN 02-00 190 µs

Total current for all outputs Max. 4 A

Simultaneity factor 50 %

Resistive, inductive and lamp loads can be connected

UL conditions DC general use, resistive load, Pilot Duty can be

connected

Load impedance, resistive RLO Max. 48 

Load impedance, inductive RLI Category DC 13 according to EN 60 947-5-1

Lamp load RLL <6W

Switching frequency

Resistive load

 VN 01-02 < 100 Hz

 VN 02-00 < 500 Hz

Inductive load Category DC 13 according to EN 60 947-5-1

Lamp load < 10 Hz

Isolation voltage

Module bus/ channels 500 Veff

Short-circuit proof According to EN 61131-2

Reset after eliminating a short circuit Automatic

Weight 65 g

2020/09 245
Digital Output Modules

9.7.2 Wiring diagram

S
1
S
2 S

3
S
4 S

S
5
6 S
7
S
8 S

S 9

10 S

S 11

12 S

S 13
14 S

S 15

16

GNDL

Fig. 194: Wiring diagram

9.7.3 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Output m DO8 DO7 DO6 DO5 DO4 DO3 DO2 DO1
m+1 DO16 DO15 DO14 DO13 DO12 DO11 DO10 DO9

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DOx 0 Digital output inactive

1 Digital output active

246 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
9.7.4 Diagnostic and status messages
LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

1 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Off Status channel 1 = 0

… … …

8 Green Status channel 8 = 1

Off channel 8 = 0

2020/09 247
Digital Output Modules

9.8 Digital output module, BL20 Economy, 16 DO, 0.5 A, negative switching (sinking)

Fig. 195: BL20-E-16DO-24VDC-0.5A-N

5V DC Module bus

Logic 16 x
GND (5 V DC)
5 V DC
GNDL

UL (24 V DC)

Driver 1 Driver 15 Driver 16

24 V 0.5 A 24 V 0.5 A 24 V 0.5 A
P P P

Field
1 ... 15 16

Fig. 196: Block Diagram

9.8.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-E-16DO-24VDC-0.5A-N

Number of channels 16

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL < 0,1 mA (outputs inactive)

< 30 mA (outputs active)

Nominal current from module bus IMB < 11 mA (outputs inactive)

< 26 mA (outputs active

Output voltage (loaded)

High level UHIGH Min. L+ (-1 V)

248 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

Output current

High level (nominal) 0.5 A

Permissible (max. for 5 minutes) 1A

Delay at signal change and resistive load (RLO < 1 k)

From low to high level 50 µs

From high to low level 350 µs

Total current for all outputs Max. 4 A

Simultaneity factor 50 %

Resistive, inductive and lamp loads can be connected

UL conditions Resistive load, DC general use, Pilot Duty can be connected

Load impedance, resistive RLO Max. 48 

Load impedance, inductive RLI Category DC 13 according to EN 60 947-5-1

Lamp load RLL <6W

Switching frequency

Resistive load < 100 Hz

Inductive load Category DC 13 according to EN 60 947-5-1

Lamp load < 10 Hz

Isolation voltage

Module bus/ channels 500 Veff

Short-circuit proof According to EN 61131-2

Reset after eliminating a short circuit Automatic

Weight 65 g

2020/09 249
Digital Output Modules

9.8.2 Wiring diagram

S
1
S
2 S

3
S
4 S

S
5
6 S
7
S
8 S

S 9

10 S

S 11

12 S

S 13
14 S

S 15

16

GNDL

Fig. 197: Wiring diagram

9.8.3 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Output m DO8 DO7 DO6 DO5 DO4 DO3 DO2 DO1
m+1 DO16 DO15 DO14 DO13 DO12 DO11 DO10 DO9

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DOx 0 Digital output inactive

1 Digital output active

250 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
9.8.4 Diagnostic and status messages
LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

1 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Off Status channel 1 = 0

… … …

8 Green Status channel 8 = 1

Off channel 8 = 0

2020/09 251
Digital Output Modules

9.9 Digital output module, 32DO, 0.5 A, positive switching (sourcing)

Fig. 198: BL20-32DO-24VDC-0.5A-P

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24V DC Modue supply

24V DC Driver Driver Driver

GND 4 x 24V 4 x 24V 4 x 24V
0,5A P 0,5A P 0,5A P

Field
Fig. 199: Block Diagram

9.9.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-32DO-24VDC-0.5A-P

Number of channels 32

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL < 50 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB 30 mA

Power loss of the module, typical <4W

Output voltage (loaded)

252 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

High level UHIGH Min. L+ (-1 V)

Output current (for supply of actuators/the output is switched on)

In order to increase the maximum output current up to 1 A, the parallel switching of outputs is possible. Even
in this case, the outputs are short circuit proof according to EN 61131-2.

High level (nominal) 0.5 A

Permissible < 1A

Permissible total current over all outputs 10 A

A maximum of 10 A can be transmitted via the base mod-
ules. The supply modules BL20-BR-24VDC-D and BL20-PF-
24VDC-D supply a maximum of 10 A. The number of out-
puts that can be switched simultaneously, may therefore
be smaller than 32.

Delay at signal change and resistive load

From low to high level typ. 300 s

From high to low level typ. 300 s

Synchronization factor 100 %

Resistive, inductive and lamp loads can be connected

Load impedance, resistive RLO 48 

Load impedance, inductive RLI < 1,2 H

Lamp load RLL <6W

Switching frequency

Resistive load < 100 Hz

Short-circuit proof According to EN 61131-2

Reset after eliminating a short circuit Automatic

9.9.2 Base modules

2020/09 253
Digital Output Modules

Base module BL20-B6T-SBCSBC

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-B6T-SBCSBC
 with screw connection
BL20-B6S-SBCSBC

9.9.3 Wiring diagram

S S
11 21 151 161

– –
12 22 152 162

PE 13 23 153 163 PE

S S
14 24 154 164

– –
15 25 155 165

PE 16 26 156 166 PE

Fig. 200: Wiring diagram BL20-B6x-SBCSBC

254 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
9.9.4 Process data mapping
Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Output m DO8 DO7 DO6 DO5 DO4 DO3 DO2 DO1
m+1 DO16 DO15 DO14 DO13 DO12 DO11 DO10 DO9
m+2 DO24 DO23 DO22 DO21 DO20 DO19 DO18 DO17
m+3 DO32 DO31 DO30 DO29 DO28 DO27 DO26 DO25

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DOx 0 Digital output inactive

1 Digital output active

9.9.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

red, flashing, Short-circuit at at least Eliminate the cause for the short-circuit
one of the 32 channels.
A diagnostic message is
generated.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Off Status channel 1 = 0

21 Green Status channel 2 = 1

Off Status channel 2 = 0

164 Green Status channel 32 = 1

Off Status channel 32 = 0

2020/09 255
Digital Output Modules

NOTE
The numbering of the channel LEDs corresponds to the numbering of the connectors at
the base module.

Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel (group short-circuit recognition):
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
overcur- overcur- overcur- overcur- overcur- overcur- overcur- overcur-
rent rent rent rent rent rent rent rent
channel channel channel channel channel channel channel channel
29-32 25-28 21-24 17-20 13-16 9-12 5-8 1-4

256 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
9.10 Digital output module, 2 DO, 0.5 A, 120/230 VAC

Fig. 201: BL20-2DO-120/230VAC-0.5A

WARNING
Leakage currents in inactive state
Danger due to electrical current
† Do not touch the output contacts
† Connect a load

Zero
cross-
over
switch
0,5A

Module LED Load

bus
interface
Zero
cross-
over
switch
0,5A

LED Load
Module
bus
L N

Fig. 202: Block Diagram

The switching element is a non short-circuit proof voltage zero switching Triac.

ATTENTION
Voltage peaks when pulling and plugging under load
Destruction of output driver possible
† Do not pull or plug the electronic module under load.

2020/09 257
Digital Output Modules

9.10.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-2DO-120/230VAC-0.5A

Number of channels 2

Channel design Voltage zero switching Triac

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 120…230 VAC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL < 20 mA (if load current = 0)

Nominal current from module bus IMB  35 mA

Voltage drop at High level UV <2V

Max. leakage current at High level ILeak 1.5 mA

Max. leakage current at Low level (residual cur- 1.5 mA

rent)

Frequency range fN 45…65 Hz

Power loss of the module <1W

Surge current IS 8 A (one period at 60 Hz)

Back-up fuse  500 mA (very quick acting)

Turn-on time tON T/2 + 1 ms

Turn-off time tOFF T/2 + 1 ms

Derating

at 40 °C 1 A (per channel 0.5 A)

at 50°C 0.75 A (per channel 0.375 A)

at 55°C 0.5 A (per channel 0.25 A)

Output current

High level (nominal) 0.5 A

High level IHIGH (permissible range) < 0.6 A

Isolation voltage (fieldbus to channels) 2500 V

258 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
9.10.2 Base modules

Fig. 203: Base module BL20-S3T-SBC

Fig. 204: Base module BL20-S4T-SBCS

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S3T-SBC
BL20-S4T-SBCS
 with screw connection
BL20-S3S-SBC
BL20-S4S-SBCS

9.10.3 Wiring diagram

S S

11 21
– –

12 22

PE 13 23 PE

Fig. 205: Wiring diagram BL20-S3x-SBC

2020/09 259
Digital Output Modules

S S

11 21
– –

12 22

PE 13 23 PE

+ +
14 24

Fig. 206: Wiring diagram BL20-S4x-SBCS

9.10.4 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Output m - - - - - - DO2 DO1

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DOx 0 Digital output inactive

1 Digital output active

9.10.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Off Status channel 1 = 0

21 Green Status channel 2 = 1

260 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 NOTE
The numbering of the channel LEDs corresponds to the numbering of the connectors at
the base module.

NOTE
The indication elements are supplied by the field voltage (and not by the module bus volt-
age). They only indicate switch status correctly when this voltage is fully present on the
Power Feeding module.

2020/09 261
Digital Output Modules

262 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
10 Analog Output Modules
Analog output modules (AO) receive output values from the gateway via the internal module bus.
The modules convert these values and transmit the corresponding signals for each channel to the
field level via the base modules.
The module bus electronics of the analog input modules are galvanically isolated from the field
level via an optocoupler, and provide reverse polarity protection.
The modules are short-circuit proof.
Supported signal ranges
 0…20 mA
 4…20 mA
 0…10 VDC
 -10…+10 VDC
 HART

10.0.1 Resolution of analog value representations

In the bipolar mode the digitalized analog values are represented as a two’s complement. The 16 bit
or the 12-bit-representation (left justified) can be chosen by setting the respective module param-
eter.

NOTE
A detailed description of the measurement value representation for the analog output
modules in 16 or 12 bit can be found in the Anhang, s. p. 16.

10.0.2 LED displays

Error signals from the I/O level are indicated by each module via the ”DIA” LED. The corresponding
diagnostic information is transmitted to the gateway via diagnostic bits.
A continuously lit up red ”DIA” LED indicates the failure of the module bus communication at the
analog input module.

10.0.3 Shielding
When using shielded signal cables, the connection between the shield and the base module is
made via a two-pole shield connection, which is available as an accessory.

2020/09 263
Analog Output Modules

10.0.4 Module overview

Module Number of channels Short-circuit proof

BL20-1AO-I(0/4…20MA) 1 

BL20-2AO-I(0/4…20MA) 2 

BL20-2AO-U(-10/0…+10VDC) 2 

BL20-E-4AO-U/I 4 

BL20-2AOH-I 2 

10.1 Analog output module, 1AO, 0/4...20 mA

Fig. 207: BL20-1AO-I(0/4…20MA)

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

24 V DC
GND D/A Converter Reference

Field
Fig. 208: Block Diagram

264 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
10.1.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-1AO-I(0/4…20MA)

Number of channels 1

Nominal voltage from 24 VDC

supply terminal

Nominal current from supply terminal IL  50 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB  39 mA

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Output current 0/4...20 mA

Burden resistance

Resistive load RLO < 550 

Inductive load RLI < 1 mH

Transmission frequency < 200 Hz

Basic error at 23 °C / 73.4 °F 0.2 %

Temperature coefficient 300 ppm/°C from end value

Settling time (maximum)

Resistive load 0.1 ms

Inductive load 0.5 ms

capacitive load 0.5 ms

Measurement value representation 16 bit signed integer/

12 bit full range, left-justified

NOTE
Negative values are automatically displayed as 0 mA or 4 mA, depending on the config-
ured measurement range.

2020/09 265
Analog Output Modules

10.1.2 Base modules

Fig. 209: Base module BL20-S3T-SBB

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S3T-SBB
 with screw connection
BL20-S3S-SBB

10.1.3 Wiring diagram

11 21
–

12 22
Sh

13 23

Fig. 210: Wiring diagram BL20-S3x-SBB

266 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
10.1.4 Process data mapping
Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Output m AO1 LSB
m+1 AO1 LSB

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Meaning

AOx LSB low byte of the analog value

AOx LSB high byte of the analog value

10.1.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

10.1.6 Module parameters

NOTE
Due to a product actualization, the parameter texts of the Turck I/O-products have been
revised.
The actual configuration files (GSD-, GSDML-, EDS-files) with the new parameters can be
found under www.turck.com.
If you use older configuration files with old parameter texts (issue date before April 2014),
then you can find a cross reference list in the manual's appendix (see Cross Reference-
Liste Parameter (Seite 33)).

2020/09 267
Analog Output Modules

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Output range

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 reserved

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 0

Byte 0
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Substitute value (low byte)

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Word 0
Byte 1

Byte 2

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Substitute value (high byte)

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 2

Byte 1

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

- Bit 8 - reserved

Bit 9

Bit 10

Bit 11

Bit 12

Bit 13

Bit 14
Word 1

Bit 15

268 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 The default values are written in bold.

Parameters Value

Output range 0 = 0…20 mA

1 = 4…20 mA

Data format 0 = 15 bit + sign

1 = 12 bit (left-justified)

Substitute value Substitute value 0

1. The substitute value defined here will be sent in
consequence of certain events parameterized in the
gateway.
or
2. In case of a module bus error: The substitute value
defined here will be sent if the parameter ”Behavior
module bus error Ax” is set to ”output substitute
value”.

10.1.7 Measurement value representation

NOTE
A detailed description of the measurement value representation for the analog output
modules in 16 or 12 bit can be found in the Anhang, s. p. 16.

2020/09 269
Analog Output Modules

10.2 Analog output module, 2AO, 0/4...20 mA

Fig. 211: BL20-2AO-I(0/4…20MA)

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

24 V DC
GND D/A Converter D/A Converter

Field

Fig. 212: Block Diagram

10.2.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-2AO-I(0/4…20MA)

Number of channels 2

Nominal voltage from supply terminal 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL  50 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB  40 mA

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Output current 0/4...20 mA

Burden resistance

Resistive load RLO < 450 

Inductive load RLI < 1 mH

Transmission frequency < 200 Hz

270 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

Basic error at 23 °C / 73.4 °F 0.2 %

Temperature coefficient  150 ppm/°C from end value

Settling time (maximum) 2 ms (at 450 

Measurement value representation 16 bit signed integer/

12 bit full range, left-justified

NOTE
Negative values are automatically displayed as 0 mA or 4 mA, depending on the config-
ured measurement range.

10.2.2 Base modules

Fig. 213: Base module BL20-S3T-SBB

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S3T-SBB
 with screw connection
BL20-S3S-SBB

10.2.3 Wiring diagram

+ +

11 21
– –

12 22
Sh Sh

13 23

Fig. 214: Wiring diagram BL20-S3x-SBB

2020/09 271
Analog Output Modules

10.2.4 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Output m AO1 LSB
m+1 AO1 LSB
m+2 AO2 LSB
m+3 AO2 MSB

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Meaning

AOx LSB low byte of the analog value

AOx LSB high byte of the analog value

10.2.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

272 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
10.2.6 Module parameters

NOTE
Due to a product actualization, the parameter texts of the Turck I/O-products have been
revised.
The actual configuration files (GSD-, GSDML-, EDS-files) with the new parameters can be
found under www.turck.com.
If you use older configuration files with old parameter texts (issue date before April 2014),
then you can find a cross reference list in the manual's appendix (see Cross Reference-
Liste Parameter (Seite 33)).

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Output range

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 reserved

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Deactivate channel

Byte 0

Byte 0
Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Output on module bus error

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Data representation

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Word 0

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Substitute value (low byte)

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Byte 1

Byte 2

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

2020/09 273
Analog Output Modules

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Substitute value (high byte)

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Byte 2

Byte 1
Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Word 1
Channel 2 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Output range

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 reserved

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Deactivate channel

Byte 3

Byte 3
Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Output on module bus error

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Data representation

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Substitute value (low byte)

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Byte 4

Byte 5

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

Word 2

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Substitute value (high byte)

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Byte 5

Byte 4

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

274 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 The default values are written in bold.

Parameters Value

Output range 0 = 0…20 mA

1 = 4…20 mA

Data format 0 = 15 bit + sign

1 = 12 bit (left-justified)

Deactivate channel 0 = no

1 = yes

Output on module bus error 00 = substitute value

01 = keep current value

Data representation 00 = standard

01 = NE 43

10 = extended range

Substitute value Substitute value 0

1. The substitute value defined here will be sent in
consequence of certain events parameterized in the
gateway.
or
2. In case of a module bus error: The substitute value
defined here will be sent if the parameter ”Behavior
module bus error Ax” is set to ”output substitute
value”.

Measurement value representation

NOTE
The measurement value tables for the parameter settings ”standard”, ”extended range”
and ”NE 43” can be found on s. p. 296 ff.

2020/09 275
Analog Output Modules

10.3 Analog output module, 2AO, -10/0…+10 VDC

Fig. 215: BL20-2AO-U(-10/0…+10VDC)

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation

Reference
24 V DC Module supply

24 V DC
GND D/A Converter

Range switch 0 to 10/-10 to +10 V DC

Field

Fig. 216: Block Diagram

10.3.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-2AO-U(-10/0…+10VDC)

Number of channels 2

Nominal voltage from 24 VDC

supply terminal

Nominal current from supply terminal IL 50 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB  43 mA

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Output current -10/0…+10 V

Burden resistance

Resistive load RLO > 1 k

276 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

Inductive load RLI < 1 mH

Short-circuit current  40 mA

Transmission frequency < 100 Hz

Basic error at 23 °C / 73.4 °F < 0,2 %

Temperature coefficient 300 ppm/°C from end value

Settling time (maximum)

Resistive load 0.1 ms

Inductive load 0.5 ms

capacitive load 0.5 ms

Interference voltage suppression

Common-mode > 90 dB

Normal mode > 70 dB

Interference between channels > - 50 dB

Measurement value representation 16 bit signed integer/

12 bit full range, left-justified

NOTE
Negative values are automatically displayed as 0 V in a configured measurement range of
0…10 V.

10.3.2 Base modules

Fig. 217: Base module BL20-S3T-SBB

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S3T-SBB
 with screw connection
BL20-S3S-SBB

2020/09 277
Analog Output Modules

10.3.3 Wiring diagram

+ +

11 21
– –

12 22
Sh Sh

13 23

Fig. 218: Wiring diagram BL20-S3x-SBB

10.3.4 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Output m AO1 LSB
m+1 AO1 LSB
m+2 AO2 LSB
m+3 AO2 MSB

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Meaning

AOx LSB low byte of the analog value

AOx LSB high byte of the analog value

10.3.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

278 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
10.3.6 Module parameters

NOTE
Due to a product actualization, the parameter texts of the Turck I/O-products have been
revised.
The actual configuration files (GSD-, GSDML-, EDS-files) with the new parameters can be
found under www.turck.com.
If you use older configuration files with old parameter texts (issue date before April 2014),
then you can find a cross reference list in the manual's appendix (see Cross Reference-
Liste Parameter (Seite 33)).

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Output range

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Data format
Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 reserved

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Byte 0

Byte 0
Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Word 0

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Substitute value (low byte)

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Byte 1

Byte 2

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

2020/09 279
Analog Output Modules

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Substitute value (high byte)

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Word 1
Byte 2

Byte 1
Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

280 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 2 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Output range

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Data format

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 reserved

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Word1
Byte 3

Byte 3
Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Substitute value (low byte)
Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Byte 4

Byte 5

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

Word 2

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Substitute value (high byte)

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Byte 5

Byte 4

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

The default values are written in bold.

Parameters Value

Output range 0 = 0…10 V

0 = -10…10 V

Data format 0 = 15 bit + sign

1 = 12 bit (left-justified)

2020/09 281
Analog Output Modules

Parameters Value

Substitute value Substitute value 0

1. The substitute value defined here will be sent in
consequence of certain events parameterized in the
gateway.
or
2. In case of a module bus error: The substitute value
defined here will be sent if the parameter ”Behavior
module bus error Ax” is set to ”output substitute
value”.

10.3.7 Measurement value representation

NOTE
A detailed description of the measurement value representation for the analog outoput
modules in 16 or 12 bit can be found in the Appendix, s. p. 16.

282 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
10.4 Analog output module, 4AO, voltage/ current, Economy
This 4-channel analog output module provides 4 analog outputs for voltage or current.
The function-setting is carried out via channel-oriented parameters. The module provides galvanic
isolation between the field and the module bus connection.

Fig. 219: BL20-E-4AO-U/I

5 V DC module bus

logic

galvanic isolation
24 V DC module supply

CPU

24 V DC
GND D/A converter Reference

field
Block Diagram

10.4.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-E-4AO-U/I

Number of channels 4 (U/I)

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL (range) 24 VDC

(18…30 VDC)

Nominal current from supply terminal IL

without signal output < 40 mA

with signal output < 150 mA

2020/09 283
Analog Output Modules

Technical data

Nominal current from module bus IMB < 40 mA

Power loss of the module, typical <3W

Special Technical data

Parameterizable measured variables voltage, current

– Output value, voltage -10…10 VDC/ 0…10 VDC

Burden resistance

– Resistive load > 1 k

– Capacitive load < 1 F

– Transmission frequency < 20 Hz

Settling time (maximum)

– Resistive load < 1 ms

– Inductive load < 2 ms

– Capacitive load < 2 ms

Short-circuit current < 40 mA

Basic error (nominal range at 23 °C) 0.2 %

Temperature coefficient 200 ppm/ °C

– Output value, current 0…20 mA /4…20 mA

Burden resistance

– Resistive load < 450 

– Inductive load < 1 mH

– Transmission frequency < 20 Hz

Settling time (maximum)

– Resistive load < 1 ms

– Inductive load < 2 ms

– Capacitive load < 2 ms

Basic error 0.2 %

(nominal range at 23 °C)
Temperature coefficient 200 ppm/ °C

284 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
10.4.2 Wiring diagram

U I
+
1
+
2
1 – –
3
Sh Sh
4
+
5
+
6
2 – –
7
Sh Sh
8
+
9
+
10
3 – –
11
Sh Sh
12
+
13
+
14
4 – –
15
Sh Sh
16

Fig. 220: Connectors

NOTE
Each channel can be parameterized for voltage or current output. Non used output termi-
nals have to remain free!

2020/09 285
Analog Output Modules

10.4.3 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Output m AO1 LSB
m+1 AO1 LSB
m+2 AO2 LSB
m+3 AO2 MSB
m+4 AO3 LSB
m+5 AO3 MSB
m+6 AO4 LSB
m+7 AO4 MSB

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Meaning

AOx LSB low byte of the analog value

AOx LSB high byte of the analog value

10.4.4 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red, Diagnostics pending -

flashing
0.5 Hz

Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure or field ules have been pulled.
voltage UL not con- Check the field voltage UL.
nected.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

286 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
HW Hardware- - - - Overflow/ - - Output value
Error Underflow out of range

Diagnostics Meaning

Output value out of range The permissible output value limits are exceeded.
Indicates an exceeding or undercut of the value ranges.
 Limit values according to parameterization, from s. p. 292.

Overflow/underflow, OUFL The output value exceeds the output range and the module can not
transmit this value.
Limit values according to parameterization, s. p. 292 ff.

Hardware error Shows common errors of the module hardware. The return analog
value in case of an error is ”0”.

10.4.5 Module parameters

NOTE
Due to a product actualization, the parameter texts of the Turck I/O-products have been
revised.
The actual configuration files (GSD-, GSDML-, EDS-files) with the new parameters can be
found under www.turck.com.
If you use older configuration files with old parameter texts (issue date before April 2014),
then you can find a cross reference list in the manual's appendix (see Cross Reference-
Liste Parameter (Seite 33)).

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Mode

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Data format

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Output on module bus error

Word 0
Byte 0

Byte 0

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

2020/09 287
Analog Output Modules

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 1 Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Substitute value (low byte)

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Word 0
Byte 1

Byte 2
Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Substitute value (high byte)

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 2

Byte 1

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Channel 2 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Mode

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Data format

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Output on module bus error

Word 1
Byte 3

Byte 3

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

288 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 2 Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Substitute value (low byte)

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Byte 4

Byte 5
Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Substitute value (high byte)

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Word 2
Byte 5

Byte 4

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Channel 3 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Mode

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Data format

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Output on module bus error

Byte 6

Byte 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Substitute value (low byte)

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Word 3
Byte 7

Byte 8

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

2020/09 289
Analog Output Modules

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 3 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Substitute value (high byte)

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 8

Byte 7
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Channel 4 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Mode

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Data format

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Output on module bus error

Word 4
Byte 9

Byte 9

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Substitute value (low byte)

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Byte 10

Byte 11

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Substitute value (high byte)

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 11

Byte 10
Word 5

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

290 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 The default values are written in bold.

Parameters settings

Mode 0000 = voltage -10…10 V DC standard

0001 = voltage 0…10 V DC standard
0010 = voltage -10…10 VDC PA (NE 43)
0011 = voltage 0…10 VDC PA (NE 43)
0100 = voltage -10…10 VDC extended range
0101 = voltage 0…10 VDC extended range

1000 = current 0…20 mA standard

1001 = current 4…20 mA standard
1010 = current 0…20 mA PA (NE 43)
1011 = current 4…20 mA PA (NE 43)
1100 = current 0…20 mA extended range
1101 = current 4…20 mA extended range

1111 = deactivate

Data format 0 = 15 bit + sign

1 = 12 bit (left-justified)

Deactivate all diagnostics 0 = no

1 = yes

Output on module bus error 00 = substitute value

01 = keep current value

Substitute value Substitute value 0

1. The substitute value defined here will be sent in
consequence of certain events parameterized in the
gateway.
or
2. In case of a module bus error: The substitute value
defined here will be sent if the parameter ”Behavior
module bus error Ax” is set to ”output substitute
value”.

NOTE
The measurement value tables for the parameter settings ”standard”, extended range”
and ”NE 43” can be found on s. p. 300 ff.

Value representation/ range Min. value Max. value

resolution

Standard -10…10 VDC -10 VDC 10 VDC

16 bit/ 12 bit
0…10 VDC 0 VDC 10 VDC

0…20 mA 0 mA 20 mA

4…20 mA 4 mA 20 mA

Extended range/ 16 bit/ -10…10 VDC -11.76 VDC 11.76 VDC

12 bit
0…10 VDC 0 VDC 11.76 VDC

0…20 mA 0 mA 23.52 mA

4…20 mA 0 mA 22.81 mA

2020/09 291
Analog Output Modules

Value representation/ range Min. value Max. value

resolution

PA (NE43) -10…10 VDC -10.5 VDC 10.5 VDC

16 bit/ 12 bit
0…10 VDC 0 VDC 10.5 VDC

0…20 mA 0 mA 21 mA

4…20 mA 3.6 mA 21 mA

10.4.6 Standard value representation

16-bit representation
dec. hex. bipolar -10…10 V
dec. value = 3276,7 [1/V] × voltage value [V]
100.00 % 32767 7FFF nominal range 10.0000 V
99.99695 % 32766 7FFE 9.9997 V
… … …
50.00153 % 16384 4000 5.0002 V
… … …
0.00305 % 1 0001 0.000305 V
0.00000 % 0 0000 0.000000 V
-0.00305 % -1 FFFF -0.000305 V
… … …
-50.00000 % -16384 C000 -5.0000 V
… … …
-99.99695 % -32767 8001 -9.9997 V
-100.00 % -32768 8000 - 10.0000 V

292 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 dec. hex. unipolar 0…10 V
dec. value = 3276,7 [1/V] × voltage value [V]
100.00 % 32767 7FFF nominal range 10.0000 V
99.99695 % 32766 7FFE 9.9997 V
… … …
50.00153 % 16384 4000 5.0002 V
… … …
0.00305 % 1 0001 0.000305 V
0.00000 % 0 0000 0.000000 V
-0.00305 % -1 FFFF DIA Output value out 0.000000 V
… … of range ON …
at FFFF…8000
-50.00000 % -16384 C000 0.000000 V
… … …
-99.99695 % -32767 8001 0.000000 V
-100.00 % -32768 8000 0.000000 V

dec. hex. unipolar 0…20 mA

dec. value = 1638,35 [1/mA] × current value [mA]
100.00 % 32767 7FFF nominal range 20.0000 mA
99.99695 % 32766 7FFE 19.9994 mA
… … …
50.00153 % 16384 4000 10.0003 mA
… … …
0.00305 % 1 0001 0.0006103 mA
0.00000 % 0 0000 0.000000 mA
-0.00305 % -1 FFFF DIA Output value out of 0.000000 mA
… … range ON at FFFF…8000 …
-50.00000 % -16384 C000 0.000000 mA
… … …
-99.99695 % -32767 8001 0.000000 mA
-100.00 % -32768 8000 0.000000 mA

2020/09 293
Analog Output Modules

dec. hex. unipolar 4…20 mA

dec. value = 2047,94 × (current value [mA]- 4 mA)
100.00 % 32767 7FFF nominal range 20.0000 mA
99.99695 % 32766 7FFE 19.9995 mA
… … …
50.00153 % 16384 4000 12.00024 mA
… … …
0.00305 % 1 0001 4.0004883 mA
0.00000 % 0 0000 4.000000 mA
-0.00305 % -1 FFFF DIA Output value out of 4.000000 mA
… … range ON …
at FFFF…8000
-50.00000 % -16384 C000 4.000000 mA
… … …
-99.99695 % -32767 8001 4.000000 mA
-100.00 % -32768 8000 4.000000 mA

12 bit representation (left-justified)

dec. hex. bipolar -10…10 V
dec. value = 204,7 [1/V] × voltage value [V] × 16
100.000 % 2047 × 16 7FFF nominal range 10.0000 V
99.951 % 2046 × 16 7FEx 9.9951 V
… … …
0.04885 % 1 × 16 001× 0.004885 V
0.00000 % 0 000× 0.000000 V
-0.04883 % -1 × 16 FFF× -0.004883 V
… … …
-99.95 % -2047 × 16 801× -9.9951 V
-100.00 % -2048 × 16 800× - 10.0000 V

dec. hex. unipolar 0…10 V

dec. value = 409,5 [1/V] × voltage value [V] × 16
100.00 % 4095 × 16 FFF× nominal range 10.0000 V
99.976 % 4094 × 16 FFEx 9.9976 V
… … …
50.012% 2048 × 16 800× 5.0021 V
… … …
0.0244 % 1 × 16 001× 0.002442 V
0.00000 % 0 000× 0.000000 V

294 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 dec. hex. unipolar 0…20 mA
dec. value = 204,75 [1/mA] × current value [mA] × 16
100.00 % 4095 × 16 FFF× nominal range 20.0000 mA
99.9756 % 4094 × 16 FFEx 19.995117 mA
… … …
50.0122% 2048 × 16 800× 10.0024 mA
… … …
0.0244 % 1 × 16 001× 0.004883 mA
0.00000 % 0 000× 0.000000 mA

dec. hex. unipolar 4…20 mA

dec. value = 255.9 [1/mA] × (current value [mA] - 4 mA) × 16
100.00 % 4095 × 16 FFF× nominal range 20.0000 mA
99.9756 % 4094 × 16 FFEx 19.99609 mA
… … …
50.0122% 2048 × 16 800× 12.0019mA
… … …
0.0244 % 1 × 16 001× 4.00391 mA
0.00000 % 0 000× 4.000000 mA

2020/09 295
Analog Output Modules

10.4.7 Extended Range - value representation

16-bit representation
dec. hex. bipolar -10…10 V
dec. value = 2764,8 [1/V] × voltage value [V]
118.515 % 32767 7FFF DIA Output value out of 11.851 V
118.461 % 32752 7FF0 range ON at F00…7FFF 11.846 V
117.593 % 32512 7F00 11.7593 V
117.589 % 32511 7EFF output range overrun 11.7589 V
117.535 % 32496 7EF0 11.7535 V
100.058% 27664 6C10 10.0058 V
 100.004 % 27649 6C01 10.0004 V
100.000 % 27648 6C00 nominal range 10 V
0.05787 % 16 0010 5.787 mV
0.003617 % 1 0001 361.7 V
0.000 % 0 0000 0V
-0.00362 % -1 FFFF -361.7 V
-0.05787 % -16 FFF0 - 5.787 mV
-25.000 % -6912 E500 -2.5 V
-100.000 % -27648 9400 -10 V
 100.004 % -27649 93FF output range underrun -10.0004 V
-100.058 % -27664 93F0 -10.0058 V
-117.593 % -32512 8100 -11.7593 V
-117.596 % -32513 80FF DIA Output value out of 11.7596 V
-118.461 % -32752 80F0 range ON at 08FF…8000 -11.846 V
-118.519 % -32768 8000 -11.852 V

296 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 dec. hex. unipolar 0…10 V
dec. value = 2764,8 [1/V] × voltage value [V]
118.515 % 32767 7FFF DIA Output value out of 11.851 V
118.461 % 32752 7FF0 range ON at 7F00…7FFF 11.846 V
117.593 % 32512 7F00 11.7593 V
117.589 % 32511 7EFF output range overrun 11.7589 V
117.535 % 32496 7EF0 11.7535 V
100.058% 27664 6C10 10.0058 V
 100.004 % 27649 6C01 10.0004 V
100.000 % 27648 6C00 nominal range 10 V
0.05787 % 16 0010 5.787 mV
0.003617 % 1 0001 361.7 V
0.000 % 0 0000 0.00 V
-0.00362 % -1 FFFF DIA Overflow/underflow, 0.00 V
-0.05787 % -16 FFF0 OUFL ON at FFFF…8000 0.00 V
-25.000 % -6912 E500 0.00 V
-100.000 % -27648 9400 0.00 V
 100.004 % -27649 93FF 0.00 V
-100.058 % -27664 93F0 0.00 V
-117.593 % -32512 8100 0.00 V
-117.596 % -32513 80FF 0.00 V
-118.461 % -32752 80F0 0.00 V
-118.519 % -32768 8000 0.00 V

2020/09 297
Analog Output Modules

dec. hex. unipolar 0…20 mA

dec. value = 1382,4 [1/mA] × current value [mA]
118.515 % 32767 7FFF DIA Output value out of 23.703 mA
118.461 % 32752 7FF0 range ON 23.692 mA
at 7F00…7FFF
117.593 % 32512 7F00 23.5185 mA
117.589 % 32511 7EFF output range overrun 23.5178 mA
117.535 % 32496 7EF0 23.507 mA
100.058% 27664 6C10 20.0116 mA
 100.004 % 27649 6C01 20.0007 mA
100.000 % 27648 6C00 nominal range 20 mA
0.05787 % 16 0010 11.574 A
0.003617 % 1 0001 0.7234 A
0.000 % 0 0000 0.0000 mA
-0.00362 % -1 FFFF DIA Overflow/underflow, 0.0000 mA
-0.05787 % -16 FFF0 OUFL ON at FFFF…8000 0.0000 mA
-25.000 % -6912 E500 0.0000 mA
-100.000 % -27648 9400 0.0000 mA
 100.004 % -27649 93FF 0.0000 mA
-100.058 % -27664 93F0 0.0000 mA
-117.593 % -32512 8100 0.0000 mA
-117.596 % -32513 80FF 0.0000 mA
-118.461 % -32752 80F0 0.0000 mA
-118.519 % -32768 8000 0.0000 mA

298 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 dec. hex. unipolar 4…20 mA
dec. value = 1728 [1/mA] × (current value [mA] - 4 mA)
118.515 % 32767 7FFF DIA Output value out of 22.962 mA
118.461 % 32752 7FF0 range ON at F00…7FFF 22.954 mA
117.593 % 32512 7F00 22.8148 mA
117.589 % 32511 7EFF output range overrun 22.8142 mA
117.535 % 32496 7EF0 22.8056 mA
100.058% 27664 6C10 20.0093 mA
 100.004 % 27649 6C01 20.0006 mA
100.000 % 27648 6C00 nominal range 20 mA
0.05787 % 16 0010 4.009259 mA
0.003617 % 1 0001 4.000578 mA
0.000 % 0 0000 4.0000 mA
-0.00362 % -1 FFFF output range underrun 3.99942 mA
-0.05787 % -16 FFF0 3.99075 mA
-25.000 % -6912 E500 0.0000 mA
-25.004 % -6913 E4FF DIA Overflow/underflow, 0.0000 mA
-100.000 % -27648 9400 OUFL ON at E4FF…8000 0.0000 mA
 100.004 % -27649 93FF 0.0000 mA
-100.058 % -27664 93F0 0.0000 mA
-117.593 % -32512 8100 0.0000 mA
-117.596 % -32513 80FF 0.0000 mA
-118.461 % -32752 80F0 0.0000 mA
-118.519 % -32768 8000 0.0000 mA

12 bit representation (left-justified)

The representation of the 12 bit values corresponds to that of the 16 bit values. Only bits 0 to 3 are
set to ”0”.

2020/09 299
Analog Output Modules

10.4.8 Value representation process automation (NE 43)

16-bit representation
The hexadecimal value transmitted by the module has to be interpreted as decimal value, which
corresponds, if multiplied with a defined factor, to the analog value.
Example:

Process value:

– dec. 15020

– hex. 3AAC

Output current 15.02 mA

dec. hex. bipolar -10…10 V

dec. value = 1000 [1/V] × voltage value [V]
327.67 % 32767 7FFF DIA Overflow/underflow, 11.000 V
110, 01 % 11001 2AF9 OUFL ON at 2AF9…7FFF 11.000 V
110.00 % 11000 2AF8 DIA Output value out of range 11.000 V
105.01 % 10501 2905 ON at 2905…7FFF 10.501 V
105.00 % 10500 2904 output range overrun 10.500 V
100.01 % 10001 2711 10.001 V
100.000 % 10000 2710 nominal range 10.000 V
40.00 % 4000 0FA0 4.000 V
0.01 % 1 0001 0.001 V
0.000 % 0 0000 0V
-0.01 % -1 FFFF -0.001 V
-40.00 % -4000 F060 -4.000 V
-100.00 % -10000 D8F0 -10.000 V
 -100.01 % -10001 D8EF output range underrun -10.001 V
-105.00 % -10500 D6FC -10.500 V
-105.01 % -10501 D6FB DIA Output value out of range -10.501 V
-110.00 % -11000 D508 ON at D6FB…8000 -11.000 V
-110.01 % -11001 D507 DIA Overflow/underflow, -11,00 0 V
-327.68 % -32768 8000 OUFL ON at D507…8000 -11.000 V

300 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 dec. hex. unipolar 0…10 V
dec. value = 1000 [1/V] × voltage value [V]
655.35 % 65535 FFFF DIA Overflow/underflow, 11.000 V
110, 01 % 11001 2AF9 OUFL ON 11.000 V
at 2AF9…FFFF
110.00 % 11000 2AF8 DIA Output value out of 11.000 V
105.01 % 10501 2905 range ON 10.501 V
at 2905…FFFF
105.00 % 10500 2904 output range overrun 10.500 V
100.01 % 10001 2711 10.001 V
100.000 % 10000 2710 nominal range 10.000 V
40.00 % 4000 0FA0 4.000 V
20.00 % 2000 07D0 2.000 V
0.01 % 1 0001 0.001 V
0.000 % 0 0000 0V

dec. hex. unipolar 0…20 mA

dec. value = 1000 [1/mA] × current value [mA]
327.675 % 65535 FFFF DIA Overflow/underflow, 22.000 mA
110, 05 % 22001 55F1 OUFL ON 22.000 mA
at 55F1…FFFF
110.000 % 22000 55F0 DIA Output value out of 22.000 mA
105.005 % 21001 5209 range ON 21.001 mA
at 5209…7FFF
105.00 % 21000 5208 output range overrun 21.000 mA
100.005 % 20001 4E21 20.001 mA
100.000 % 20000 4E20 nominal range 20.000 mA
40.00 % 8000 1F40 8.000 mA
20.00 % 4000 0FA0 4.000 mA
0.01 % 2 0002 0.002 mA
0.005 % 1 0001 0.001 mA
0.000 % 0 0000 0.000 mA

2020/09 301
Analog Output Modules

dec. hex. unipolar 4…20 mA

dec. value = 1000 [1/mA] × current value [mA]
384.594 % 65535 FFFF DIA Overflow/underflow, 22.000 mA
112, 506 % 22001 55F1 OUFL ON 22.001 mA
at 55F1…FFFF
112.500 % 22000 55F0 DIA Output value out of 22.000 mA
106.256 % 21001 5209 range ON 21.001 mA
at 5209…FFFF
106.250 % 21000 5208 output range overrun 21.000 mA
100.006 % 20001 4E21 20.001 mA
100.000 % 20000 4E20 nominal range 20.000 mA
25.000 % 8000 1F40 8.000 mA
0.000 % 4000 0FA0 4.000 mA
 -0.006 %  3999 0F9F output range underrun 3.999 mA
-1.250 % 3800 0ED8 3.800 mA
-2.500 % 3600 0E10 3.600 mA
-2.506 % 3599 0E0F DIA Output value out of 3.599 mA
-12.506 % 2000 07D0 range ON 2.000 mA
at 0E0F…0000
-12.505 % < 1999 07CF 1.999 mA
-24.994 % 1 0001 0.001 mA
-25.000 % 0 0000 0.000 mA

12 bit representation (left-justified)

The representation of the 12 bit values corresponds to that of the 16 bit values. Only bits 0 to 3 are
set to ”0”.

302 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
10.5 Analog output module, 2 AO, current, HART
This analog input module provides 2 current HART-outputs.
The two channels of the module are galvanically isolated. Additionally, the modules provides gal-
vanic isolation between field level and module bus connection.

NOTE
For PROFIBUS:
The BL20-2AOH-I can only be used with the BL20-DPV1-gateways (BL20-GW-DPV1, BL20-E-
GW-DP)!

Fig. 221: BL20-2AOH-I

5 V DC module bus

logic
24 V DC module supply

DC DC
DC DC
24 V DC
internal GND
internal GND

® ®
HART HART
modem DAC modem DAC

24 13/23 14 21 12/21 11

field

Fig. 222: Block Diagram

2020/09 303
Analog Output Modules

10.5.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-2AOH-I

Number of channels 2

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL (range) 24 VDC (18…30 VDC)

Nominal current from supply terminal IL

without signal output < 20 mA

with signal output < 80 mA

Nominal current from < 30 mA

module bus IMB

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Output current 0/4...20 mA

Burden resistance

Resistive load RLO < 600 

Inductive load RLI < 1 mH

Transmission frequency < 200 Hz

Repeatability 0,1 %

Basic error at 23 °C / 73.4 °F 0.2 %

Temperature coefficient  200 ppm/°C from end value

Settling time (maximum)

Resistive load 0.1 ms

Inductive load 0.5 ms

Measurement value representation 16 bit signed integer, NE 43 (PA),

extended range

10.5.2 Base modules

Fig. 223: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBS

304 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
10.5.3 Wiring diagram

+
11 21

–
12 22

–
13 23

+
14 24

Fig. 224: Connection options with base module BL20-S4x-SBBS

10.5.4 Process data mapping

Process input data
Data Byte Byte DP/ Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
PN
Input n n+3
n+1 n+2
Parameterizable HART-variable A
n+2 n+1
without unit
n+3 n
n+4 n+7
n+5 n+6 Parameterizable HART-variable B
n+6 n+5 without unit
n+7 n+4
n+8 n + 11
n+9 n + 10 Parameterizable HART-variable C
n + 10 n+9 without unit
n + 11 n+8
n + 12 n + 15
n + 13 n + 14 Parameterizable HART-variable D
n + 14 n + 13 without unit
n + 15 n + 12

Representation of HART-variables without unit according to ANSI/IEEE 754-1985 ”Standard for

Binary Floating-Point Arithmetic for microprocessor systems”.
n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

2020/09 305
Analog Output Modules

Process output data

Data Byte Byte DP/ Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
PN
Output m m+3 AO1 LSB
m+1 m+2 AO1 LSB
m+2 m+1 AO2 LSB
m+3 m AO2 MSB

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

Process data Meaning

AOx LSB low byte of the analog value

AOx LSB high byte of the analog value

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

306 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
10.5.5 Diagnostic and status messages
LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red, Diagnostics pending -

flashing
0.5 Hz

Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure or field ules have been pulled.
voltage UL not con- Check the field voltage UL.
nected.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11/21 Red Wire break (if parame-

flashing terized as diagnostics)
0.5 Hz

Red Invalid value see also diagnostics Invalid value

Red, 4 Hz Hardware error Exchange the module.

both LEDs
alternating

Off Channel OK

1H/ 2H Green HART-communication The HART-status is only shown in active HART-com-

OK munication. The status-display is either realized
acyclically or via polling operation (depending on
Red HART communication the parameterization). With acyclical monitoring
flashing error: the information (LED) is turned off after 1.5 sec-
0.5 Hz – no communication or onds. Further HART-communication retriggers the
– high number of CRC- LED.
errors

Red HART-status-flag (if

HART-status polling has
been parameterized,
see parameter Mode)

Off No HART-communica-
tion

NOTE
The LEDs 11 and 1H are assigned to channel 1 and the LEDs 21 and 2H to channel 2 of the
module.

2020/09 307
Analog Output Modules

Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Byte B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0
Channel 1
0 hard- Invalid HART HART Value Invalid Wire Value
ware parame- comm. status below value break above
error ter error error lower upper
limit limit
1 -
Channel 2
2 hard- Invalid HART HART Value Invalid Wire Value
ware parame- comm. status below value break above
error ter error error lower upper
limit limit
3 -

Diagnostics Meaning

Value above upper limit The allowed output range limits are exceeded.
 Limit values according to parameterization, from s. p. 314.

Wire break Displays an open circuit in the signal line.

The permissible output value limits are exceeded.

Invalid value The output value exceeds the values which the module is able to interpret.

Value below The allowed output range limits are exceeded.

Lower limit  Limit values according to parameterization, from s. p. 314.
The permissible output value limits are exceeded.

HART status error The connected HART-device set a bit in the HART status-information
(”status - polling”).

HART The channel does not allow communication with the HART-device.
communication error

Invalid parameter Possible causes:

Setting of a reserved parameter bit
The substitute value which is set is not within the measurement value range.
Module behavior:
Output value/substitute value = 0 mA
The return value of the HART-variable in the process data is 0×0000 0000.

Hardware error Shows common errors of the module hardware. The return analog value in
case of an error is ”0”.

NOTE
If an error message from the sensor occurs, the HART-status is set to ”1”.

308 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
10.5.6 Module parameters

NOTE
Due to a product actualization, the parameter texts of the Turck I/O-products have been
revised.
The actual configuration files (GSD-, GSDML-, EDS-files) with the new parameters can be
found under www.turck.com.
If you use older configuration files with old parameter texts (issue date before April 2014),
then you can find a cross reference list in the manual's appendix (see Cross Reference-
Liste Parameter (Seite 33)).

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Deactivate channel

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 reserved

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Mode

Byte 0

Byte 0
Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 reserved

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7 Activate HART diagnostics

Word 0

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Data representation

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2 reserved

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Byte 1

Byte 1

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6 Output on module bus error

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

2020/09 309
Analog Output Modules

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Substitute value (low byte)

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Byte 2

Byte 3
Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Substitute value (high byte)

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Byte 3

Byte 2
Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Word 1

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

310 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Channel 2 Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Deactivate channel

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2 reserved

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3 Mode

Byte 4

Byte 4
Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5 reserved

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7 Activate HART diagnostics

Word 2
Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Data representation

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 reserved

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Byte 5

Byte 5
Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Output on module bus error

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Substitute value (low byte)

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Byte 6

Byte 7

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Word 3

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Substitute value (high byte)

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Byte 7

Byte 6

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

2020/09 311
Analog Output Modules

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

HART-Var. A Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Mapped channel VA

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 reserved

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Byte 8

Byte 8
Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Mapped variable VA

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Word 4
HART-Var. B Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Mapped channel VB

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1 reserved

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Byte 9

Byte 9
Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6 Mapped variable VB

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

HART-Var. C Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Mapped channel VC

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 reserved

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Byte 10

Byte 10

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Mapped variable VC

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Word 5

HART-Var. D Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Mapped channel VD

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1 reserved

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Byte 11

Byte 11

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6 Mapped variable VD

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

312 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 The default values are written in bold.

Parameters settings

Deactivate channel 0 = no
1 = yes

Deactivate all diagnostics 0 = no

1 = yes

Mode 0 = 0… 20 mA (HART-status polling not possible)

1 = 4… 20 mA (HART-status polling not possible)
2 = 4…20 mA HART active
Cyclic polling of HART-status activated.

Activate HART diagnostics 0 = yes

1 = no

Data representation 0 = 15 bit + sign

1 = NE 43
2 = Extended Range

Output on module bus error 0 = substitute value

1 = current value

Substitute value Substitute value 4

1. The substitute value defined here will be sent in
consequence of certain events parameterized in the
gateway.
or
2. In case of a module bus error: The substitute value
defined here will be sent if the parameter ”Behavior
module bus error Ax” is set to”output substitute
value”.

Mapped channel Vx Defines the channel of which the HART-variable is

read.
0 = channel 1
1 = channel 2

Mapped variable Vx Defines which HART-variable of the connected sen-

sor is mapped into the module’s process data.
0= PV (primary variable)
1= SV (2nd variable)
2 = TV (3rd variable)
3 = QV (4th variable)

NOTE
The measurement value tables for the parameter settings ”standard”, extended range”
and ”NE 43” can be found on s. p. 314 ff.

2020/09 313
Analog Output Modules

10.5.7 Standard value representation, 16 bit integer

dec. hex. unipolar 0…20 mA
dec. value = 1638,35 [1/mA] × current value [mA]
100.00 % 32767 7FFF nominal range 20.0000 mA
99.99695 % 32766 7FFE 19.9994 mA
… … …
50.00153 % 16384 4000 10.0003 mA
… … …
0.00305 % 1 0001 0.0006103 mA
0.00000 % 0 0000 0.000000 mA
-0.00305 % -1 FFFF DIA Invalid value ON at 0.000000 mA
… … FFFF…8000 …
-50.00000 % -16384 C000 0.000000 mA
… … …
-99.99695 % -32767 8001 0.000000 mA
-100.00 % -32768 8000 0.000000 mA

dec. hex. unipolar 4…20 mA

dec. value = 2047,94 × (current value [mA]- 4 mA)
100.00 % 32767 7FFF nominal range 20.0000 mA
99.99695 % 32766 7FFE 19.9995 mA
… … …
50.00153 % 16384 4000 12.00024 mA
… … …
0.00305 % 1 0001 4.0004883 mA
0.00000 % 0 0000 4.000000 mA
-0.00305 % -1 FFFF DIA Invalid value ON at 4.000000 mA
… … FFFF…8000 …
-50.00000 % -16384 C000 4.000000 mA
… … …
-99.99695 % -32767 8001 4.000000 mA
-100.00 % -32768 8000 4.000000 mA

314 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
10.5.8 Extended Range value representation, 16-bit-representation
dec. hex. unipolar 0…20 mA
dec. value = 1382,4 [1/mA] × current value [mA]
118.515 % 32767 7FFF DIA 23.703 mA
118.461 % 32752 7FF0 Value above upper lim- 23.692 mA
itON at 7F00…7FFF
117.593 % 32512 7F00 23.5185 mA
117.589 % 32511 7EFF output range overrun 23.5178 mA
117.535 % 32496 7EF0 23.507 mA
100.058% 27664 6C10 20.0116 mA
 100.004 % 27649 6C01 20.0007 mA
100.000 % 27648 6C00 nominal range 20 mA
0.05787 % 16 0010 11.574 A
0.003617 % 1 0001 0.7234 A
0.000 % 0 0000 0.0000 mA
-0.00362 % -1 FFFF DIA Invalid value ON at 0.0000 mA
-0.05787 % -16 FFF0 FFFF…8000 0.0000 mA
-25.000 % -6912 E500 0.0000 mA
-100.000 % -27648 9400 0.0000 mA
 100.004 % -27649 93FF 0.0000 mA
-100.058 % -27664 93F0 0.0000 mA
-117.593 % -32512 8100 0.0000 mA
-117.596 % -32513 80FF 0.0000 mA
-118.461 % -32752 80F0 0.0000 mA
-118.519 % -32768 8000 0.0000 mA

2020/09 315
Analog Output Modules

dec. hex. unipolar 4…20 mA

dec. value = 1728 [1/mA] × (current value [mA] - 4 mA)
118.515 % 32767 7FFF Value above upper lim- 22.962 mA
118.461 % 32752 7FF0 itON at 7F00…7FFF 22.954 mA
117.593 % 32512 7F00 22.8148 mA
117.589 % 32511 7EFF output range overrun 22.8142 mA
117.535 % 32496 7EF0 22.8056 mA
100.058% 27664 6C10 20.0093 mA
 100.004 % 27649 6C01 20.0006 mA
100.000 % 27648 6C00 nominal range 20 mA
0.05787 % 16 0010 4.009259 mA
0.003617 % 1 0001 4.000578 mA
0.000 % 0 0000 4.0000 mA
-0.00362 % -1 FFFF output range underrun 3.99942 mA
-0.05787 % -16 FFF0 3.99075 mA
-25.000 % -6912 E500 0.0000 mA
-25.004 % -6913 E4FF DIA Invalid value ON at 0.0000 mA
-100.000 % -27648 9400 E4FF…8000 0.0000 mA
 100.004 % -27649 93FF 0.0000 mA
-100.058 % -27664 93F0 0.0000 mA
-117.593 % -32512 8100 0.0000 mA
-117.596 % -32513 80FF 0.0000 mA
-118.461 % -32752 80F0 0.0000 mA
-118.519 % -32768 8000 0.0000 mA

316 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
10.5.9 Value representation process automation (NE 43), 16 bit representation
The hexadecimal value transmitted by the module has to be interpreted as decimal value, which
corresponds, if multiplied with a defined factor, to the analog value.
Example:

Process value:

– dec. 15020

– hex. 3AAC

Output current 15.02 mA

dec. hex. unipolar 0…20 mA

dec. value = 1000 [1/mA] × current value [mA]
327.675 % 65535 FFFF DIA Invalid value 22.000 mA
110, 05 % 22001 55F1 ON at 55F1…FFFF 22.000 mA
110.000 % 22000 55F0 DIA 22.000 mA
105.005 % 21001 5209 Value above upper limit 21.001 mA
ON at 5209…7FFF
105.00 % 21000 5208 output range overrun 21.000 mA
100.005 % 20001 4E21 20.001 mA
100.000 % 20000 4E20 nominal range 20.000 mA
40.00 % 8000 1F40 8.000 mA
20.00 % 4000 0FA0 4.000 mA
0.01 % 2 0002 0.002 mA
0.005 % 1 0001 0.001 mA
0.000 % 0 0000 0.000 mA

2020/09 317
Analog Output Modules

dec. hex. unipolar 4…20 mA

dec. value = 1000 [1/mA] × current value [mA]
384.594 % 65535 FFFF DIA Invalid value ON at 22.000 mA
112, 506 % 22001 55F1 55F1…FFFF 22.001 mA
112.500 % 22000 55F0 DIA Value above upper 22.000 mA
106.256 % 21001 5209 limit ON at 5209 to FFFF 21.001 mA
106.250 % 21000 5208 output range overrun 21.000 mA
100.006 % 20001 4E21 20.001 mA
100.000 % 20000 4E20 nominal range 20.000 mA
25.000 % 8000 1F40 8.000 mA
0.000 % 4000 0FA0 4.000 mA
 -0.006 %  3999 0F9F output range underrun 3.999 mA
-1.250 % 3800 0ED8 3.800 mA
-2.500 % 3600 0E10 3.600 mA
-2.506 % 3599 0E0F DIA 3.599 mA
-12.506 % 2000 07D0 Value below Lower limit 2.000 mA
ON at 0E0F…0000
-12.505 % < 1999 07CF 1.999 mA
-24.994 % 1 0001 0.001 mA
-25.000 % 0 0000 0.000 mA

318 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
11 Relay Modules

11.1 Load limit curve with resistive load

At 1 000 switching cycles, no sustained arcs with a burning life > 10 ms may occur.

Fig. 225: Definition of load limit curve

ATTENTION
Switching of too high loads/power
Destruction of contacts
† Observe the devices' load limit curve.

11.2 Module overview

Module Function

BL20-2DO-R-NC normally closed contact

BL20-2DO-R-NO normally open contact

BL20-2DO-R-CO change over contact

2020/09 319
Relay Modules

11.3 Relay module, 2 normally closed contacts

Fig. 226: BL20-2DO-R-NC

o
5 V DC / Logic

GND
24 V DC

Relay/NC Relay/NC

14 11 12 22 13 23 21 24
Field
Fig. 227: Block diagram with base module BL20-S4x-SBBS

5 V DC / Logic

GND
24 V DC

C-rail

Relay/NC Relay/NC

14 11 12 22 13 23 21 24
FIeld
Jumper

Fig. 228: Block diagram with base module BL20-S4x-SBCS

320 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
11.3.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-2DO-R-NC

Number of channels 2 normally closed contacts

Nominal voltage from supply terminal 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL < 20 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB  28mA

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Resistive, inductive and lamp loads can be connected

Application category as per AC15 / DC13

Switching voltage (to supply the actuators)

Nominal load voltage 230 VAC/30 VDC

Switching current (to supply the actuators)

Current for DC (purely resistive) Load limit curve, s. S. 319

Nominal current (DC13) 24 VDC 1A

Nominal current (AC15) 250 VDC 3A

Minimum load current ( 12 VDC) 100 mA

Synchronization factor 100 %

Current and number of switching operations (opera- 1 × 105 at 2 A

tional life):
AC15 - 250 VAC 2 × 105 at 1 A

4 × 105 at 0.5 A

Current and number of switching operations (opera- 2 × 105 at 1 A

tional life): DC13 - 24 VDC
> 5 × 105 at 0,5 A

Switching frequency

Resistive load < 0.1 Hz

Inductive load < 0.1 Hz

Lamp load < 0.1 Hz

Isolation voltage

Relay output to relay output no

Relay output to module bus 1.5 kVeff

Relay output to field voltage cable 1.5 kVeff

Module bus to field voltage cable 500 Veff

2020/09 321
Relay Modules

11.3.2 Base modules

Fig. 229: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBS

Fig. 230: Base module BL20-S4T-SBCS

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S4T-SBBS
BL20-S4T-SBCS
 with screw connection
BL20-S4S-SBBS
BL20-S4S-SBCS

322 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
11.3.3 Wiring diagram
1 The potential free contacts 11 and 14 or 21 and 24 can be used directly.
2 In addition to that, the following wiring diagrams show different possibilities for a common power
supply of the connected loads.

With externally connected supply and cross-connected root:

11 21

12 22

13 23

14 24

Fig. 231: Wiring diagram BL20-S4x-SBBS

R2 R1
23 13 Ö0 11 21 Ö1

Elektronik-
a modul

22 12 W0 14 24 W1

 bridged in the electronics

‚cross-connection via jumper in the base module

Fig. 232: Block diagram BL20-S4x-SBBS

2020/09 323
Relay Modules

With supply via C-rail and cross-connected root:

Power Relais 1 Relais n

Feeding

R1 R2
11 21 11 21 11 21

12 22 12 22 12 22

13 23 13 23 a 13 23

14 24 14 24 14 24

– ............
24 V DC b
+

Supply via C-rail (-)

‚Max.. 8 relay modules (+)

Fig. 233: Wiring diagram BL20-S4x-SBCS

R2 R1 Ö0 11 21 Ö1
Elektronik-
modul

W0 14 24 W1

23 13
b
a

24 V DC

C-rail
‚cross-connection via jumper in the base module

Fig. 234: Block diagram BL20-S4x-SBCS

WARNING
Dangerous electrical voltage
Acute danger to life due to electric shock!
† It is only permitted to load the C-rail with a maximum of 24 V, not with 230 V!

NOTE
Contact designations used for base modules are not designations of relay contacts
according to DIN.

324 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
11.3.4 Process data mapping
Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Output m - - - - - - DO2 DO1

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DOx 0 Digital output inactive

1 Digital output active

11.3.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Off Status channel 1 = 0

21 Green Status channel 2 = 1

Off Status channel 2 = 0

2020/09 325
Relay Modules

11.4 Relay module, 2 normally open contacts

Fig. 235: BL20-2DO-R-NO

5 V DC / Logic

GND
24 V DC

Relay/NO Relay/NO

14 11 12 22 13 23 21 24
FIeld
Fig. 236: Block diagram with base module BL20-S4x-SBBS

5 V DC / Logic

GND
24 V DC

C-rail

Relay/NO Relay/NO

14 11 12 22 13 23 21 24
Field
Jumper

Fig. 237: Block diagram with base module BL20-S4x-SBCS

326 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
11.4.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-2DO-R-NO

Number of channels 2 normally open contacts

Nominal voltage from supply terminal 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL < 20 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB  28mA

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Resistive, inductive and lamp loads can be connected

Application category as per AC15 / DC13

Switching voltage (to supply the actuators)

Nominal load voltage 230 VAC/30 VDC

Switching current (to supply the actuators)

Current for DC Load limit curve, s. S. 319

(purely resistive)
Nominal current (DC13) 24 VDC 1A

Nominal current (AC15) 250 VDC 3A

Minimum load current ( 12 VDC) 100 mA

Synchronization factor 100 %

Current and number of switching operations (opera- 1 × 105 at 2 A

tional life):
AC15 - 250 VAC 2 × 105 at 1 A

4 × 105 at 0.5 A

Current and number of switching operations (opera- 2 × 105 at 1 A

tional life): DC13 - 24 VDC
> 5 × 105 at 0,5 A

Switching frequency

Resistive load < 0.1 Hz

Inductive load < 0.1 Hz

Lamp load < 0.1 Hz

Isolation voltage

Relay output to relay output no

Relay output to module bus 1.5 kVeff

Relay output to field voltage cable 1.5 kVeff

Module bus to field voltage cable 500 Veff

2020/09 327
Relay Modules

11.4.2 Base modules

Fig. 238: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBS

Fig. 239: Base module BL20-S4T-SBCS

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S4T-SBBS
BL20-S4T-SBCS
 with screw connection
BL20-S4S-SBBS
BL20-S4S-SBCS

328 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
11.4.3 Wiring diagram
The potential free contacts 11 and 14 or 21 and 24 can be used directly.
In addition to that, the following wiring diagrams show different possibilities for a common power
supply of the connected loads.

With supply via C-rail and cross-connected root:

11 21

12 22

13 23

14 24

Fig. 240: Wiring diagram BL20-S4x-SBBS

R2 R1
23 13 S0 11 21 S1

Elektronik-
a modul

22 12 W0 14 24 W1

 bridged in the electronics

‚ cross-connection via jumper in the base module

Fig. 241: Block diagram BL20-S4x-SBBS

2020/09 329
Relay Modules

With supply via C-rail and cross-connected root:

Power Relais 1 Relais n

Feeding

R1 R2
11 21 11 21 11 21

12 22 12 22 12 22

13 23 13 23 a 13 23

14 24 14 24 14 24

– ............
24 V DC b
+

Supply via C-rail

‚Max. 8 relay modules

Fig. 242: Wiring diagram BL20-S4x-SBCS

R2 R1 S0 11 21 S1
Elektronik-
modul

W0 14 24 W1

23 13
b
a

24 V DC

C-rail
‚cross-connection via jumper in the base module

Fig. 243: Block diagram BL20-S4x-SBCS

WARNING
Dangerous electrical voltage
Acute danger to life due to electric shock!
† It is only permitted to load the C-rail with a maximum of 24 V, not with 230 V!

NOTE
Contact designations used for base modules are not designations of relay contacts
according to DIN.

330 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
11.4.4 Process data mapping
Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Output m - - - - - - DO2 DO1

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DOx 0 Digital output inactive

1 Digital output active

11.4.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11 Green Status channel 1 = 1

Off Status channel 1 = 0

21 Green Status channel 2 = 1

Off Status channel 2 = 0

2020/09 331
Relay Modules

11.5 Relay module, 2 change over contacts

Fig. 244: BL20-2DO-R-CO

5 V DC / Logic

GND
24 V DC

Relay/CO Relay/CO
11 14 12 22 13 23 24 21
Field
Fig. 245: Block diagram with base module BL20-S4x-SBBS

332 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
11.5.1 Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-2DO-R-CO

Number of channels 2 change over contacts

Nominal voltage from supply terminal 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL < 20 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB  28mA

Power loss of the module, typical <1W

Resistive, inductive and lamp loads can be connected

Application category as per AC15 / DC13

Switching voltage (to supply the actuators)

Nominal load voltage 230 VAC/30 VDC

Switching current (to supply the actuators)

Current for DC (purely resistive) Load limit curve, s. S. 319

Nominal current (DC13) 24 VDC 1A

Nominal current (AC15) 250 VDC 3A

Minimum load current ( 12 VDC) 100 mA

Synchronization factor 100 %

Current and number of switching operations (opera- 1 × 105 at 2 A

tional life):
AC15 - 250 VAC 2 × 105 at 1 A

4 × 105 at 0.5 A

Current and number of switching operations (opera- 2 × 105 at 1 A

tional life): DC13 - 24 VDC
> 5 × 105 at 0,5 A

Switching frequency

Resistive load < 0.1 Hz

Inductive load < 0.1 Hz

Lamp load < 0.1 Hz

Isolation voltage

Relay output to relay output no

Relay output to module bus 1.5 kVeff

Relay output to field voltage cable 1.5 kVeff

Module bus to field voltage cable 500 Veff

2020/09 333
Relay Modules

11.5.2 Base modules

Fig. 246: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBS

Fig. 247: Base module BL20-S4T-SBCS

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S4T-SBBS
 with screw connection
BL20-S4S-SBBS

334 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
11.5.3 Wiring diagram
The potential free contacts 11/12 and 14 or 21/23 and 24 can be used directly.
In addition to that, the following wiring diagrams show different possibilities for a common power
supply of the connected loads.

11 21

12 22

13 23

14 24

Fig. 248: Wiring diagram BL20-S4x-SBBS

R11 R21

R12 R22

NC0 NO0 NO0 NC1

12 11 21 23

Electronics
module
RT0 14 24 RT1

Fig. 249: Block diagram BL20-S4x-SBBS

NOTE
Contact designations used for base modules are not designations of relay contacts
according to DIN.

2020/09 335
Relay Modules

11.5.4 Process data mapping

Data Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Output m - - - - - - DO2 DO1

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Process data Value Meaning

DOx 0 Digital output inactive

1 Digital output active

11.5.5 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

11 Green Status
channel 1 = 1

Off Status
channel 1 = 0

21 Green Status
channel 2 = 1

Off Status
channel 2 = 0

336 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
12 Technology Modules

12.1 Counter module – BL20-1CNT-24VDC

12.1.1 Technical features

Fig. 250: BL20-1CNT-24VDC

5 V DC Module bus

Logic

Galvanic isolation
24 V DC Module supply

24 V DC
Signal processing for count
GND
and measurement operations

Filter
Alignment recognition Driver
Filter
Pulse processing 24 V 2 A
Sensor
power supply
max. 500 mA
Field

Fig. 251: Block Diagram

2020/09 337
Technology Modules

Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-1CNT-24VDC

Number of channels 1

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL < 50 mA (if load current = 0)

Nominal current from module bus IMB  40 mA

Power loss of the module, typical < 1,3 W

Sensor supply

Output voltage L+ (-0,8 V)

Output current 0.5 A, short-circuit-proof

Counter signals and digital input

Input voltage at nominal value 24 VDC

Low level ULOW -30…5 VDC

High level ULOW 11…30 VDC

Input current

Low level ILOW -8…1.5 mA

High level IHIGH 2…10 mA

Input delay  200 ms

Minimum pulse width (maximum counter frequency)

Filter on  25 ms (20 kHz)

Filter off  2.5 ms (200 kHz)

Digital output

Input voltage at nominal value 24 VDC

Low level ULOW  3 VDC

High level UHIGH  L+ (-1 VDC)

Output current

High level IHIGH 5…2 A

(permissible range)

High level IHIGH (nominal value) 0,5 A (55 °C)

Switching frequency

with resistive load 100 Hz

with inductive load 2 Hz

with lamp load 10 Hz

Lamp load RLL  10 W

338 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

Output delay (resistive load) 100 s

Short-circuit proof Yes

Response threshold 2.6…4 mA

Inductive suppression L+ -(50…60 V)

Measurement ranges

Frequency measurement 0.1…200 kHz

Revolutions speed measurement 1 U/min.…25 000 U/min.

Period duration measurement 5…120 s

Count modes

Signal evaluation (A,B) pulse and direction

rotary sensor, single
rotary sensor, double
rotary sensor, fourfold

Counter mode Continuous count

Single count
Periodical count

Hysteresis 0…255

Pulse duration 0…255

synchronization single-action
periodical

Count limits

Upper count limit 0…7FFF FFFF

Lower count limit 8000 0000…0

Measurement ranges

Signal evaluation (A,B) pulse and direction

rotary sensor: single

2020/09 339
Technology Modules

12.1.2 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red, Parameter error Check parameterization of the module.

flashing
0.5 Hz

Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

A Green Counter input or mea- -

suring input active

Off Counter input or mea- -

suring input inactive

B Green Counter input inactive -

or direction input set for
counting down

Off Counter input active or -

direction input set for
counting up

14 Green Status of digital input = -

1

Off Status of digital input = -

0

24 Red Error on digital output Check the wiring of the digital output.

Green Status of digital output -

=1

Off Status of digital output -

=0

Diagnostics

Count mode Measurement mode Assignment

(byte, bit)

short-/open circuit ERR_DO 0.0

Short-circuit sensor supply ERR-24 VDC 0.1

End of counter range wrong Sensor pulse wrong 0.2

Start of counter range wrong Integration time wrong 0.3

Invert-DI at L-retr. error Upper limit wrong 0.4

It is not permitted to invert the level of the digital input
when using the latch-retrigger-function

Main count direction wrong Lower limit wrong 0.5

340 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Count mode Measurement mode Assignment
(byte, bit)

Operating mode wrong 0.6

Operation mode = 0 Operation mode = 1 0.7

Bit 7 = 1 (measuring mode) is only
displayed if one other diagnostic bit
is set

12.1.3 Base modules

Fig. 252: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBS

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S4T-SBBS
 with screw connection
BL20-S4S-SBBS

2020/09 341
Technology Modules

12.1.4 Wiring diagram

Count input A Count input B

or or
pulse input alignment
input

11 21

N –
12 22

L +
13 23

S 14 24 S

Fig. 253: Wiring diagram BL20-S4x-SBBS

Connection options for pulse generators

Connector Count direction

Pulse generator without 24 VDC count pulses at terminal 11 Up

direction indicator

Pulse generator with 24 VDC count pulses at terminal 11 Up, down

direction signal and 24 V DC direction at terminal 21

Pulse generator with 2 Channel A at terminal 11 and chan- Up, down

90° offset spur lines nel B at terminal 21

342 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
12.1.5 Operation modes
The BL20 counter module offers the connection of a pulse generator for measuring 24 VDC signals
(11…30 VDC), up to a frequency of 200 kHz.
Moreover, the module provides the sensor with 24 VDC.
The electronics module supports the following operating modes:
Count modes:
 Continuous count
 Single count
 Periodical count
Measurement modes:
 Frequency measurement
 Revolutions speed measurement
 Period duration measurement
Each of the operating modes have individual parameters assigned to them. The relevant parameter
lists are specified in more detail in the descriptions of the integration in the fieldbus systems.
The counter module is provided with a digital output that is used for direct control of the process or
for indicating comparison results.
The digital input of the counter module is used for initiating the hardware release signal, the syn-
chronization or latch and retrigger function.
The BL20 counter module can process signals generated from the following sensors:
 24 VDC pulse generator with direction signal
 24 VDC pulse generator without direction signal
 24 VDC pulse generator with two 90° offset channels (rotary sensor)

12.1.6 Selecting counter or measurement mode

Profibus-DP:
The GSD file provides 2 module codes the BL20-1CNT-24VDC modules.
For count mode select modules with code C
For measurement mode select modules with code M.
DeviceNet:
The attribute no. 113 must be written first and determines the operating mode.
The write operation to attribute no. 113 resets all other attributes to the default values!
CANopen:
Object 5800hex controls the operating mode parameters of the BL20 counter module. Its use
includes the setting of count mode or measurement mode.

2020/09 343
Technology Modules

12.1.7 Count mode

Count mode - process data mapping

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Count mode - process input data

Data Byte Byte DP/ Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
PN
Input n n+7 counter value
n+1 n+6
n+2 n+5
n+3 n+4
Diag- n+4 n+3 ERR_ ERR_ ERR_ res. res. RES_ ERR_ STS_
nostics 24Vdc DO PARA STS_A LOAD LOAD
Status n+5 n+2 STS_ STS_ res. STS_ STS_ res. STS_ STS_
DN UP DO2 DO1 DI GATE
n+6 n+1 STS_ STS_ STS_ STS_ STS_ reserved STS_
ND UFLW OFLW CMP2 CMP1 SYN
n+7 n reserved

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

Bit Description

ERR_24Vdc Short-circuit sensor supply:

This diagnostics information must be acknowledged with the EXTF_ACK (process output)
control bit.

ERR_DO Short-/open circuit/excess temperature at the output DO1

This diagnostics information must be acknowledged with the EXTF_ACK (process output)
control bit.

ERR_PARA – 1: There is a parameter error. ERR_PARA is a group diagnostics bit. With the separate
diagnostics message bits 3…6 describe the parameter errors in more detail.
– 0: The parameter definition is correct as per specification.
RES_STS_A – 1 Resetting of status bits running. The last process output telegram contained: RES_STS
= 1.
– 0: The last process output telegram contained: RES_STS = 0.
ERR_LOAD – 1: Error with load function
Control bits LOAD_DO_PARAM, LOAD_CMP_VAL2, LOAD_CMP_VAL1, LOAD_PREPARE
and LOAD_VAL must not be set at the same time during the transfer. An incorrect value
was transferred with the control bits. Example: Values above the upper count limit or
below the lower count limit were selected for ”Load value direct” or ”Load value in
preparation”.

STS_LOAD Status of load function is set, if the Load function is running.

STS_DN 1: Status direction down.

344 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Bit Description

STS_UP 1: Status direction up.

STS_DO2 The DO2 status bit indicates the status of digital output DO2.

STS_DO1 The DO1 status bit indicates the status of digital output DO1.

STS_DI The DI status bit indicates the status of digital input DI.

STS_GATE 1: Counting operation running.

STS_ND Status zero crossing

Set on crossing zero in counter range when counting without main direction.
This bit must be reset by the RES_STS control bit.

STS_UFLW Status lower count limit

Set if the count value goes below the lower count limit.
This bit must be reset by the RES_STS control bit.

STS_OFLW Status upper count limit

Set if the counter goes above the upper count limit.
This bit must be reset by the RES_STS control bit.

STS_CMP2 Status comparator 2

This status bit indicates a comparison result for comparator 2 if:
the output DO2 is released with CTRL_DO2 = 1 and a comparison is run via MODE_DO2 =
01, 10 or 11:
Otherwise STS_CMP2 simply indicates that the output is or was set.
STS_CMP2 is also set if DO1 SET_DO2 = 1 when the output is not released.
This bit must be reset by the RES_STS control bit.

STS_CMP1 Status comparator 1

This status bit indicates a comparison result for comparator 2 if:
the output DO1 is released with CTRL_DO1 = 1 and a comparison is run via MODE_DO1 =
01, 10 or 11.
Otherwise STS_CMP2 simply indicates that the output is or was set.
STS_CMP2 is also set if DO1 SET_DO2 = 1 when the output is not released.
This bit must be reset by the RES_STS control bit.

STS_SYN Status synchronization

After synchronization is successfully completed the STS_SYN status bit is set. This bit must
be reset by the RES_STS control bit. This bit must be reset by the RES_STS control bit.

2020/09 345
Technology Modules

Count mode - process output data

The structure of the process output data depends on the module's parameterization.
1 Process output data with parameter values for:
Load value direct or
Load value in preparation or
Reference value 1 or
Reference value 2
Data Byte Byte DP/ Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
PN
Output m m+7 Load value direct
m+1 m+6 Load value in preparation,
Reference value 1
m+2 m+5
Reference value 2
m+3 m+4 (depending on the parameterization)
Con- m+4 m+3 EXTF_ CTRL_ SET_ CTRL_ SET_ RES_ CTRL_ SW_
trol ACK DO2 DO2 DO1 DO1 STS SYN GATE
m+5 m+2 LOAD_ LOAD_ LOAD_ LOAD_
LOAD_
reserved PRE- DO_ CMP_ CMP_
VAL
PARE PARAM VAL2 VAL1
m+6 m+1
reserved
m+7 m

2 Process output data with parameter values for:

Function and behavior of DO1/DO2
Data Byte Byte DP/ Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
PN
Output m m+7 reserved MODE_DO2 reserved MODE_DO1
m+1 m+6 Hysteresis value

m+2 m+5 Pulse duration

m+3 m+4 reserved
Con- m+4 m+3 EXTF_ CTRL_ SET_ CTRL_ SET_ RES_ CTRL_ SW_
trol ACK DO2 DO2 DO1 DO1 STS SYN GATE
m+5 m+2 LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD
_ _ _ _ _
DO_ CMP_ CMP_ PRE- VAL
PARA VAL2 VAL1 PARE
M
m+6 m+1 reserved
m+7 m

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

NOTE
Unlike the physical digital output DO1, output DO2 is only a data value that is indicated
with the data bit STS_DO2 of the process input.

346 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Bit Description

MODE_DO2 MODE_DO2 is only valid, if LOAD_DO_PARAM: 0 A 1. The virtual output DO2 can show the
status of the data bit SET_DO2 or comparison results if CTRL_DO2 = 1.
MODE_DO2 defines which function DO2 is to accept:
– 00: The output DO2 shows the status of the control bit SET_DO2. This must be released
with CTRL_DO2 = 1.
– 01: Output DO2 indicates:
Counter status  reference value 2
– 10: Output DO2 indicates:
Counter status  reference value 2
– 11: Output DO2 indicates:
Counter status = reference value 2
A pulse is generated for indicating equal values. The pulse duration is defined by byte 2
of this process output.

MODE_DO1 MODE_DO1 is only valid, if LOAD_DO_PARAM: “0““1“. The physical output DO1 can
show the status of the data bit SET_DO1 or comparison results if CTRL_DO1 = 1. MODE_-
DO1 defines which function DO1 is to accept:
– 00: The output DO1 shows the status of the control bit SET_DO1. This must be released
with CTRL_DO1 = 1.
– 01: Output DO1 indicates:
Counter status  reference value 1
– 10: Output DO1 indicates:
Counter status  reference value 1
– 11: Output DO1 indicates:
Counter status = reference value 1
A pulse is generated for indicating equal values. The pulse duration is defined by byte 2
of this process output.

Hysteresis value 0…255)

The reference value 1/2 can be assigned a hysteresis value in order to generate a response
at DO1/DO2 with hysteresis.
This will prevent the excessive on and off switching of DO1/DO2 if the count value fluctu-
ates too quickly around the reference value.

Pulse duration (0…255) unit: ms

The reference value 1/2 can be assigned a hysteresis value in order to generate a response
at DO1/DO2 with hysteresis. This will prevent the excessive on and off switching of DO1/
DO2 if the count value fluctuates too quickly around the reference value.

EXTF_ ACK Error acknowledgment

The error bits must be acknowledged with the control bit EXTF_ACK after the cause of the
fault has been rectified. This control bit must then be reset again. Any new error messages
are not set while the EXTF_ACK control bit is set!

CTRL_ DO2 0: The virtual output DO2 is blocked.

1: The virtual output DO2 is enabled.

SET_ DO2 If CTRL_DO2 = 1 and the virtual output DO2 is set to indicate the value SET_DO2, DO2 can
be set and reset directly with SET_DO2.
DO2 can be set for this function via the process output (MODE_DO2 = 00 and
LOAD_DO_PARAM 0 1).
The output DO2 can also be set before commissioning via the separate parameter data.
The default setting for DO2 is to indicate the status of SET_DO2.The output DOx can also
be set before commissioning via the separate parameter data. The default setting for DO2
is to display the value of SET_DO2.

CTRL_DO1 0: The output DO1 is blocked.

1: The output DO1 is released.

2020/09 347
Technology Modules

Bit Description

SET_DO1 If CTRL_DO1 = 1 and the physical output DO1 is set to indicate the value SET_DO1, DO1
can be set and reset directly with SET_DO1.
DO1 can be set for this function via the process output (MODE_DO1 = 00 and
LOAD_DO_PARAM 0  “1”).
The output DO1 can also be set before commissioning via the separate parameter data.
The default setting for DO1 is to indicate the status of SET_DO1.

RES_STS ”0“ “1“ Initiate resetting of status bits.

Status bits STS_ND, STS_UFLW, STS_OFLW, STS_CMP2, STS_CMP1, STS_SYN (process
input) are reset. Bit RES_STS_A = 1 (process input) acknowledges that the reset command
has been received. RES_STS can now be reset to 0.

CTRL_SYN Release synchronization:

1: “0“  1“ (rising edge) at the physical DI input enables the counter value to be set (syn-
chronized) once/periodically to the load value.

SW_GATE “0“  “1“: Counting is started (release).

“1“  “0“: Counting is stopped.
The starting and stopping of the counting operation with a data bit is implemented with
a so-called ”SW gate”. The HW gate is also provided in addition for stopping and starting
the counting operation via the DI hardware input. If this function is configured a positive
signal must be present at this input in order to activate the SW gate (AND logic operation).

LOAD_ Parameter definition of the DO1 physical output and the virtual output DO2.
DO_PARAM “0“  “1“: DO1 and DO2 can indicate the status of data bit SET_DO1 and SET_DO2 or com-
parison results. The latest telegram (MODE_DO1 and MODE_DO2) indicates the function
required for DO1 and DO2.

LOAD_ Parameter definition of reference value 2

CMP_VAL2 “0“  “1“: The value in bytes 0…3 is accepted as a reference value 2.

348 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Count mode - parameters

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameter

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Counter mode

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 reserved

Byte 15
Byte 0

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Gate function

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1 Digital input DI

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2 Function DI

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4 synchronization

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5 Main count direction

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Byte 14
Word 0
Byte 1

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

2020/09 349
Technology Modules

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameter

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Lower count limit (HWORD)

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 13
Byte 2

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 12
Word 1
Byte 3

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1 Lower count limit (LWORD)

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Byte 11
Byte 4

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 10
Word 2
Byte 5

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

350 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameter

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Upper count limit (HWORD)

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 6

Byte 9
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Word 3
Byte 7

Byte 8

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Upper count limit (LWORD)

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 8

Byte 7

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Word 4
Byte 9

Byte 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

2020/09 351
Technology Modules

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameter

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Hysteresis

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Byte 10

Byte 5
Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

Word 5

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Pulse duration DO1, DO2 [n*2ms]

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Byte 11

Byte 4

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Substitute value DO

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Diagnostic DO1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Function DO1

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Byte 12

Byte 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 reserved

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 Function DO2

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7 reserved

Word 6

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Signal evaluation (A, B)

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Sensor/ input filter (A)

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Sensor/ input filter (B)

Byte 13

Byte 2

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Sensor/ input filter (DI)

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 sensor (A)

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 reserved

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7 Direction input (B)

352 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameter

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Group diagnostics

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 reserved

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Byte 14

Byte 1
Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 behavior CPU/ master stop
Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 reserved

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7
Word 7

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 reserved

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Byte 15

Byte 0

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

The default values are written in bold.

Parameters settings

Counter mode 100000 = continuous count

100001 = single-action count
100010 = periodical count

Gate function 0 = abort count procedure

1 = interrupt count procedure

Digital input DI 0 = normal

1 = inverted

Function DI 00 = input
01 = HW gate
10 = Latch-Retrigger when edge pos.
11 = Synchronization when edge pos.

synchronization 0 = single-action
1 = periodical

Main count direction 00 = none

01 = up
10 = down

Lower count limit -2 147 483 648 (-231)…0

2020/09 353
Technology Modules

Parameters settings

Lower count limit (HWORD) -32768…0 (Signed16)

Lower count limit (LWORD) -32 768…32 767

(Signed16); 0

Upper count limit 0…+ 2147483647 (231-1)

Upper count limit (HWORD) 0…32767 (Unsigned16)

Upper count limit (LWORD) 0…65535 (Unsigned16)

Hysteresis 0…255 (Unsigned8)

Pulse duration DO1, DO2 [n*2ms] 0…255 (Unsigned8)

Substitute value DO 0
1

Diagnostic DO1 0=1

1 = off

Function DO1 00 = output

01 = on when cnt value >= ref. value
10 = on when cnt value <= ref. value
11 = pulse when cnt value = ref. value

Function DO2 00 = output

01 = on when cnt value >= ref. value
10 = on when cnt value <= ref. value
11 = pulse when cnt value = ref. value

Signal evaluation (A, B) 00 = pulse and direction

01 = rotary sensor: single
10 = rotary sensor: double
11 = rotary sensor: fourfold

Sensor/ input filter (A) 0 = 2,5 s (200 kHz)

1 = 25 s (20 kHz)

Sensor/ input filter (B) 0 = 2,5 s (200 kHz)

1 = 25 s (20 kHz)

Sensor/ input filter (DI) 0 = 2,5 s (200 kHz)

1 = 25 s (20 kHz)

sensor (A) 0 = normal

1 = inverted

Direction input (B) 0 = normal

1 = inverted

Group diagnostics 0 = release

1 = block

behavior CPU/ master stop 00 = turn off DO1

01 = proceed with operating mode
10 = DO1 switch to substitute value
11 = DO1 hold last value

354 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Count modes
The count modes are used for supporting different counter applications such as the counting of
bulk goods.
The following modes can be selected:
 Continuous counting, such as for positioning with 24 VDC incremental sensors
 Single-action counting, such as for counting units up to a maximum limit
 Periodical count, such as in applications with recurring count operations
Maximum count range
 The upper count limit is +2 147 483 647 (231-1)
 The lower count limit is -2 147 483 648 (-231)

12.1.8 Main count direction

The main count direction determines the behavior of the counter when the set count limit is
reached. On reaching a count limit, the count value ”jumps” to a defined value. Three different val-
ues are possible:
 Lower limit
 Upper limit
 Load value
The following table shows which of the three values the counter accepts according to the main
count direction set and the operating mode:

Mode

Main count direction Upper count limit Lower count limit

– Continuous count
none Jump to lower limit Jump to upper limit

Up Jump to lower limit Jump to upper limit

Down Jump to lower limit Jump to upper limit

– Single count
none Jump to lower limit Jump to upper limit

Up Jump to load value Jump to upper limit

Down Jump to lower limit Jump to load value

– Periodical count
none Jump to load value Jump to load value

Up Jump to load value Jump to upper limit

Down Jump to lower limit Jump to load value

2020/09 355
Technology Modules

Reset states with main count direction set for none/up counting
 Load value: 0
 Counter value0
 Reference value DO1:0
 Reference value DO2:0
Reset states with main count direction set for none/down counting
 Load value:upper limit
 Count value:upper limit
 Reference value 1:upper limit
 Reference value 2:upper limit

356 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
12.1.9 Limit values of count mode
Specific conditions must be fulfilled in order to ensure that internal and external events are pro-
cessed correctly. The following sections describe the limit values for both types of events.
Minimum number of count pulses between internal events
A certain minimum number of count pulses must be ensured between the parameters when setting
Upper count limit, Reference value and Lower limit value.
This ensures that internal operations are carried out before a new event occurs.
Illustration of the minimum number of count pulses between two events in relation to the counter
frequency:

upper
count limit

(upper count limt - reference value) > f * 0,01 s

reference
(upper count limit - load value) > f * 0,01 s
value

(reference value - load value) > f * 0,01 s

load value

(load value - lower count limit) > f * 0,01 s

lower
count limit

Fig. 254: Limit values of count mode

f = Counter frequency in Hz

Counter frequency Minimum number of count pulses at

different count frequencies

200 kHz 2000 pulses

100 kHz 1000 pulses

50 kHz 500 pulses

10 kHz 100 pulses

1 kHz 10 pulses

2020/09 357
Technology Modules

Time between direction signal (B) and counter signal (A)

On pulse generators with a direction signal, it must be ensured that there is a gap of at least 5 s/ 50
s between the direction signal (B) and the counter signal (A), depending on the input filter config-
ured.

signal A

signal B
(direction)
time
5ms/50ms
Fig. 255: Time between direction signal and counter signal

Continuous count
Definition
In this mode the counter module counts after the release signal from the load value continuously
between the upper and lower limit.
 If the counter counts up and reaches the upper count limit, it will jump to the lower count limit
when another counter signal is received, and will continue to count without signal loss from this
point.
 If the counter counts down and reaches the lower count limit, it will jump to the upper count limit
when another counter signal is received, and will continue to count without signal loss from this
point.
 In this mode the function does not depend on the main count direction.
These settings are illustrated in the following diagram:
 Operating mode: continuous count
 Main count direction: none, up or down

358 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 a

b
0
c
t

t
t
Internal release

t
STS_ZC

t
STS_OFLW

t
STS_UFLW

t
RES_STS
Fig. 256: Continuous counting with status bit

Upper count limit

‚Load value
ƒLower count limit

Single count
Definition
In this mode the counter module runs a single-action count after the release signal from the load
value to the upper or lower limit value, depending on the main count direction set.
1 No main count direction
If the counter counts up and reaches the upper count limit, it will jump to the lower count limit
when another counter signal is received. The internal release signal is automatically reset.
If the counter counts down and reaches the lower count limit, it will jump to the upper count limit
when another counter signal is received. The internal release signal is automatically reset.
2 Main count direction up
If the counter counts up and reaches the upper count limit, it will jump to the load value when
another counter signal is received. The internal release signal is automatically reset.
If the counter counts down and reaches the lower count limit, it will jump to the upper count limit
when another counter signal is received. The internal release signal is automatically reset.

2020/09 359
Technology Modules

3 Main count direction down

If the counter counts up and reaches the upper count limit, it will jump to the lower count limit
when another counter signal is received. The internal release signal is automatically reset.
f the counter counts down and reaches the lower count limit, it will jump to the load value when
another counter signal is received. The internal release signal is automatically reset.
The internal release signal is automatically reset if the counter passes either the upper or lower limit
values. A rising edge must be present in order for counting to be restarted. This occurs either by
resetting and setting the hardware release signal (digital input if this is configured as HW gate), or
by resetting and setting the software release (SW_GATE bit in the control interface/process output).
The following three diagrams show the counter's behavior in ”single-action count” mode with the
three main count directions: none, up, down.

b
0
c
t

t
Internal release

t
STS_OFLW

t
STS_UFLW

t
RES_STS
d e e
Fig. 257: Single count without main count direction

Upper count limit

‚Load value
ƒLower count limit
„Release stop, internal release
…Release stop, automatic

360 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 a

b
0
c
t

t
Internal release

t
STS_OFLW

t
STS_UFLW

t
RES_STS
d e e
Fig. 258: Single count with main count direction down

Upper count limit

‚Load value
ƒLower count limit
„Release stop, internal release
…Release stop, automatic

2020/09 361
Technology Modules

b
0
c
t

t
Internal release

t
STS_OFLW

t
STS_UFLW

t
RES_STS
d e e
Fig. 259: Single count with main count direction down

Upper count limit

‚Load value
ƒLower count limit
„Release stop, internal release
…Release stop, automatic

362 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Periodical count
Definition
In this operating mode the electronic module counts periodically after the release signal is set
within the defined counter range and in the defined main count direction:
1 No main count direction
If the counter counts up and reaches the upper or lower count limit, it will jump to the load value
when another counter signal is received, and will continue to count from there without losing a sig-
nal.
2 Main count direction up
If the counter counts up and reaches the upper count limit, it will jump to the load value when
another counter signal is received, and will continue to count from there without losing a signal.
If the counter counts down and reaches the lower count limit, it will jump to the upper count limit
when another counter signal is received, and will continue to count from there.
3 Main count direction down
If the counter counts up and reaches the upper count limit, it will jump to the lower count limit
when another counter signal is received, and will continue to count from there.
If the counter counts down and reaches the lower count limit, it will jump to the lower count limit
when another counter signal is received, and will continue to count from there.
The following three diagrams show the counter's behavior in ”periodical count” mode with the
three main count directions: none, up, down.

b
0
c
t

t
Internal release

t
STS_OFLW

t
STS_UFLW

t
RES_STS
d e f d

2020/09 363
Technology Modules

Fig. 260: Periodical count without main count direction

Upper count limit

‚Load value
ƒLower count limit
„Release stop, internal release
…Overflow
†Underflow

b
0
c
t

t
Internal release

t
STS_OFLW

t
STS_UFLW

t
RES_STS
d e f d
Fig. 261: Periodical count with main count direction up

Upper count limit

‚Load value
ƒLower count limit
„Release stop, manual
…Overflow
†Underflow

364 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 a

b
0
c
t

t
Internal release

t
STS_OFLW

t
STS_UFLW

t
RES_STS
d e f d
Fig. 262: Periodical count with main count direction down

Upper count limit

‚Load value
ƒLower count limit
„Release stop, manual
…Overflow
†Underflow

2020/09 365
Technology Modules

12.1.10 Measurement mode

Measurement mode - process data mapping

NOTE
With PROFIBUS, PROFINET and CANopen, the I/O data of this module is localized within
the process data of the whole station via the hardware configuration tool of the fieldbus
master.
For DeviceNet, EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP a detailed mapping table can be created with
the TURCK BL20 DTM in PACTware.

Measurement mode - process input data

Data Byte Byte DP/ Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
PN
Input n n+7 Measured value
n+1 n+6
n+2 n+5
n+3 n+4
Diag- n+4 n+3 ERR_ ERR_ ERR_ reserved RES_ ERR_ STS_
nostics 24Vdc DO PARA STS_A LOAD LOAD
Status n+5 n+2 STS_ STS_ reserved STS_ res. STS_ STS_
DN UP DO1 DI GATE
n+6 n+1 res. STS_ STS_ res. STS_ res. res.
UFLW OFLW CMP1
n+7 n reserved

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

Bit Description

ERR_24Vdc short-circuit sensor pwr supply

This diagnostics information must be acknowledged with the EXTF_ACK (process output)
control bit.

ERR_DO Short-/open circuit/excess temperature at the output DO1

ERR_PARA – 1: Parameter error ERR_PARA is a group diagnostics bit. With the separate diagnostics
message bits 3…6 describe the parameter errors in more detail.
– 0: The parameter definition is correct as per specification.
RES_STS_A – 1: Resetting of status bits running. The last process output telegram contained: RES_STS
= 1.
– 0: The last process output telegram contained: RES_STS = 0.
ERR_LOAD 1: Error with load function
Control bits LOAD_UPLIMIT and LOAD_LOLIMIT must not be set at the same time during
the transfer. The value of LOAD_UPLIMT and LOAD_LOLIMIT was selected outside of the
permissible range.
Permissible values for LOAD_LOLIMIT:
0…199 999 999 x10-3 Hz
0…24 999 999 × 10-3 U/min.
0…99 999 999 ms
Permissible values for LOAD_UPLIMIT:
1…200 000 000 × 10-3 Hz
1…25 000 000 × 10-3 U/min.
1…100 000 000 ms

366 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Bit Description

STS_LOAD Status of load function

Set, if the load function is running.

STS_DN Status direction down.

The direction is determined by a signal at the physical input B. The ”signal evaluation
parameter (A, B)” must be set to ”pulse and direction”.

STS_UP Status direction up.

The direction is determined by a signal at the physical input B. The ”signal evaluation
parameter (A, B)” must be set to ”pulse and direction”.

STS_DO1 The DO1 status bit indicates the status of digital output DO1.

STS_DI The DI status bit indicates the status of digital input DI.

STS_GATE 1: Measuring operation running.

STS_UFLW 1: The lower measuring limit was undershot. The bit must be reset with RES_STS: 0  1
zurückgesetzt werden.

STS_OFLW 1: The upper measuring limit was exceeded.

The bit must be reset with RES_STS: 0  1 zurückgesetzt werden.

STS_CMP1 1: Measuring terminated

The measured value is updated with every elapsed time interval. The end of a measure-
ment (expiry of the time interval) is indicated with the status bit STS_CMP1.
The bit must be reset vie the process output with RES_STS: 0  1.

2020/09 367
Technology Modules

Measurement mode - process output data

The structure of the process output data depends on the module's parameterization.
1 Process output data with parameter values for:
Function DO1
Data Byte Byte DP/ Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
PN
Output m m+7 reserved MODE_DO1
m+1 m+6 reserved
m+2 m+5
m+3 m+4
Con- m+4 m+3 EXTF_ reserved CTRL_ SET_ RES_ res. SW_
trol ACK DO1 DO1 STS GATE
m+5 m+2 reserved LOAD res. LOAD LOAD LOAD
_ _ _ _
DO_ INT- UPLIM LOLIM
PARA TIME IT IT
M
m+6 m+1 reserved
m+7 m

2 Process output data with parameter values for:

Upper limit or
Lower limit
Data Byte Byte DP/ Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
PN
Output m m+7 Upper limit or lower limit
m+1 m+6
m+2 m+5
m+3 m+4
Control m+4 m+3 EXTF_ reserved CTRL_ SET_ RES_ res. SW_
ACK DO1 DO1 STS GATE
m+5 m+2 reserved LOAD res. LOAD LOAD LOAD
_DO_ _INT- _UP- _LO-
PARA TIME LIMIT LIMIT
M
m+6 m+1 reserved
m+7 m

368 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 3 Process output data with parameter values for:
Integration time
Data Byte Byte DP/ Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
PN
Output m m+7
Integration time
m+1 m+6
m+2 m+5
reserved
m+3 m+4
Control m+4 m+3 EXTF_ reserved CTRL_ SET_ RES_ res. SW_
ACK DO1 DO1 STS GATE
m+5 m+2 reserved LOAD res. LOAD LOAD LOAD
_DO_ _INT- _UP- _LO-
PARA TIME LIMIT LIMIT
M
m+6 m+1
reserved
m+7 m

m = Offset of output data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

Bit Description

MODE_DO1 MODE_DO1 is only valid, if LOAD_DO_PARAM: 0  1. The physical output DO1 can show
the status of the data bit SET_DO1 or comparison results if CTRL_DO1 = 1.

MODE_DO1 defines which function DO1 is to accept:

– 00: The output DO1 shows the status of the control bit SET_DO1.
– 01: The output DO1 indicates a measurement outside of the limits, i.e. above the upper
measuring limit or below the lower measuring limit. STS_OFLW = 1 or STS_UFLW = 1
(process input).
– 10: Output DO1 indicates a value below the lower measuring limit. STS_UFLW = 1
(process input)
– 11: Output DO1 indicates a value above the upper measuring limit. STS_OFLW = 1
(process input)

EXTF_ ACK Error acknowledgment:

The error bits must be acknowledged with the control bit EXTF_ACK after the cause of the
fault has been rectified. This control bit must then be reset again. Any new error messages
are not set while the EXTF_ACK control bit is set!

CTRL_DO1 – 0: The output DO1 is blocked.

– 1: The output DO1 is released.
SET_DO1 If CTRL_DO1 = 1 and the physical output DO1 is set to indicate the value SET_DO1, DO1
can be set and reset directly with SET_DO1.
DO1 can be set for this function via the process output (MODE_DO1 = 00 and
LOAD_DO_PARAM 0  1).
The output DO1 can also be set before commissioning via the separate parameter data.
The default setting for DO1 is to indicate the status of SET_DO1.

RES_STS 0  1 Initiate resetting of status bits. Status bits STS_UFLW, STS_OFLW, and STS_CMP1
(process input) are reset. Bit RES_STS_A = 1 (process input) acknowledges that the reset
command has been received.
RES_STS can now be reset to 0.

SW_GATE 0  1 Measuring is started

(software release).
1  0 Measuring is stopped.

2020/09 369
Technology Modules

Bit Description

LOAD_DO_ Parameter setting of the physical output DO1

PARAM 0  1: DO1 can indicate the status of different data bits as a signal. The current telegram
(byte 0) determines the data bits to which DO1 is to refer.

LOAD_ INTTIME Parameter setting of the Integration time

0  1: Bytes 0 to 1 of this process output represent a factor for defining the integration
time for frequency measurement and for determining the rotational speed.
The integration time can be adjusted between 10 ms and 10 s in 10 ms increments and is
produced by multiplying the factor × 10 ms.
With period duration measurement, this factor determines the number of periods mea-
sured in order to calculate a mean value.
A factor 1…1000 (1hex…3E8hex) is permissible.

LOAD_ UPLIMIT Parameter setting of the upper measuring limit

0  1: The value in bytes 0…3 is accepted as upper measuring limit..
LOAD_UPLIMT:
1…200 000 000 × 10-3 Hz
1…25 000 000 × 10-3 U/min
1…100 000 000 ms

LOAD_ Parameter setting of the lower measuring limit

LOPLIMIT 0  1: The value in bytes 0…3 is accepted as lower measuring limit..
LOAD_LOLIMIT:
0…199 999 999 x10-3 Hz
0…24 999 999 × 10-3 U/min
0…99 999 999 ms

370 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Measurement mode - parameters

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 wiring type

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 reserved

Byte 15
Byte 0

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Digital input DI

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1 Function DI

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2 reserved

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Byte 14
Word 0
Byte 1

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

2020/09 371
Technology Modules

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Lower limit

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 13
Byte 2

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 12
Word 1
Byte 3

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Byte 11
Word 2
Byte 4

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

372 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Upper count limit (HWORD)

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 10
Word 2
Byte 5

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 6

Byte 9

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Word 3
Byte 7

Byte 8

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

2020/09 373
Technology Modules

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Integration time [n*10ms]

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 8

Byte 7
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Word 4
Byte 9

Byte 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Sensor pulse per revolution

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Byte 10

Byte 5

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 11

Word 5

Byte 4

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

374 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Substitute value DO

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Diagnostic DO1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Function DO1

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 reserved

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 12

Byte 3
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Signal evaluation (A, B)

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Sensor/ input filter (A)

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 Sensor/ input filter (B)

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Sensor/ input filter (DI)

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 sensor (A)

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 reserved

Byte 13

Word 6

Byte 2

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7 Direction input (B)

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Group diagnostics

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 reserved

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 behavior CPU/ master stop

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 reserved

Byte 14

Byte 1

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 reserved

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 15

Word 7

Byte 0

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

2020/09 375
Technology Modules

Parameters settings

wiring type 100000 = frequency measurement

100001 = revolutions measurement
100010 = period duration measurement

Digital input DI 0 = normal

1 = inverted

Function DI 0 = input
1 = HW gate

Lower limit 0…16 777 214 × 10-3

Lower limit (HWORD) 0…255 (Unsigned8)

Lower limit (LWORD) 0…65535

upper limit 1…16 777 215 × 10-3

Upper limit (HWORD) 0…255 (Unsigned8)

Upper limit (LWORD) 0…65535

Integration time [n*10ms] 1…1 000; 10

Sensor pulse per revolution 1…65535

Substitute value DO 1 0
1

Diagnostic DO1 0=1

1 = off

Function DO1 00 = output

01 = outside of limit
10 = below lower limit
11 = above upper limit

Signal evaluation (A, B) 00 = pulse and direction

01 = rotary sensor: single

Sensor/ input filter (A) 0 = 2.5 s (200 kHz)

1 = 25 s (20 kHz)

Sensor/ input filter (B) 0 = 2.5 s (200 kHz)

1 = 25 s (20 kHz)

Sensor/ input filter (DI) 0 = 2.5 s (200 kHz)

1 = 25 s (20 kHz)

sensor (A) 0 = normal

1 = inverted

Direction input (B) 0 = normal

1 = inverted

Group diagnostics 0 = release

1 = block

behavior CPU/ master stop 00 = turn off DO1

01 = proceed with operating mode
10 = DO1 switch to substitute value
11 = DO1 hold last value

376 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Measuring procedure
The measuring operation is started by setting the internal software release signal, or by setting the
hardware and software release signal if the digital input is configured as a hardware release.
Measuring is carried out within a definable integration time that can be adjusted via the control
interface/process output. The measured value is then updated.
After the integration time has elapsed, STS_MVAL indicates that an actual measured value is pres-
ent. This bit must be reset via the RES_STS status bit in the control interface.
Frequency measurement
Definition
In this operating mode the module counts the pulses received within a specified integration time.
The integration time can be set by a parameter or via the control interface/process output during
operation. It can be set in 10 ms increments to between 10 ms and 10 s.
The value of the determined frequency is made available as a 10-3 Hz value. You can read the mea-
sured frequency value in the check-back interface/process input.
The displayed value cannot be updated until the integration time has elapsed.

Integration time

Count
signals

n*10 ms n*10 ms

Internal
release Start of End of
frequency measurement frequency measurement
Fig. 263: Frequency measurement with release function

Limit value monitoring

The limit values can be configured and defined at a later time via the control interface/process out-
put. The following limit value ranges are possible:
Range defined by parameters
The value range is restricted by the 3 byte parameter length
 Lower limit nu is 0…16 777 214 × 10-3 Hz
 Upper limit o is 1…16 777 215 × 10-3 Hz
The upper limit must be greater than the lower limit. The diagnostics messages ”upper limit wrong”
and ”lower limit wrong” indicate parameter definitions that are outside of the permissible value
range. The diagnostics messages are cleared when valid parameters are entered.
Range defined via the control interface/process output
(LOAD_UPLIMIT/LOAD_LOLIMIT)
 Lower limit nu is 0…199 999 999 × 10-3 Hz
 Upper limit o is 1…200 000 000 × 10-3 Hz
The upper limit must be greater than the lower limit. An error is indicated by the ERR_LOAD status
bit via the check-back interface/process input. The status bit is cleared when a valid value is entered.

2020/09 377
Technology Modules

Possible measurement ranges

Integration time fmin fmax

10 s 0.1 Hz 200000 Hz

1s 1 Hz 200000 Hz

0.1 s 10 Hz 200000 Hz

0.01 s 100 Hz 200000 Hz

Revolutions measurement
Definition
In this operating mode, the counter module counts the pulses received from a rotary sensor within
a predefined integration time. The number of ”sensor pulses per revolution” must be defined
beforehand by parameters in the system. The number of ”sensor pulses per revolution” and the
pulses counted determine the speed of the connected motor.
The integration time is defined by measuring parameters. It can be set in 10 ms increments to
between 10 ms and 10 s.
The speed is indicated in units of 1 × 10-3 rpm.

Integration time

Count
signals

n*10 ms n*10 ms

Internal
release Start of rotational End of rotational
speed measurement speed measurement
Fig. 264: Revolutions measurement with release function

Limit value monitoring

The limit values can be configured and defined at a later time via the control interface/process out-
put. The following limit value ranges are possible:
Range defined by parameters
The value range is restricted by the 3 byte parameter length
 Lower limit nu is 0…16 777 214 × 10-3 Hz
 Upper limit nu is 1…16 777 215 × 10-3 Hz
The upper limit must be greater than the lower limit. The diagnostics messages ”upper limit wrong”
and ”lower limit wrong” indicate parameter definitions that are outside of the permissible value
range. The diagnostics messages are cleared when valid parameters are entered.

378 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Range defined via the control interface/process output
(LOAD_UPLIMIT/LOAD_LOLIMIT)
 Lower limit nu is 0…24 999 999 × 10-3 Hz
 Upper limit nu is 1…25 000 000 × 10-3 Hz
The upper limit must be greater than the lower limit. An error is indicated by the ERR_LOAD status
bit via the check-back interface/process input. The status bit is cleared when a valid value is entered.
Possible measuring ranges with 60 pulses per sensor revolution

Integration time nmin nmax

10 s 1 rpm 000 rpm

1s 1 rpm 000 rpm

0.1 s 10 rpm 000 rpm

0.01 s 100 rpm 000 rpm

Possible measuring ranges with 60000 pulses per sensor revolution

Integration time nmin nmax

10 s 1 rpm 200 rpm

1s 1 rpm 200 rpm

0.1 s 1 rpm 200 rpm

0.01 s 1 rpm 200 rpm

Period duration measurement

Definition
In this operating mode the counter module measures the precise time between two rising edges of
the counter signal in ms by counting the pulses of an exact internal quartz crystal reference fre-
quency (1 MHz). An averaging operation can be carried out over 1 to 1000 periods. It is defined by
the integration time parameter or by the LOAD_INTTIME status bit in the control interface/process
output.
The displayed measured value cannot be updated until the set number of periods have elapsed.
The measured value is displayed in units of ms in the check-back interface/process input.

Count
signal

Period

Reference
frequency

Internal Update of
release value indicated
Start of
i d i d
Fig. 265: Period duration measurement with release function; number of periods = 2

2020/09 379
Technology Modules

Limit value monitoring

The limit values can be configured and defined at a later time via the control interface/process out-
put. The following limit value ranges are possible:
Range defined by parameters
The value range is restricted by the 3 byte parameter length
 Lower limit nu is 0…16 777 214 ms
 Upper limit no is 1…16 777 215 ms
The upper limit must be greater than the lower limit. The diagnostics messages ”upper limit wrong”
and ”lower limit wrong” indicate parameter definitions that are outside of the permissible value
range. The status bit is cleared when a valid value is entered.
Range defined via the control interface/process output
(LOAD_PREPARE/ LOAD_VAL)
 Lower limit nu is 0…99 999 999 ms
 upper limit no is 1…100 000 000 ms
The upper limit must be greater than the lower limit. An error is indicated by the ERR_LOAD status
bit via the check-back interface/process input. The status bit is cleared when a valid value is entered.
Possible measurement ranges

Measuring cycle via number of tmin/update after tmax/uupdate after

periods

1000 10 s/10 ms 10000 s/10 s

100 10 s/1 ms 100000 s/10 s

10 100 s/1 ms 1000000 s/10 s

1 1000 s/1 ms 10000000 s/10 s

With the measuring cycles selected here the display is updated after a maximum of 10 s.

380 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
12.1.11 Functions and explanations
Software gate and hardware gate
A release signal is required in order to start counting/measuring.
The counter module controls the starting and stopping of the counting/measuring operation by
means of so-called ”gates”. A software gate and a hardware gate are provided for implementing this
control both via the software (process output/control interface) and via a physical output:
 The software gate initiates the release via the SW_GATE control bit. The release is activated by the
rising edge from 0  1 of the SW_GATE control bit. If Function DI = HW Gate is set at the same
time, it should be ensured that a High signal is present at the digital input. With DI digital input =
normal this is 24 VDC.
A stop is initiated by resetting the SW_GATE control bit from 1  0. If Function DI = HW Gate is
set, the counting/measuring operation can be stopped either by the software gate or the hard-
ware gate.
 A Hardware gate initiates a release via a 24 VDC signal at the digital input. This function is config-
ured with Function DI = HW gate. The release is then only possible if the SW_GATE bit =1 at the
same time.
This bit is set when there is a rising edge from 0  1 at the input and reset with a falling edge from
 0.
The edge change can be reversed by inverting the digital input.
Invert digital input = yes

NOTE
If the counting operation is aborted, counting begins from the load value on restart. If the
counting operation is aborted, counting begins from the load value on restart. If the
counting operation is interrupted, however, the counter continues on restart from the
actual counter value.

Synchronization
Synchronization must be configured before operating the counter module (Function DI = Synchro-
nization when edge positive). The rising edge of a reference signal at the input is used to set the
counter to the load value.
A single-action or periodical synchronization can be selected. This is possible under the following
conditions:
 The counting operation must be started with the software release.
 The Release Synchronization (CRTL_SYN) control bit must be set.
 With single-action synchronization the first 0 1 edge at the digital input sets the counter to the
load value after the release bit is set.
 With periodical synchronization the first and every subsequent 1 edge at the digital input sets
the counter to the load value after the release bit is set.
 After synchronization is successfully completed the STS_SYN status bit is set. It can only reset by
the RES_STS control bit.
 The STS_DI check-back bit indicates the status of the reference signal at the digital input.
When single-action synchronization is set, a subsequent synchronization operation can be initiated
by resetting and setting the Release synchronization (CRTL_SYN) control bit. This is executed on the
next 0 1 edge at the digital input.

2020/09 381
Technology Modules

After synchronization is successfully completed the STS_SYN status bit is set. This bit must be reset
by the RES_STS control bit.

c
t
Periodical synchronization

c
t
Single-action synchronization

t
Software release

t
Synchronization release

t
DI synchronization
d e f g h i f j
Fig. 266: Synchronization with continuous counting

Upper count limit

‚Load value
ƒLower count limit
„Synchronization without release
…Release set
†1. synchronization
‡2. synchronization
ˆStop synchronization
‰No synchronization
ŠRelease reset

382 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Latch-retrigger function
This function enables the event-driven evaluation of the counter status.
The actual internal counter status of the electronic module is retained when there is an edge at the
digital input. The check-back interface/process input data supplies the ”frozen” value. The internal
counter status is retriggered, i.e. the load value is loaded and counting is resumed from the load
value.
In order to execute this function the counting mode must be released with the software gate.
Bit STS_DI (Status DI) indicates the status of the Latch and Retrigger signal. The edge signal cannot
be inverted.
The load value with which the operating mode starts is displayed before the first edge after the soft-
ware release is set.
A direct loading of the counter does not change the counter status indicated.

NOTE
Ensure that input DI is not inverted otherwise this will generate an error/diagnostics mes-
sage.

e f g e f f
Fig. 267: Latch-retrigger-function with a parameterized abbort of the count operation

Software release
‚Digital input
ƒInternal counter status
„Displayed counter status
…Start, manual
†Latch
‡Stop

2020/09 383
Technology Modules

Behavior of the DI digital input

The digital input can be run with different sensors (positive switch or push-pull).
The input signal can be inverted (exception: in Latch and retrigger function).
The STS_DI status bit indicates the status of the digital input.
The following digital input functions are available for selection in count mode:
 Digital input
 Hardware release (HW gate)
 Latch retrigger function when edge positive
 Synchronization when edge positive
The following digital input functions are available for selection in measurement mode:
 Digital input
 Hardware release (HW gate)

Behavior of the digital outputs DO1/DO2

Count mode
The digital outputs can be activated depending on the counter status and reference values.
The module is provided with a ”real” digital output and a ”virtual” digital output that is only present
as a status bit in the check-back interface/process input.
Two reference values can be stored on the counter module and assigned to the digital outputs sep-
arately.
The following functions can be selected:
 Output (no switching via comparator)
 Set if counter value  reference value
 Set if counter value  reference value
 Pulse if counter value = reference value
Comparison results for comparator 1 are assigned to the physical output DO1.
Comparison results for comparator 2 are assigned to the virtual output DO2.
Permissible value range for the two reference values

384 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Lower count limit
to
Upper count limit

RV1

b
0 RV2
c
t

t
Software release

t
STS_DO1 CC f RV1

t
STS_DO2 CC F RV2

t
STS_DO1 CC = RV1 pulse

t
STS_DO2 CC = RV2 pulse
Fig. 268: Continuous counting with release function

Upper count limit

‚Load value
ƒLower count limit
RV1 = reference value 1
RV2 = reference value 2
CC = counter content
The count limits configured represent the upper and lower count limits.
The behavior of the digital outputs depend on:
 Hysteresis
 Pulse duration

2020/09 385
Technology Modules

The behavior of the digital outputs can be configured before operation or by means of a control
command during operation.
DO1/DO2 in output mode
In output mode, the outputs can be set and reset via the process output/control interface. This
requires that the relevant output is released (CTRL_DO1, CTRL_DO2). Set/reset (SET_DO1, SET_DO2)
can then be carried out irrespective of the counter status.
Measurement mode
An upper and lower measuring limit can be set on the counter module
In measurement mode only the physical output DO1 is active.
The following functions can be selected:
 Output (no switching when upper/lower measuring limit reached)
 Measured value outside of the set limits
 Measured value below the lower limit
 Measured value above the upper limit
Releasing the output
Control bit CTRL_DO1 is used to release the output.
Control bit SET_DO1 is used to activate or deactivate the released output.
The status of the output is stored in the check-back interface/process input and can be scanned with
the status bit (STS_DO1).

12.1.12 Hysteresis for digital output DO1/DO2

In count mode, the hysteresis controls the switching of the outputs DO1/DO2 with comparisons.
A sensor may stand still at a specified position and ”oscillate” around this position. This condition
will cause the counter status to fluctuate by a specified value. If the reference value RV1/RV2 is
within this fluctuation range, this would mean that the DO1/DO2 output would switch on and off in
time with the fluctuating signal.
A programmable hysteresis function can therefore be used in order to prevent switching resulting
from small fluctuations. This hysteresis can be set between 0 and 255 (0 means Hysteresis switched
off).
The hysteresis can also be changed using the LOAD_DO_PARAM control command.

386 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 If the output is set for Switching  Reference value, the digital output will have the following behav-
ior (example for DO1 - DO2 will respond accordingly):

t
Behavior DO1; count value f RV1; hysteresis = 0

t
Behavior DO1; count value f RV; hysteresis > 0
Fig. 269: Hysteresis with output set to Switch >= reference value

Reference value + hysteresis

‚Reference value RV1
ƒReference value - hysteresis

If the output is set for Switch on counter value = reference value, a pulse is generated at output DO1.

2020/09 387
Technology Modules

Signal evaluation for encoders

The evaluation options can be set in the BL20 counter module configuration. The following settings
are possible: The following error states are possible:
 1-port
 2-port
 4-port

Signal A

Signal B

Single
evaluation

Double
evaluation

Fourfold
evaluation
Fig. 270: Evaluation options for count mode (measurement mode only allows single evaluation)

Scan points with different evaluations

The set configuration determines how the counter status is incremented or decremented according
to the rising and falling edges of signals A and B. The following evaluations are possible:
 Single evaluation:
Only the rising edge of signal A is evaluated.
 Double evaluation:
Both the rising and falling edge of signal A are evaluated.
 Fourfold evaluation:
Both the rising and falling edge of signal A and B are evaluated.
In count mode rotary sensors with single, double and fourfold evaluation can be selected.
In measurement mode only rotary sensors with single evaluation can be selected.
Pulse and direction
Count mode
Input A receives the counter signal and input B the direction signal.
A signal at input A can either increment or decrement the counter status depending on the state of
input B.
Measurement mode
In this mode input B can receive a signal for the rotational direction. The process input/check-back
interface returns the status rotation direction via STS_DN and STS_UP.

NOTE
The signals at A and B can be inverted.

388 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 signal A
(counter signal)
down counting
signal B up counting
(direction)

counter pulses
up counting

counter pulses
down counting

Fig. 271: Changing the counter status on counter signal and direction signal

Load value direct/in preparation

A load value can be assigned to the counter. This value can either be set via the connected control-
ler or via the BL20-DTM in PACTware. The type of setting (direct/optional) is set via a bit in the con-
troller:
1 The direct load causes the counter to accept the load value directly as the new counter value.
2 The load value can also be loaded in preparation. In this case, the load value is accepted as the new
counter value in response to any of the following events:
– Lower or upper count limit is reached when no main count direction has been configured.
– Reaching the upper count limit with the main count direction set to up counting.
– Reaching the lower count limit with the main count direction set to down counting.
Pulse duration on reaching the reference value
The pulse duration starts from when the digital output is set and can be specified in order to adapt
to the actuators used. It specifies how long the output is to be set. The pulse duration can be set in
2 ms increments to between 2 and 510 ms.
If the pulse duration = 0, the output is set for as long as the comparison condition is fulfilled.

NOTE
No pulse is generated if the counter value goes above the counter value, e.g. jumps from
the upper limit to the lower limit when counting up.

2020/09 389
Technology Modules

12.1.13 Resetting of status bits

Status bits:
STS_ND, STS_UFLW, STS_OFLW, STS_CMP2, STS_CMP1, STS_SYN

Check-back
signals
status bit1)

Control bit
RES_STS

Check-back
bit
RES_STS_A

t t
a b c d a b c d a b c d
Event is no longer present Event ist still present
at time of reset at time of reset
Fig. 272: Resetting of status bits

Reset requested by the controller

‚Reset by electronic module
ƒReset request revoked by controller
„Reset executed in electronic module

390 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
12.1.14 Transfer of values/load function
Control bits: LOAD_VAL, LOAD_PREPARE, LOAD_CMP_VAL1, LOAD_CMP_VAL2,
LOAD_DO_PARAM, LOAD_INTTIME, LOAD_UPLIMIT, LOAD_LOLIMIT

Error bit
ERR_LOAD

Control bit1)

Check-back
bit
STS_LOAD

t
a b c d
Fig. 273: Transferring values with the load function

Controller requests value transfer/ value available

‚Reset understood by electronic module
ƒRequest revoked by controller/ value available
„Value accepted/ transfer complete

NOTE
Only one of the status bits1) mentioned should be set. Otherwise the ERR_LOAD error is
indicated until all the stated control bits have been reset.

Count mode
The following values can be changed using the load function during operation:
 Counter status (LOAD_VAL)
 Load value (LOAD_PREPARE)
 Reference value1 (LOAD_CMP_VAL1)
 Reference value2 (LOAD_CMP_VAL2)
 Behavior of the digital outputs DO1/DO2 (LOAD_DO_PARAM)

NOTE
When changing the behavior of the digital output via the control interface/process output
(value LOAD_DO_PARAM) the values for pulse duration and hysteresis are changed as well!
These changes are stored in a volatile memory, i.e. when the module is reset (removed/fitted)
they are overwritten by the values configured via the gateway.

2020/09 391
Technology Modules

Measurement mode
The following values can be changed using the load function during operation:
 Behavior of the digital output DO1 (LOAD_DO_PARAM)
 Lower limit (LOAD_LOLIMIT)
 Upper limit (LOAD_UPLIMIT)
Error acknowledgment
The Error Digital output error (ERR_DO) and Short circuit sensor supply (ERR_24Vdc) status bits must
be acknowledged. The errors are detected by the counter module and shown in the check-back
interface/process input. They can also initiate a diagnostics message with the appropriate parame-
ter definition.
The following figure shows the chronological relationship between the occurrence of an error and
its acknowledgment:
Error bit: ERR_DO or ERR_24Vdc

Error bit1)

Status bit
EXTF_ACK

t
a b c d
Fig. 274: Error detection

Error occurred/ module sets error bit and diagnostics message if necessary/ error detection con-
tinues
‚Error bit acknowledged/ any diagnostics message present is cleared/ further error detection not
possible.
ƒError bit was reset/ further error detection not possible.
„The status bit EXTF_ACK is reset/ further error detection possible.

392 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
12.2 BL20-E-2CNT-2PWM – 2 counter-/encoders, 2 PWM-outputs
The description of this technology module can be found in a separate manual on www.turck.de:

Type Document no.

BL20-E-2CNT-2PWM D301223

2020/09 393
Technology Modules

12.3 RS232 interface – BL20-1RS232

Fig. 275: BL20-1RS232

The module BL20-1RS232 transmits serial data through the BL20 system via a RS232 interface and
enables the connection of different devices (printer/ scanner/ bar code reader), which as well pro-
vide a serial RS232 interface.

12.3.1 Data transfer method

The RS232-module enables flexible serial data transfer. An operational data transfer method can be
set by the module’s parameters.
The data transfer can be parameterized as follows:
 Data rate: 300…115200 bps.
 Data bits: 7 or 8 data bits in one data frame
 Parity: none, odd or even
 Stop bits: 1 or 2 bit.

NOTE
The data flow control can be realized via a hardware handshake (RTS/CTS) or a software
handshake (XON/XOFF).

12.3.2 Data exchange

For the data exchange with a field device, the RS232-module provides a 64-byte transmit-buffer and
a 128-byte receive-buffer. This is a hardware-restriction. The data telegrams which have to be sent
or received can be larger.
The data transfer from the PLC into the transmit-buffer of the module or from the receive-buffer of
the
module to the PLC is realized via a 8-byte transmission channel in the Process output data (page
400)or Process input data (page 398).
To ensure the error-free data transmission, 2 byte of each data package are used to display status-,
control- and diagnosis information. The amount of user data is therefore reduced to 6 byte within a
data package

394 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
12.3.3 Technical data

RTS

micro CTS
controller RS232
interface RxD
module
bus
interface TxD

DC GND
DC

SHLD

module bus FE
Fig. 276: Block Diagram

Technical Data

Designation BL20-1RS232

Number of channels 1

pPower supply vie module bus

Voltage from module bus UMB 5 VDC

Voltage range 4.75…5.25 VDC

Field supply 24 DC

Voltage range 18…30 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal IL 0 mA

Nominal current from module bus IMB  140 mA

memory 128 byte receive buffer

64 byte transmit buffer

In-/outputs

Transmission level active (URS1) -15…-3 VDC

Transmission level inactive (URS0) 3…15 VDC

Transmission channels 2 (1/1) TxD and RxD, full duplex

transmission rate 300…115200 Baud (parameterizable)

Data, Parity, Stop (default: 9600 baud, 7 bit, impair, 2
stop-bits)

RS232 cable length Max. 15 m

Data flow control Software handshake

(Xon/ Xoff)
Hardware handshake
(RTS/ CTS)

2020/09 395
Technology Modules

Technical Data

Diagnostic data can be written into the process image (depending on the parameterization)

Isolation voltage

UTMB (module bus /RS232) Max. 500 Veff

Ufield (field voltage/ RS232) Max. 500 Veff

Base modules

Fig. 277: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBS

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S4T-SBBS
 with screw connection
BL20-S4S-SBBS

Wiring diagram
TxD

RxD
11 21

12 22 GND

13 23

CTS
14 24

RTS

SHLD

Fig. 278: Wiring diagram BL20-S4x-SBBS

396 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
12.3.4 Pin assignment
Assignment of signals for a 9-pole submin D-plug

Pin- no. Signal designation

1 DCD Data Carrier Detect

2 RxD Receive Data

3 TxD Transmit Data

4 DTR Data Terminal Ready

5 GND Ground

6 DSR Data Set Ready

7 RTS Request To Send

8 CTS Clear To Send

9 RI Ring Indicator

NOTE
The table rows highlighted in grey indicate signals that are also available at the terminals
of the base module.

2020/09 397
Technology Modules

12.3.5 Process input data

The RS232-module sends the data, received by the device, into a 128-byte receive-buffer. The mod-
ule then transmits the data segmented via the module bus and the gateway to the PLC.
The transmission is realized in a 8-byte format which is structured as follows:
 1 status byte is required to ensure trouble-free transmission of the data.
 1 byte contains the diagnostics data.
 6 bytes are used to contain the user data.
Byte Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
DP/PN
Status byte
n n+7 STAT TX_CNT_ACK RX_CNT RX_BYTE_CNT
Diagnostics
n+1 n+6 Buf_ Frame HndSh HW_ PRM_ reserved TXBuf-
Ovfl _ERR _ ERR Fail ERR NotEm
pty
Data bytes
n+2 n+5 RX_data byte 0
n+3 n+4 RX_data byte 1
n+4 n+3 RX_data byte 2
n+5 n+2 RX_data byte 3
n+6 n+1 RX_data byte 4
n+7 n RX_data byte 5

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

Designation Value Description

STAT 0-1 1: The communication with the data terminal equipment (DTE) is not
disturbed.
0: The communication with the data terminal equipment (DTE) is dis-
turbed.
A diagnostics message is sent only if the parameter ”Deactivate diag-
nostics = no/0“. The diagnostic data show the cause of the communi-
cation disturbance.
The user has to set back this bit in the process output data by using
STATRES.

TX_CNT_ACK 0-3 The value TX_CNT_ACK is a copy of the value TX_CNT. The value
TX_CNT was transferred together with the last data segment of the
process output data.
The value TX_CNT_ACK is a confirmation of successful acceptance of
the data segment using TX_CNT.

RX_CNT 0-3 This value is transferred together with every data segment. The
RX_CNT values are sequential:
00->01->10->11->00…(dezimal: 0->1->2->3->0…)
Errors in this sequence show the loss of data segments.

RX_BYTE_CNT 0-7 Number of the valid bytes in this data segment.

398 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Designation Value Description

TXBufNotEmpty 0-1 This bit signalizes that the transmit buffer still contains data.
It is automatically reset when the last character is sent.
The bit can be used as control bit for actively triggering the sending of
the TX data buffer.

BufOvfl; FrameErr; Hnd- 0 - 255 Diagnostic information (correspond to the diagnostic information in
ShErr; HwFailure; PrmErr the diagnosis telegram).
These diagnostics are always displayed and independent to the setting
of the parameter „Diagnostics”.
see Diagnostic data (page 403)

Schematic diagram of the receive sequence

Fig. 279: Schematic diagram of the receive sequence

2020/09 399
Technology Modules

12.3.6 Process output data

The data received from the PLC are loaded into the 64-bit transmit-buffer in the RS232-module.
The transmission is realized in a 8-byte format which is structured as follows:
 1 control byte is required to ensure trouble-free transmission of the data.
 1 byte contains, signals to start the flushing of transmit- and receive buffer.
 6 bytes are used to contain the user data.
Byte Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
DP/PN
Control byte
n n+7 STATRE RX_CNT_ACK TX_CNT TX_BYTE_CNT
S
Flushing of receive- or transmit-buffer
n+1 n+6 reserved TXBuf RXBUF TXBUF
Dis FLUSH FLUSH
Data bytes
n+2 n+5 TX_data byte 0
n+3 n+4 TX_data byte 1
n+4 n+3 TX_data byte 2
n+5 n+2 TX_data byte 3
n+6 n+1 TX_data byte 4
n+7 n TX_data byte 5

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.
process input data

Designation Value Description

STAT 0-1 1: The communication with the data terminal equipment (DTE) is not
disturbed.
0: The communication with the data terminal equipment (DTE) is dis-
turbed. A diagnostics message is sent only if the parameter ”Deactivate
diagnostics = no/0“.
The diagnostic data show the cause of the communication distur-
bance.
The user has to set back this bit in the process output data by using
STATRES.

TX_CNT_ACK 0-3 The value TX_CNT_ACK is a copy of the value TX_CNT. The value
TX_CNT was transferred together with the last data segment of the
process output data.
The value TX_CNT_ACK is a confirmation of successful acceptance of
the data segment using TX_CNT.

RX_CNT 0-3 This value is transferred together with every data segment. The
RX_CNT values are sequential:
0001101100…
(decimal: 01230…)
Errors in this sequence show the loss of data segments.

RX_BYTE_CNT 0-7 Number of the valid bytes in this data segment.

400 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Designation Value Description

TXBufNotEmpty 0-1 This bit signalizes that the transmit buffer still contains data.
It is automatically reset when the last character is sent.
The bit can be used as control bit for actively triggering the sending of
the TX data buffer.

BufOvfl; FrameErr; Hnd- 0 - 255 Diagnostic information (correspond to the diagnostic information in
ShErr; HwFailure; PrmErr the diagnosis telegram).
These diagnostics are always displayed and independent to the setting
of the parameter „Diagnostics”.

Process output data

Designation Value Description

STATRES 0-1 This bit is set to reset the STAT bit in the process input data.
With the change from 1 to 0 the STAT bit is reset (from 0 to 1).
If this bit is 0, all changes in TX_BYTE_CNT, TX_CNT and RX_CNT_ACK
are ignored. The clearing of the receive and transmit buffer by RXBUF
FLUSH/TXBUF FLUSH is possible.
The value 1 or the transition from 0 to 1 disables the clearing of the
receive and transmit buffer by the RXBUF FLUSH/TXBUF FLUSH.

RX_CNT_ACK 0-3 The value RX_CNT_ACK is a copy of the value RX_CNT. The value
RX_CNT was transferred together with the last data segment of the
process input data.
RX_CNT_ACK has to be set analog to RX_CNT (in the status byte).
RX_CNT_ACK is an acknowledge for the successful transmission of the
data segment with RX_CNT. New data can now be received.

TX_CNT 0-3 This value is transferred together with every data segment. The
TX_CNT values are sequential:
00->01->10->11->00…
(decimal: 0->1->2->3->0…)
Errors in this sequence show the loss of data segments.

TX_BYTE_CNT 0-7 Number of the valid bytes in this data segment.

TXBUF FLUSH 0-1 The TXBUF FLUSH bit is used for clearing the transmit buffer.
If STATRES = 1:
A request with TXBUF FLUSH = 1 will be ignored.
If STATRES = 0:
TXBUF FLUSH = 1 will clear the receive buffer.

RXBUF FLUSH 0-1 The RXBUF FLUSH bit is used for clearing the receive buffer.
If STATRES = 1:
A request with RXBUF FLUSH = 1 will be ignored.
If STATRES = 0:
RXBUF FLUSH = 1 will clear the receive buffer.

TXBufDis 0-1 Setting this bit deactivates the sending of the TX buffer.
The bit can be used as control bit for actively triggering the sending of
the TX data buffer.

2020/09 401
Technology Modules

Schematic diagram of the transmit sequence

Fig. 280: Schematic diagram of the transmit sequence

402 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
12.3.7 Diagnostic and status messages
LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled. This concerns modules
located between this module and the gateway.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Red Diagnostics pending

flashing
0.5 Hz

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

TxD Green Data transmission active -

Off No data transmission -

RxD Green Data are currently -

received

Off No data are received -

Diagnostic data
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Diagnostic byte assignment, Process input data (page 398)

Diagnostics Meaning

buffer overflow Overflow of the receive-buffer (RX-buffer).

(Buf_Ovfl)

Frame error The RS232-module has to be parameterized for adaptation to the

(Frame_ERR) data structure of the data terminal equipment (DTE).
A frame error occurs in case of inconsequent parameterization (num-
ber of data bits, stop bits, method of parity,...).

Data flow control error The DTE connected t the module does not react to XOFF or RTS hand-
Data flow control shake.
(HndSh_ERR) The internal receive-buffer may overflow (buffer-overflow = 1).

Hardware error The module has to be replaced (e.g. error in EEPROM or UART)
(HW_Fail)

Parameterization error The parameter settings can not be supported.

(PRM_ERR)

2020/09 403
Technology Modules

12.3.8 Module parameters

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 transmission rate

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 reserved

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Extended status/control mode

Byte 0

Byte 3
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Stop bits

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1 Parity

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3 Data bits

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4 Data flow control

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6 reserved

Word 0
Byte 1

Byte 2

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

404 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 XON character

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 2

Byte 1
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 XOFF character

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Word 1
Byte 3

Byte 0

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

Parameter name Value Meaning

transmission rate 300 bps

600 bps
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
14400 bps
19200 bps
28800 bps
38400 bps
57600 bps
115200 bps

Extended status/con- 0 = no If the Extended status/control mode is activated, the

trol mode 1 = yes diagnostic messages are mapped into byte 6 of the pro-
cess input data (independent of parameter ”deactivate
diagnostics”).
Byte 6 of the process output data contains two bits
which may be set to flush the transmit- or the receive-
buffer.
Byte 7 contains the status or control byte. User data are
represented in Bytes 0 - 5.

2020/09 405
Technology Modules

Parameter name Value Meaning

Deactivate all diagnos- 0 = no Sending of diagnostics activated/deactivated:

tics 1 = yes This affects the separate fieldbus-specific diagnostic
message – not the diagnosis embedded in the process
input data.

Stop bits 0=1 Number of stop bits.

1+2

Parity 00 = none

01 = odd The parity bit is set so that the total number of bits (data
bits plus parity bit) set to 1 is odd.

10 = even The parity bit is set so that the total number of bits (data
bits plus parity bit) set to 1 is even.

Data bits 0=7 The number of data bits is 7.

1+8 The number of data bits is 8.

Data flow control 00 = none Data flow control is switched off.

01 = XON/XOFF Software handshake

Software handshake (XON/XOFF) is switched on.

10 = RTS/CTS Hardware handshake

Hardware handshake (RTS/CTS) is switched on.

XON character 0 - 255 (17) XON character

This character is used to start the transmission of data
from the data terminal device if the software handshake
is active.

XOFF character 0 - 255 (19) XOFF character

This character is used to stop the transmission of data
from the data terminal device if the software handshake
is active.

406 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
12.4 RS485/422-interface – BL20-1RS485/422

Fig. 281: BL20-1RS485/422

The module BL20-1RS485/422 allows the transfer of serial data streams via the RS485/422 interface
and therefore enables various devices to be connected, such as printers, scanners or bar code read-
ers that use the RS485/422 interface for communication. The interface transfers the data received
from the device to the PLC or transfers data to be sent from the PLC to the device.

12.4.1 Data transfer method

The RS485/422-module enables flexible serial data transfer. The RS422 connection mode supports
two wire simplex or four wire full-duplex transmission. The RS485 connection supports two wire
half-duplex transmission.
An operational data transfer method can be set by the module’s parameters.
The data transfer can be parameterized as follows:
 Data rate: 300…115200 Bit/s.
 Data bits: 7 or 8 data bits in one data frame
 Parity: none, odd or even
 Stop bits: 1 or 2 bit.
The data flow control can be implemented in RS422 operation with a software handshake (XON/
XOFF) routine.

12.4.2 Data exchange

For the data exchange with a field device, the RS485/422-module provides a 64-byte transmit-buf-
fer and a 128-byte receive-buffer. This is a hardware-restriction. The data telegrams which have to
be sent or received can be larger.
The data transfer from the PLC into the transmit-buffer of the RS485/422-module or from the
receive-buffer of the module to the PLC is realized via a 8-byte transmission channel in the Process
input data (page 411) or Process output data (page 413).
To ensure the error-free data transmission, 2 byte of each data package are used to display status-,
control- and diagnosis information. The amount of user data is therefore reduced to 6 byte within a
data package

2020/09 407
Technology Modules

12.4.3 Technical data

RxD+

micro RxD-
controller RS485/422
interface TxD+
module
bus
interface TxD-

DC GND
DC

SHLD

module bus field supply FE

Fig. 282: Block diagram RS422

TxD+/RxD

micro
controller RS485/422
interface TxD-/RxD-
module
bus
interface

DC GND
DC

SHLD

f
Fig. 283: Block diagram RS485

Technical data

Designation BL20-1RS485/422

Number of RS485/422 interfaces 1

Nominal voltage from supply terminal 18…30 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal (field) IL 25 mA

Voltage from module bus 4.75…5.25 VDC

Nominal current consumption from 5 VDC (module 60 mA

bus) IMB

408 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

Transmission channels RxD, TxD

Data buffer

Receive buffer? 128 byte

Transmit buffer 64 byte

RS422 connection type Two wire simplex

or
Four wire full-duplex

RS485 connection type Two wire half-duplex

transmission rate Max. 115200 Bit/s (parameterizable)

RS485/422 cable length Max. 30 m

Cable impedance 120 

Bus terminating resistors 120  (external)

Isolation voltage

UTMB Max. 500 Veff

(module bus/ field voltage/ RS485)

Ufield Max. 500 Veff

(field voltage/ RS485)

2020/09 409
Technology Modules

12.4.4 Base modules

Fig. 284: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBS

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S4T-SBBS
 with screw connection
BL20-S4S-SBBS

12.4.5 Wiring diagram

TxD+ TxD-
11 21

GND GND Data In

12 22

SHLD SHLD
13 23 Data Out

RxD+ RxD-
14 24

Fig. 285: Wiring diagram BL20-S4×-SBBS in RS422 operation

TxD+/RxD+/P TxD-/RxD-/N
11 21

GND GND Data In

12 22
TxEnable
SHLD SHLD
13 23 Data Out

14 24

Fig. 286: Wiring diagram BL20-S4×-SBBS in RS485 operation

410 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Signal types – Pin assignment RS485

Signal designation

RxD Receive Data Receive data

TxD Transmit Data Transmit data

GND Ground Signal ground

12.4.6 Process input data

The BL××-1RS485/422-module sends the data, received by the device, into a 128-byte receive-buf-
fer. The module then transmits the data segmented via the module bus and the gateway to the SPS.
The transmission is realized in a 8-byte format which is structured as follows:
 1 status byte is required to ensure trouble-free transmission of the data.
 1 byte contains the diagnostics data.
 6 bytes are used to contain the user data.
Byte Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
DP/PN
Status byte
n n+7 STAT TX_CNT_ACK RX_CNT RX_BYTE_CNT
Diagnostics
n+1 n+6 Buf_ Frame_ HndSh HW_ PRM_ reserved TXBuf-
Ovfl ERR _ ERR Fail ERR NotEm
pty
Data bytes
n+2 n+5 RX_data byte 0
n+3 n+4 RX_data byte 1
n+4 n+3 RX_data byte 2
n+5 n+2 RX_data byte 3
n+6 n+1 RX_data byte 4
n+7 n RX_data byte 5

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

Designation Value Description

STAT 0-1 1: The communication with the data terminal equipment (DTE) is not
disturbed.
0: The communication with the data terminal equipment (DTE) is dis-
turbed. A diagnostics message is sent only if the parameter ”Deactivate
diagnostics = no/0“.
The diagnostic data show the cause of the communication distur-
bance.
The user has to set back this bit in the process output data by using
STATRES.

2020/09 411
Technology Modules

Designation Value Description

TX_CNT_ACK 0-3 The value TX_CNT_ACK is a copy of the value TX_CNT. The value
TX_CNT was transferred together with the last data segment of the
process output data.
The value TX_CNT_ACK is a confirmation of successful acceptance of
the data segment using TX_CNT.

RX_CNT 0-3 This value is transferred together with every data segment. The
RX_CNT values are sequential:
0001101100…
(decimal: 01230…)
Errors in this sequence show the loss of data segments.

RX_BYTE_CNT 0-7 Number of the valid bytes in this data segment.

TXBufNotEmpty 0-1 This bit signalizes that the transmit buffer still contains data.
It is automatically reset when the last character is sent.
The bit can be used as control bit for actively triggering the sending of
the TX data buffer.

BufOvfl; FrameErr; Hnd- 0 - 255 Diagnostic information (correspond to the diagnostic information in
ShErr; HwFailure; PrmErr the diagnosis telegram).
These diagnostics are always displayed and independent to the setting
of the parameter „Diagnostics”.

Schematic diagram of the receive sequence

Fig. 287: Schematic diagram of the receive sequence

412 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
12.4.7 Process output data
The data received from the PLC are loaded into a transmit-buffer in the BL××-1RS485/422 module.
The transmission is realized in a 8-byte format which is structured as follows:
 1 control byte is required to ensure trouble-free transmission of the data.
 1 byte contains signals to start the flushing of transmit- and receive buffer.
 6 bytes are used to contain the user data.
Byte Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
DP/PN
Control byte
n n+7 STATR RX_CNT_ACK TX_CNT TX_BYTE_CNT
ES
Flushing of receive- or transmit-buffer
n+1 n+6 reserved TXBuf- RXBUF TXBUF
Dis FLUSH FLUSH
Data bytes
n+2 n+5 TX_data byte 0
n+3 n+4 TX_data byte 1
n+4 n+3 TX_data byte 2
n+5 n+2 TX_data byte 3
n+6 n+1 TX_data byte 4
n+7 n TX_data byte 5

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

Designation Value Description

STATRES 0-1 This bit is set to reset the STAT bit in the process input data.
With the change from 1 to 0 the STAT bit is reset (from 0 to 1). The clear-
ing of the receive and transmit buffer by RXBUF FLUSH/TXBUF FLUSH
is possible.
If this bit is 0, all changes in TX_BYTE_CNT, TX_CNT and RX_CNT_ACK
are ignored. The value 1, 0 or the transition from 0 to 1 disables the
clearing of the receive and transmit buffer by the RXBUF FLUSH/TXBUF
FLUSH.

RX_CNT_ACK 0-3 The value TX_CNT_ACK is a copy of the value TX_CNT. The value
RX_CNT was transferred together with the last data segment of the
process input data.
The value TX_CNT_ACK is a confirmation of successful acceptance of
the data segment using TX_CNT.

TX_CNT 0-3 This value is transferred together with every data segment. The
TX_CNT values are sequential:
0001101100…
(decimal: 01230…)
Errors in this sequence show the loss of data segments.

TX_BYTE_CNT 0-7 Number of the valid bytes in this data segment.

2020/09 413
Technology Modules

Designation Value Description

TXBUF FLUSH 0 -1 The TXBUF FLUSH bit is used for clearing the transmit buffer.
If STATRES = 0, 1 or 0 1:
A request with TXBUF FLUSH = 1 will be ignored.
At TXBUF FLUSH = 1, the falling edge from 10 of
STATRES, the send buffer is cleared.

RXBUF FLUSH 0-1 The RXBUF FLUSH bit is used for clearing the receive buffer.
If STATRES = 0, 1 or 01:
A request with RXBUF FLUSH = 1 will be ignored.
If RXBUF FLUSH = 1, a rising edge 10 at STATRES clears the receive
buffer.

TXBufDis 0-1 Setting this bit deactivates the sending of the TX buffer.
The bit can be used as control bit for actively triggering the sending of
the TX data buffer.

Schematic diagram of the transmit sequence

Fig. 288: Schematic diagram of the transmit sequence

414 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
12.4.8 Diagnostic and status messages
LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled. This concerns modules
located between this module and the gateway.
Check the supply of the module bus.

Red Diagnostics pending -

flashing, 0.5 Diagnostics
Hz

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

TxD Green Data transmission active -

Off No data transmission -

RxD Green Data are currently -

received

Off No data are received

Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Diagnostic byte assignment, Process input data (page 398).

Diagnostics Meaning

buffer overflow Overflow of the receive-buffer (RX-buffer).

(Buf_Ovfl)

Frame error The RS485/422-module has to be parameterized for adaptation to the

(Frame_ERR) data structure of the data terminal equipment (DTE).
A frame error occurs in case of inconsequent parameterization (num-
ber of data bits, stop bits, method of parity,...).

Data flow control error The DTE connected to the RS485/422-module does not react to XOFF
Data flow control or RTS handshake.
(HndSh_ERR) The internal receive-buffer may overflow (buffer-overflow = 1).

Hardware error The module has to be replaced (e.g. error in EEPROM or UART)
(HW_Fail)

Parameterization error The parameter settings can not be supported.

(PRM_ERR)

2020/09 415
Technology Modules

12.4.9 Module parameters

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 transmission rate

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 RS422/RS485

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 reserved

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 Extended status/control mode

Byte 0

Byte 3
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7 Deactivate all diagnostics

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Stop bits

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1 Parity

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3 Data bits

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4 Data flow control

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6 reserved

Word 0
Byte 1

Byte 2

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

416 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 XON character

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 2

Byte 1
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 XOFF character

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Word 1
Byte 3

Byte 0

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

Parameter name Value Meaning

transmission rate 0000 = 300 bps

0001 = 600 bps
0010 = 1200 bps
0100 = 2400 bps
0101 = 4800 bps
0110 = 9600 bps
0111 = 14400 bps
1000 = 19200 bps
1001 = 28800 bps
1010 = 38400 bps
1011 = 57600 bps
1100 = 115200 bps

RS422/RS485 0 = RS422 Parameterization of the module as RS422 or RS485-

1 = RS485 interface.

2020/09 417
Technology Modules

Parameter name Value Meaning

Extended status/con- 0 = no If the Extended status/control mode is activated, the

trol mode 1 = yes diagnostic messages are mapped into byte 6 of the
process input data (independent of parameter ”deacti-
vate diagnostics”).
Byte 6 of the process output data contains two bits
which may be set to flush the transmit- or the receive-
buffer.
Byte 7 contains the status or control byte. User data are
represented in Bytes 0 - 5.

Deactivate all diagnos- 0 = no Sending of diagnostics activated/deactivated:

tics 1 = yes This affects the separate fieldbus-specific diagnostic
message – not the diagnosis embedded in the process
input data.

Stop bits 0=1 Number of stop bits.

1+2

Parity 00 = none

01 = odd The parity bit is set so that the total number of bits (data
bits plus parity bit) set to 1 is odd.

10 = even The parity bit is set so that the total number of bits (data
bits plus parity bit) set to 1 is even.

Data bits 0=7 The number of data bits is 7.

1+8 The number of data bits is 8.

Data flow control 00 = none The data flow control is

switched off.

01 = XON/XOFF Software handshake (XON/

XOFF) is switched on.

XON character 0 - 255 XON character

(RS422) (17) This character is used to start the transmission of data
from the data terminal device if the software hand-
shake is active.

XOFF character 0 - 255 XOFF character

(RS422) (19) This character is used to stop the transmission of data
from the data terminal device if the software handshake
is active.

418 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
12.5 SSI-interface – BL20-1SSI

Fig. 289: BL20-1SSI

The SSI module is used for connecting SSI encoders with a maximum word length of 32 bits and a
maximum bit transmission rate of 1 Mbps. It provides a 24 VDC (500 mA) power supply. In order to
read SSI encoder data, the module outputs a clock signal with which the encoder value can be read
via the signal input. The clock signal and the signal input are based on the RS422 protocol.

12.5.1 Data transfer method

The BL67-1SSI module enables the SSI data to be transferred according to the requirements of the-
application. An operational data transfer method can be set by the module’s parameters.
 Gray code or binary code data transmission is possible.
 Bit transmission rates from 62.5 kbps…1 Mbps are possible.
The SSI encoder value can be represented in a data frame with between 1…32 bits. Bits can be deac-
tivated at both the LSB and MSB side of the frame. At the MSB side this is done by a masking opera-
tion, which causes invalid bits to be set to 0. At the LSB side, the invalid bits are removed by shifting
the entire data frame to the right. The missing bits on the MSB side are filled with zeros.

12.5.2 Data exchange

The data transfer between the PLC to the SSI-module is cyclic. The cyclic data transfer from the PLC
to the SSI-module is done via the Process output data (page 425), The cyclic data transfer from the
SSI-module to the PLC via the Process input data (page 422).
The process output data is used for writing the registers and requesting data from them. It is possi-
ble to stop the communication with the SSI encoder and activate or deactivate comparison opera-
tions.
The process input data is used for reading the contents of the registers inside the modules. In this
case, the SSI encoder value is part of the register. The writing of these registers can be controlled.
The results of different comparison operations can be supplied, and the communication status with
the SSI encoder can also be displayed. Status messages that were generated by the connected SSI
encoder can be passed to the PLC as process input data.
The diagnostics messages are also embedded in the process input data.
The parameter and diagnostics interface allows acyclic data to be transferred in addition to this
cyclic data. The parameters for the data transmission on the SSI module, such as bit transmission

2020/09 419
Technology Modules

rate, telegram length etc. are set via the parameter interface. The diagnostics interface supplies the
higher level system with error messages, such as parameter errors.

12.5.3 Technical data

CL+
micro
controller CL-
RS485/422
module interface
bus D+
interface

DC D-

DC

UL
GND

module bus field supply

Fig. 290: Block diagram BL20-1SSI

The module is provided with two RS422 interfaces that form one SSI interface. One RS422 interface
works as the clock generator for reading the data, which is then received on the other RS422 inter-
face.

Technical data

Designation BL20-1SSI

Number of SSI-interfaces 1

Encoder voltage 24 VDC (-15 %/+20 %)

Encoder current Max. 500 mA (non short-circuit proof)

Clock output type RS422

Signal input type RS422

RS422 cable length Max. 30 m

Nominal voltage from supply terminal UL 24 VDC

Nominal current from supply terminal (field) IL 25 mA (without encoder current)

Nominal current consumption from 5 VDC (module < 50 mA

bus) IMB

Power loss of the module <1W

Isolation voltage

UTMB (module bus/ field) 500 Veff

UFE (field/ functional earth) 500 Veff

Ufield (field voltage/IO-connectors) 0V

420 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
12.5.4 Base modules

Fig. 291: Base module BL20-S4T-SBBS

 with tension clamp connection

BL20-S4T-SBBS
 with screw connection
BL20-S4S-SBBS

12.5.5 Wiring diagram

SSI Device
CL+ CL-
11 21 Clock
Parallel-Serial-Converter

GND GND GND

Analog Array
Opto Array

12 22

UL UL UL
13 23

D+ D- Data Out
14 24

Fig. 292: Wiring diagram BL20-S4x-SBBS

2020/09 421
Technology Modules

12.5.6 Signal types – Pin assignment SSI

Signal designation

CL Clock

D Data

GND Ground

12.5.7 Process input data

The field input data is transferred from the connected field device to BL20-1SSI-module.
The process input data is the data that is transferred to the PLC from the BL20-1SS1 via a gateway.
The transmission is realized in a 8-byte format which is structured as follows:
 4 bytes are used for representing the data that was read from the register with the address stated
at REG_RD_ADR.
 When necessary, 1 byte represents the register address of the read data and an acknowledgment
that the read operation was successful.
 1 byte can be used to transfer status messages of the SSI encoder. This byte also contains an
acknowledgment that the write operation to the register was successful and indication of an
active write operation.
 1 byte contains the results of comparison operations with the SSI encoder value.
 1 byte contains messages concerning the communication status between the BL20-1SSI module
and the SSI encoder, as well as other results of comparison operations.
The following table describes the structure of the 8 × 8 bits of the process input data.
STS (or ERR) contains non-retentive status information, i.e. the bit concerned indicates the actual
status.
FLAG describes a retentive flag that is set in the event of a particular event. The bit concerned retains
the value until it is reset.
Byte Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
DP/PN
Diagnostics
n n+7 STS_STOP - - ERR_ STS_ STS_ ERR_ SSI_DI
PARA UFLW OFLW SSI AG
Status messages SSI
n+1 n+6 STS_UP STS_DN REL_ FLAG STS_ REL_ FLAG STS_
CMP2 CMP2 CMP2 CMP1 CMP1 CMP1
n+2 n+5 REG_WR_ REG_ - - SSI_S SSI_S SSI_S SSI_S
ACEPT WR_AKN TS3 TS2 TS1 TS0
n+3 n+4 REG_RD_ - REG_RD_ADR
ABORT
Data bytes
n+4 n+3 REG_RD_DATA, data byte 0
n+5 n+2 REG_RD_DATA, data byte 1
n+6 n+1 REG_RD_DATA, data byte 2
n+7 n REG_RD_DATA, data byte 3

422 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.
Meaning of the data bits (process input)

Designation Value Description

SSI_DIAG 0 No enabled status signal is active (SSI_STSx = 0).

1 At least one enabled status signal is active (SSI_STSx = 1)

ERR_SSI 0 SSI encoder signal present.

1 SSI encoder signal faulty. (e.g. due to a cable break).

STS_OFLW 0 A comparison of the register contents has produced the following

result: (REG_SSI_POS) (REG_UPPER_LIMIT)

1 A comparison of the register contents has produced the following

result: (REG_SSI_POS) > (REG_UPPER_LIMIT)

STS_UFLW 0 A comparison of the register contents has produced the following

result: (REG_SSI_POS) (REG_LOWER_LIMIT)

1 A comparison of the register contents has produced the following

result: (REG_SSI_POS) < (REG_LOWER_LIMIT)

ERR_PARA 0 The parameter set of the module has been accepted.

1 Operation of the module is not possible with the present parameter

set.

STS_STOP 0 The SSI encoder is read cyclically.

1 Communication with the SSI encoder is stopped as STOP = 1 (process

output) or
ERR_PARA = 1.

STS_CMP1 0 A comparison of the register contents has produced the following

result:
(REG_SSI_POS)  (REG_CMP1)

1 A comparison of the register contents has produced the following

result:
(REG_ SSI_POS) = (REG_CMP1)

FLAG_CMP1 0 Default status, i.e. the register contents have not yet matched
(REG_SSI_POS) = (REG_CMP1) since the last reset.

1 The contents of the registers match (REG_SSI_POS) = (REG_CMP1). This

marker must be reset with CLR_CMP1 = 1 in the process output data.

REL_CMP1 0 A comparison of the register contents has produced the following

result:
(REG_SSI_POS) < (REG_CMP1)

1 A comparison of the register contents has produced the following

result:
(REG_ SSI_POS)  (REG_CMP1)

STS_CMP2 0 A comparison of the register contents has produced the following

result:
(REG_SSI_POS)  (REG_CMP2)

1 A comparison of the register contents has produced the following

result:
(REG_ SSI_POS) = (REG_CMP2)

2020/09 423
Technology Modules

Designation Value Description

FLAG_CMP2 0 Default status, i.e. the register contents have not yet matched
(REG_SSI_POS) = (REG_CMP2) since the last reset.

1 The contents of the registers match (REG_SSI_POS) = (REG_CMP2).

This marker must be reset with CLR_CMP2 = 1 in the process output
data.

REL_CMP2 0 A comparison of the register contents has produced the following

result:
(REG_SSI_POS) < (REG_CMP2)

1 A comparison of the register contents has produced the following

result:
(REG_SSI_POS)  (REG_CMP2)

STS_DN (LED DN) 0 The SSI encoder values are incremented or the values are constant.

1 The SSI encoder values are decremented.

STS_UP (LED UP) 0 The SSI encoder values are decremented or the values are constant.

1 The SSI encoder values are incremented.

SSI_STS0 0 These four bits transfer the status bits of the SSI encoder with the status
messages of the SSI module. With some SSI encoders, the status bits
1 are transferred together with the position value.
SSI_STS1 0

SSI_STS2 0

SSI_STS3 0

REG_WR_AKN 0 No modification of the data in the register bank by process output, i.e.
REG_WR = 0.
A write job would be accepted with the next telegram of process out-
put data. (handshake for data transmission to the register.)

1 A modification of the register contents by a process output was initi-

ated, which means REG_WR = 1, see Process output data (page 425).
A write job would not be accepted with the next telegram of process
output data.

REG_WR_ACEPT 0 Writing the user data from the process output to the register
addressed with REG_WR_ADR in the process output could not be
done.

1 Writing the user data from the process output to the register
addressed with REG_WR_ADR in the process output was successful.

REG_RD_ABORT 0 The reading of the register defined in REG_RD_ADR has been accepted
and executed. The content of the register can be found in the user data
(REG_RD_DATA, byte 0-3).

1 Reading of the register defined in REG_RD_ADR has not been

accepted. The user data range (REG_RD_DATA Bytes 0-3) is zero.

424 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Designation Value Description

REG_RD_ADR 0…63 Address of the register to be read. If the read operation is successful
(REG_RD_ABORT = 0), the user data is located in REG_RD_DATA of the
process input data (bytes 0 to 3).

REG_RD_DATA 0…232-1 Content of the register to be read if REG_RD_ABORT=0.

If REG_RD_ABORT =1, then REG_RD_DATA=0.

12.5.8 Process output data

Field output data is output from the SSI-module to a field device.
The process output data is the data that is transferred by the PLC via a gateway to the SSI-module.
The transmission is realized in a 8-byte format which is structured as follows:
 1 byte contains a Stop bit for interrupting communication with the encoder.
 1 byte is used for controlling the comparison operations.
 1 byte contains the register address of the data to be written to bytes 0…3 of this telegram and
a write request.
 1 byte contains the register address for the data that is to be read with the next response tele-
gram.
 4 bytes are used for representing the data that is to be written to the register with the address
specified at REG_WR_DATA.
Byte Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
DP/PN
Control data
n n+7 STOP - - - - - - -
n+1 n+6 - - - CLR EN - CLR EN
CMP2 CMP2 CMP1 CMP1
n+2 n+5 REG_WR - REG_WR_ADR
n+3 n+4 - - REG_RD_ADR
Data bytes
n+4 n+3 REG_WR_DATA, data byte 0
n+5 n+2 REG_WR_DATA, data byte 1
n+6 n+1 REG_WR_DATA, data byte 2
n+7 n REG_WR_DATA, data byte 3

n = offset of input data; depending on extension of station and the corresponding fieldbus.

Designation Value Description

STOP 0 Request to read the SSI encoder cyclically

1 Request to interrupt communication with the encoder

EN_CMP1 0 Default status, i.e. the data bits REL_CMP1, STS_CMP1 and FLAG_C-
MP1 always have the value 0, irrespective of the actual SSI encoder
value.

1 Comparison active, i.e. the data bits REL_CMP1, STS_CMP1 and

FLAG_CMP1 always have a value based on the result of the compari-
son with the SSI encoder value.

2020/09 425
Technology Modules

Designation Value Description

CLR_CMP1 0 Default status, i.e. reset of FLAG_CMP1 not active.

1 Reset of FLAG_CMP1 active.

EN_CMP2 0 Default status, i.e. the data bits REL_CMP2, STS_CMP2 and FLAG_C-
MP2 always have the value 0, irrespective of the actual SSI encoder
value.

1 Comparison active, i.e. the data bits REL_CMP2, STS_CMP2 and

FLAG_CMP2 always have a value based on the result of the compari-
son with the SSI encoder value.

CLR_CMP2 0 Default status, i.e. no reset of FLAG_CMP2 active.

1 Reset of FLAG_CMP2 active.

REG_WR_ADR 0…63 Address of the register, which has to be written with REG_WR_DATA.

REG_WR 0 Default status, i.e. there is no request to overwrite the content of the
register with the address stated at REG_WR_ADR with REG_WR_-
DATA. Bit REG_WR_AKN is reset (0) if necessary.

1 Request to overwrite the content of the register with address

REG_WR_ADR with REG_WR_DATA.

REG_RD_ADR 0…63 Address of the register which has to be read. If the reading was suc-
cessful (REG_RD_ABORT = 0), the user data can be found in REG_RD_-
DATA in the status interface (bytes 4-7).

REG_WR_DATA 0…232-1 Value which has to be written to the register with the address
REG_WR_ADR.

426 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
12.5.9 Internal registers - read and write operations
The SSI module is provided with a universal register interface that enables access to up to 64 regis-
ters.
These are accessed via the process data. For write access, it must be ensured beforehand that the
register write interface is in the default status and that a write access operation is therefore not cur-
rently active. This is ensured if REG_WR = 0 in the process output data, and is confirmed in the pro-
cess input data with REG_WR_AKN = 0. Write access is then possible. The following values must be
transferred with the process output data for this:
 REG_WR_ADR = register address,
 REG_WR_DATA = value to be written (32 bit)
 REG_WR = 1 (write command)
The SSI module acknowledges the processing of the write command via the process input data by
signaling REG_WR_AKN = 1. REG_WR_ACEPT = 1 in the process input data confirms whether the
write operation to the register was successfully completed. If the register could not be written (no
access authorization, out of value range,...), this is indicated by REG_WR_ACEPT = 0. The write oper-
ation must then be terminated by REG_WR = 0 in order to resume the default state.
The address specified at REG_RD_ADR of the process output data is used for read access. The read
register content is entered in REG_RD_DATA (bytes 4-7) if the address at REG_RD_ADR was
accepted in the process input data and if REG_RD_ABORT = 0 confirms that the register was read
error-free. REG_RD_ABORT = 1 indicates that the register could not be read. REG_RD_ADR in the
process input data then contains the address that could not be accessed successfully. The user data
is then set to ZERO.
Register access and meaning

Designation No. Description Default (HEX)

REG_SSI_POS 0 Actual binary SSI encoder value

REG_MAGIC_NO 1 Magic number (0xaa55cc33)

REG_HW_VER 2 Hardware version

REG_SW_VER 3 Software version

REG_SF 4 Special Function register

5…13 reserved

REG_WR_ADR 14 Pointer register OUT

REG_RD_ADR 15 Pointer register IN

REG_DIAG1 16 Diagnostics

17…19 reserved

REG_PARA1 20 parameter data 0×1901 0000

21…31 reserved

REG_GRAY_POS 32 Actual Gray-coded SSI encoder

value.

REG_SSI_FRAME 33 Complete frame read from SSI

encoder.

REG_CMP1 34 Reference value 1 0×0000 0000

2020/09 427
Technology Modules

Designation No. Description Default (HEX)

REG_CMP2 35 Reference value 2 0×0000 0000

REG 36…47 reserved

REG_LOWER_ 48 Lower limit 0×0000 0000

LIMIT

REG_UPPER_ 49 upper limit 0×FFFF FFFF

LIMIT

REG_OFFSET 50 Offset value 0×0000 0000

REG_SSI_MASK 51 Selection of the SSI encoder diag- 0×0000 0000

nostics transferred to the diagnos-
tics interfaces.

REG 52…63 reserved

Designation Interfaces

Process Storage in moduleProcess input Param. Diagn.

output

REG_SSI_POS 0 RD

REG_MAGIC_NO 1 RD

REG_HW_VER 2 RD

REG_SW_VER 3 RD

REG_SF 4 WR volatile RD

REG_WR_ADR 14 RD

REG_RD_ADR 15 RD

REG_DIAG1 16 RD RD

REG_PARA1 20 WR non volatile RD WR

REG_GRAY_POS 32 RD

REG_SSI_FRAME 33 RD

REG_CMP1 34 WR volatile RD

REG_CMP2 35 WR volatile RD

REG_LOWER_LIMIT 48 WR non volatile RD

REG_UPPER_LIMIT 49 WR non volatile RD

REG_OFFSET 50 WR non volatile RD

REG_SSI_MASK 51 WR non volatile RD

NOTE
The non volatile registers can be written maximum 100.000 times.

428 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Comparison value 1, comparison value 2
The recorded encoder position can be compared with two loadable values. The character ”x” below
stands for ”1” or ”2”. The register contents are loaded into the register REG_CMPx using in a write
operation. The comparison functions are activated by setting bit EN_CMPx = 1 in the process output
data. The results of the continuous comparison operations are displayed in the process input data
via STS_CMPx, REL_CMPx and FLAG_CMPx. Bit REL_CMPx indicates as the actual status message the
relation of the actual value (register content of REG_SSI_POS) to the comparison value (register con-
tent of REG_CMPx). Bit STS_CMPx is non-retentive and indicates whether the current actual value
(REG_SSI_POS) and the comparison value (REG_CMPx) match. FLAG_CMPx is also used as a marker
to indicate that the status (REG_SSI_POS = REG_CMPx) is present or has been passed. This bit must
be reset by the application via the process output data using CLR_CMPx = 1. If the comparator is
inactive (EN_CMPx = 0), the signals from STS_CMPx, REL_CMPx and FLAG_CMPx are always zero.

Comparator EN_CMPx = 0

Process input data Process output data

REL_CMPx = 0
STS_CMPx = 0
FLAG_CMPx = 0

Comparator EN_CMPx = 1

Process input data Process output data

(REG_SSI_POS) < (REG_CMPx)

REL_CMPx = 1 STS_CMPx =0 Reset of FLAG_CMPx with CLR_C-

FLAG_CMPx = Z0 MPx = 1
The value Z0 of this flag is 1 as soon
as the comparison values match.
The value remains 1 until it is reset.

(REG_SSI_POS) > (REG_CMPx)

REL_CMPx = 1 STS_CMPx =0 Reset of FLAG_CMPx with CLR_C-

FLAG_CMPx = Z0 MPx = 1
The value Z0 of this flag is 1 as soon
as the comparison values match.
The value remains 1 until it is reset.

(REG_SSI_POS) = (REG_CMPx)

REL_CMPx = 1 STS_CMPx = 1 Rest of FLAG_CMPx not possible, as

FLAG_CMPx = 1 long as
equality exists.

2020/09 429
Technology Modules

Lower limit, upper limit

The recorded encoder position can be compared with two loadable values. The upper limit value
must be entered in the REG_UPPER_LIMIT register and the lower limit value in REG_LOWER_LIMIT.
Writing these registers with values that are different to the default values will activate the monitor-
ing of the limits, and bits STS_OFLW and STS_UFLW will be enabled in the process input data. The
diagnostics function will indicate the presence of values above or below the default values.
”Encoder value overflow” and ”Encoder value underflow” signals will also indicate this via the acyclic
diagnostics interface.
The limit values are set by default to the maximum and minimum value.

Register access process input data Diagnostics

REG_UPPER_LIMIT at STS_OFLW = 0 Value: 0

default value FFFFFFFFh

Register content of (REG_SSI_POS) (REG_UPPER_LIMIT) Value: 0

REG_UPPER_LIMIT less
than FFFFFFFFh STS_OFLW = 0

(REG_SSI_POS) > (REG_UPPER_LIMIT) Value: 1

Text: Overflow
STS_OFLW = 1

Register access process input data Diagnostics

REG_LOWER_LIMIT at STS_UFLW = 0 Value: 0

default value FFFFFFFFh

Register content of (REG_SSI_POS)  (REG_LOWER_LIMIT) Value: 0

REG_LOWER_LIMIT
larger than 0 STS_UFLW = 0

(REG_SSI_POS) < (REG_LOWER_LIMIT) Value: 1

Text: Underflow
STS_UFLW = 1

Offset function / load value

This function is activated by writing the REG_OFFSET register with a value <> 0. The content of the
register is then subtracted from the SSI encoder value and stored in REG_SSI_POS. All limit values,
such as lower limit, upper limit, comparison value 1, comparison value 2 then refer to the newly cal-
culated value (REG_SSI_POS).
The calculation is thus:
(REG_SSI_POS) = SSI encoder - (REG_OFFSET)´
This function can be deactivated by writing the REG_OFFSET with zero.
Status messages of the SSI encoder
Some SSI encoders not only transfer the position value in the data frame that they transfer to the
module but also supply additional status messages. It is useful to include these status messages in
the application in order to analyze the measured value.
Writing the REG_SSI_MASK register allows up to four individual bits to be taken from the data frame
of the SSI encoder and transferred to the SSI_STSx bits of the process input data.
It is also possible to output the ”SSI encoder group diagnostics message” with an acyclic diagnostics
operation when a status message is initiated.

430 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Masking with REG_SSI_MASK
Process input data REG_SSI_MASK
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1
SSI_STS0 0 EN_ D0_RMS0 EN_D0_DS - SSI_FRAME_BIT_SEL0
SSI_STS1 1 EN_ D1_RMS1 EN_D1_DS - SSI_FRAME_BIT_SEL1
SSI_STS2 2 EN_ D2_RMS2 EN_D2_DS - SSI_FRAME_BIT_SEL2
SSI_STS3 3 EN_ D3_RMS3 EN_D3_DS - SSI_FRAME_BIT_SEL3

Designation Value Description

EN_D×_RMSx 0 The transfer of the SSI status messages to the process input data is not
activated

1 The transfer of the SSI status messages to the process input data is acti-
vated

EN_ D×_DS 0 The evaluation of the SSI status messages for bit 0 of the diagnostics is
not activated

1 The evaluation of the SSI status messages for bit 0 of the diagnostics is
activated.

SSI_FRAME_BIT_SEL 0-31 Definition of the selected bits in the frame of the SSI encoder to be
evaluated or copied.
default 0

The following applies to bit 0 (SSI group diagnostics) of the diagnostics interface and SSI_DIAG of
the process input data:
(SSI_STS0 & EN_D0_DS) ||(SSI_STS1 & EN_D1_DS) || (SSI_STS2 & EN_D2_DS) || (SSI_STS3 &
EN_D3_DS)

Resetting the register bank

If register REG_SF is written with the signature:
„LD20” = 0 × 6C643230
all default values of the retentive registers (incl. parameter registers) are reset.
If register REG_SF is written with the signature:
„LD48” = 0 × 6C643438
all default values of the retentive registers except the parameter registers are reset.

NOTE
Overwritten values are lost.all default values of the retentive registers (incl. parameter reg-
isters) are reset.

2020/09 431
Technology Modules

12.5.10 Diagnostic and status messages

LED status displays

LED Display Meaning Remedy

DIA Red Module bus communi- Check if more than two ad-joining electronics mod-
cation failure ules have been pulled.
This concerns modules located between this mod-
ule and the gateway.
Additionally check, if the SSI.encoder is correctly
working and supports the data cable test in the
required form.

Off No error messages or –

diagnostics

UP Green Direction of movement –

up

Off No direction of move- –

ment up

DN Green Direction of movement –

down

Off No direction of move- –

ment down

Diagnostics
This module has the following diagnostic data per channel:
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
- - - Configu- Sensor Sensor Wire SSI
ration value value break Group
error under- uverflow diagnos-
flow tics

Diagnostics Meaning

SSI group diagnostics Status messages of the SSI encoder present.

Wire break SSI encoder signal faulty (e.g. due to a cable break).

Hardware error The module has to be replaced (e.g. error in EEPROM

or UART)

Overflow SSI encoder value above upper limit. Overflow

occurred.

Underflow SSI encoder value below lower limit. Underflow

occurred.

Parameterization error The parameter settings can not be supported.

432 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
12.5.11 Module parameters

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 reserved

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 Sensor idle data cable test

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 reserved

Byte 0

Byte 3
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Invalid bits (LSB)

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4 Invalid bits (MSB)

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Word 0
Byte 1

Byte 2

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7 reserved

2020/09 433
Technology Modules

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 transmission rate

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 reserved

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Byte 2

Byte 1
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 Data frame bits

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6 reserved

Word 1
Byte 3

Byte 0

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7 Data format

Parameter name Value

Sensor activate ZERO test of data cable.

Sensor idle data
test Deactivate web server After the last valid bit, a ZERO test of the data cable is
not carried out.

Number of invalid bits 0…15 Number of invalid bits on the LSB side of the position
(LSB) value supplied by the SSI encoder.
The meaningful word width of the position value trans-
ferred to the module bus master is as follows:
SSI_FRAME_LEN - INVALID_BITS_MSB-
INVALID_BITS_LSB.
The invalid bits on the LSB side are removed by shifting
the position value to the right,
starting with the LSB.
(Default 0 bit = 0× 0).
INVALID_BITS_MSB +INVALID_BITS_LSB must always
be less than SSI_FRAME_LEN.

434 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Parameter name Value

Invalid bits (MSB) 0…7 Number of invalid bits on the MSB side of the position
value supplied by the SSI encoder. The meaningful
word width of the position value transferred to the
module bus master is as follows:
SSI_FRAME_LEN - INVALID_BITS_MSB -
INVALID_BITS_LSB.
Number of invalid bits on the MSB side of the position
value supplied by the SSI encoder.
INVALID_BITS_MSB +INVALID_BITS_LSB must always
be less than SSI_FRAME_LEN.
Default: 0 = 0hex

transmission rate 1000000 bps

500000 bps
250000 bps
125000 bps
100000 bps
83000 bps
71000 bps
62500 bps

Number of 1…32 Number of bits of the SSI data frame. SSI_FRAME_LEN

data frame bits must always be greater than INVALID_BITS.
Default: 25 = 19hex

Data format Binary coded SSI encoder sends data in binary code

GRAY coded SSI encoder sends data in GRAY code

2020/09 435
Technology Modules

12.6 BL20-E-1SWIRE

Fig. 293: BL20-E-1SWIRE

12.6.1 Features
The BL20-E-1SWIRE makes it possible to operate an SWIRE bus with up to 16 SWIRE slaves. A 6-core
cable is used here for power and data transfer.
A BL20-Station may contain a maximum number of 3 SWIRE-modules.

Fig. 294: BL20-E-1SWIRE in the system

The voltage UAUX for supplying the relays and the USW for supplying the electronic equipment
must be connected separately on the BL20-E-1SWIRE. Both power supplies must be fed from a sin-
gle power supply unit although it is possible to disconnect UAUX separately. The SWIRE slaves and
the accessories must be purchased from Turck.
The product BL20-E-1SWIRE connects the motor starters networked via SWIRE as local components
to different standard fieldbus systems.

436 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 The maximum number of BL20-E-1SWIRE modules per BL20 station is restricted by:
 the number of process data, diagnostics, parameter and configuration bytes of the BL20-E-
1SWIRE:
– 8 byte input data
– 8 byte output data
– 24 byte parameter data
– 8 byte diagnostics data.
 and the field bus system used.
From version VN 01-04, BL20-E-1SWIRE can be run in conformance with the Moeller SmartWire stan-
dard. For this the ”Moeller Conformance” function has been implemented. See s. S. 458, Moeller
SWIRE conformance criteria.
Process input data
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
n -1 Data of modules to the left
n SWIRE Slave 2 SWIRE Slave 1
SC2 PKZ-ST2 SI2 SC1 PKZ-ST1 SI1
n+1 SWIRE Slave 4 SWIRE Slave 3
SC4 PKZ-ST4 SI4 SC3 PKZ-ST3 SI3
n +2 SWIRE Slave 6 SWIRE Slave 5
SC6 PKZ-ST6 SI6 SC5 PKZ-ST5 SI5
n+3 SWIRE Slave 8 SWIRE Slave 7
SC8 PKZ-ST8 SI8 SC7 PKZ-ST7 SI7
n +4 SWIRE Slave 10 SWIRE Slave 9
SC10 PKZ- SI10 SC9 PKZ-ST9 SI9
ST10
n +5 SWIRE Slave 12 SWIRE Slave 11
SC12 PKZ- SI12 SC11 PKZ- SI11
ST12 ST11
n+6 SWIRE Slave 14 SWIRE Slave 13
SC14 PKZ- SI14 SC13 PKZ- SI13
ST11 ST13
n+7 SWIRE Slave 16 SWIRE Slave 15
SC16 PKZ- SI16 SC15 PKZ- SI15
ST16 ST15
n+8 ff. Data of modules to the right

2020/09 437
Technology Modules

Design. Status Comment

SIx Switch status, relay x

SIx supplies the switch status of the contactor coil of the SWIRE slave as a feed-
back signal. SIx makes it possible to check whether the set switch status was
executed by a mechanical connection. This must take into account the time
delay between the setting of an output, a mechanical execution and the sub-
sequent feedback signal.

0 Out Off Contactor coil is switched off

1 ON On Contactor coil is switched on

PKZSTx Switch status, PKZ x

0 Out Off The motor-protective circuit breaker is off or

has tripped

1 ON On The motor-protective circuit breaker is

switched on

SC× Communication error, slave x

Setting the parameter SCDIAGSx sets the SCx-bit in the process input data. The
information is provided as status information in the PLC for the user.

0 ON LINE ON LINE Status of slave x:

1 Off LINE Off LINE Status of slave x: diagnostics available

Process output data

Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
n -1 Data of modules to the left
n SWIRE Slave 2 SWIRE Slave 1
SO2 SO1
n+1 SWIRE Slave 4 SWIRE Slave 3
SO4 SO3
n+2 SWIRE Slave 6 SWIRE Slave 5
SO6 SO5
n+3 SWIRE Slave 8 SWIRE Slave 7
SO8 SO7
n+4 SWIRE Slave 10 SWIRE Slave 9
SO10 SO9
n+5 SWIRE Slave 12 SWIRE Slave 11
SO12 SO11
n+6 SWIRE Slave 14 SWIRE Slave 13
SO14 SO13
n+7 SWIRE Slave 16 SWIRE Slave 15
SO16 SO15
n+8 ff. Data of modules to the right

438 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Design. Status Comment

SOx relay x

SOx is transferred as the switch status of the contactor coil from the SWIRE bus
master to the appropriate SWIRE bus slave.

0 Out Off Contactor not switched on

1 ON On Contactor switched on

12.6.2 Function parameterization

Scan physical structure and store in the BL20-E-1SWIRE
In order for the SWIRE bus to start operation, the physical structure must match the SWIRE configu-
ration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE. On power up, the physical structure of the SWIRE bus is scanned
and compared with the SWIRE configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE (configuration check of
number of slaves, type and assigned address). If the physical structure of the SWIRE bus does not
match the configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE (SW LED flashing):
 the physical structure of the SWIRE bus must be stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE
 or the physical structure must be corrected.
The parameter setting determines how the physical structure of the SWIRE bus is stored:
 manually (see section ”Manual SWIRE configuration (default setting)”, s. S. 439)
 or automatically (see section ”Automatic SWIRE configuration”, s. S. 439).

NOTE
Only the manual SWIRE configuration is possible if the ”Moeller Conformance” function is
active. The BL20-E-1SWIRE is factory set with a stored configuration of ”Zero” slaves

Storing with manual and automatic SWIRE configuration:

 The slaves physically located on the SWIRE bus are scanned.
 Each slave is assigned an address which is stored in the corresponding slave.
 The configuration is stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE.

Manual SWIRE configuration (default setting)

To store the physical structure of the SWIRE bus in the BL20-E-1SWIRE, the CFG button of the BL20-
E-1SWIRE must be pressed manually (only functions if the SW LED is flashing).
The parameter ”Disable CfG” has to be set to ”0 ” (see Module parameters (page 451))
Automatic SWIRE configuration
If the physical structure of the SWIRE bus does not match the configuration stored in the BL20-E-
1SWIRE on power up, the physical structure is stored automatically in the BL20-E-1SWIRE.
The parameters ”Disable CfG” and ”MC” have to be set to ”1” (see Module parameters (page 451))

2020/09 439
Technology Modules

Activate and deactivate PLC configuration check

During the PLC configuration check, the configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE is compared
with the SET configuration stored in the PLC. The complete device ID must match. If the two config-
urations match completely, the entire SWIRE bus is ready for data exchange (RDY LED lit). If the two
configurations do not match, the system responds according to other parameter settings (see Sys-
tem behavior with negative configuration checks and slave failure, s. S. 440).
PLC configuration check active (default setting)
Parameter „configuration“ = 0 (see Module parameters (page 451))
PLC configuration check inactive
Parameter „configuration“ = 1 (see Module parameters (page 451))

System behavior with positive configuration checks

1 The physical structure of the SWIRE bus is scanned on power up and compared with the configura-
tion stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE.
– The SWIRE bus starts operation (SW LED lit) if the physical structure of the SWIRE bus matches
the SWIRE configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE.
2 If the PLC configuration check is activated, the configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE is com-
pared with the SET configuration stored in the PLC. The complete device ID must match.
– If the two configurations match completely, the entire SWIRE bus is ready for data exchange
(RDY LED lit).
3 The system then starts data exchange.
4 The physical structure of the SWIRE bus is monitored continuously during operation so that any
changes on the bus or slave failures can be detected.

System behavior with negative configuration checks and slave failure

ATTENTION
SWIRE bus energized
Destruction of the device
Æ

† De-energize the SWIRE bus before carrying out any changes.

The system behavior when the result of a configuration check is negative, depends on the individual
parameter settings

NOTE
The following functions are deactivated if the ”Moeller Conformance” function is active:
– Automatic SWIRE configuration
– Bus oriented configuration check
– Slave oriented configuration check

The following occurs if the physical structure of the SWIRE bus is found not to match the configura-
tion stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE on power up (SW LED flashing):
 If the ”Moeller Conformance” function is deactivated, the physical structure is continuously com-
pared with the configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE. The SWIRE bus starts operation as
soon as the matching configurations are detected:
– After the physical structure was stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE:
- Automatically (if the automatic SWIRE configuration is activated)

440 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 - Or manually (if the automatic SWIRE configuration is deactivated), by pressing the CFG
button (only functions if the SW LED is flashing).
– After the physical structure has been rectified.
 The operation is aborted if the ”Moeller Conformance” function is activated. The SWIRE bus only
starts operation:
The following occurs if the PLC configuration check (PLC configuration check must be activated)
finds that the configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE does not completely match the SET con-
figuration stored in the PLC:
 If the configuration check is set to line oriented or the ”Moeller Conformance” function is acti-
vated, the operation is aborted for the entire SWIRE bus (RDY LED flashing).
 If the configuration check is set to slave-oriented:
– The SWIRE slaves that match are ready for data exchange.
– The operation is aborted for the SWIRE slaves that do not match.
The system behaves as follows if a modification to the bus or a slave failure is detected:
 If the ”Moeller Conformance” function is activated, the system retains data exchange with the
functional SWIRE slaves.
 If the ”Moeller Conformance” function is deactivated, SWIRE communication on the entire SWIRE
bus is aborted. The physical structure is then compared cyclically with the configuration stored
in the BL20-E-1SWIRE.
– The SWIRE bus starts operation as soon as the matching configurations are detected:
- After the physical structure was stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE:
- Automatically (if the automatic SWIRE configuration is activated)
- Or manually (if the automatic SWIRE configuration is deactivated), by pressing the CFG
button (only functions if the SW LED is flashing).
- After the physical structure has been rectified.
– Depending on the parameter settings, the data exchange is then either started or the opera-
tion is aborted:
- The data exchange is resumed immediately if the PLC configuration check is deactivated.
- If the PLC configuration check is activated and the configuration check is set to Bus-oriented,
data exchange is only restarted if the configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE matches the
SET configuration stored in the PLC. The operation for the entire SWIRE bus is aborted if they
do not match completely.
– If the PLC configuration check is activated and the configuration check is set to Slave-oriented,
the configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE is compared with the SET configuration stored
in the PLC:
- The SWIRE slaves that match resume data exchange.
- The operation is aborted for the SWIRE slaves that do not match.
Line oriented configuration check (default setting)

NOTE
This function is automatically deactivated if the ”Moeller Conformance” function is active.

If the physical structure of the SWIRE bus does not match the configuration stored in the BL20-E-
1SWIRE on power up (SW LED flashing), the physical structure is compared continuously with the
configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE. The SWIRE bus starts operation as soon as the matching
configurations are detected:

2020/09 441
Technology Modules

 After the physical structure was stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE:

– Automatically (if the automatic SWIRE configuration is activated)
– Or manually (if the automatic SWIRE configuration is deactivated), by pressing the CFG button
(only functions if the SW LED is flashing).
 After the physical structure has been rectified.
If the PLC configuration check is activated, data exchange is only started if the configuration stored
in the BL20-E-1SWIRE fully matches the SET configuration stored in the PLC. If the two configura-
tions do not match completely (RDY LED flashing), the operation is aborted for the entire SWIRE bus
(RDY LED flashing).
SWIRE communication is aborted for the entire SWIRE bus, if a bus modification or slave failure is
detected during operation. The physical structure is then compared cyclically with the configura-
tion stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE.
 The SWIRE bus starts operation as soon as the matching configurations are detected:
– After the physical structure was stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE:
- Automatically (if the automatic SWIRE configuration is activated)
- Or manually (if the automatic SWIRE configuration is deactivated), by pressing the CFG
button (only functions if the SW LED is flashing).
– After the physical structure has been rectified.
 Depending on the parameter settings, the data exchange is then either started or the operation
is aborted:
– The data exchange is resumed immediately if the PLC configuration check is deactivated.
– If the PLC configuration check is activated, data exchange is only restarted if the configuration
stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE fully matches the SET configuration stored in the PLC. The opera-
tion for the entire SWIRE bus is aborted if they do not match completely.
Parameter setting:
Parameter „MNA“ and „MC“ = 0 (see Module parameters (page 451))
Slave oriented configuration check

NOTE
This function is automatically deactivated if the ”Moeller Conformance” function is active.

If the physical structure of the SWIRE bus does not match the configuration stored in the BL20-E-
1SWIRE on power up (SW LED flashing), the physical structure is compared continuously with the
configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE. The SWIRE bus starts operation as soon as the matching
configurations are detected:
 After the physical structure was stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE:
– Automatically (if the automatic SWIRE configuration is activated)
– Or manually (if the automatic SWIRE configuration is deactivated), by pressing the CFG button
(only functions if the SW LED is flashing).
 After the physical structure has been rectified.
If the PLC configuration check is activated, data exchange is started with all SWIRE slaves that match
the SET configuration stored in the PLC. The SWIRE slaves that do not match the SET configuration
stored in the PLC do not perform any data exchange.
SWIRE communication is aborted for the entire SWIRE bus, if a bus modification or slave failure is
detected during operation. The physical structure is then compared cyclically with the configura-
tion stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE.

442 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
  The SWIRE bus starts operation as soon as the matching configurations are detected:
– After the physical structure was stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE:
- Automatically (if the automatic SWIRE configuration is activated)
- Or manually (if the automatic SWIRE configuration is deactivated), by pressing the CFG
button (only functions if the SW LED is flashing).
– After the physical structure has been rectified.
 Depending on the parameter settings, the data exchange is then either started or the operation
is aborted:
– The data exchange is resumed immediately if the PLC configuration check is deactivated.
– If the PLC configuration check is activated, the configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE is
compared with the SET configuration stored in the PLC.
- The SWIRE slaves that match resume data exchange.
- The operation is aborted for the SWIRE slaves that do not match.
Parameter setting:
– Parameter „MNA“ = 1 and „MC“ = 0 (see Module parameters (page 451))

12.6.3 MC (Moeller Conformance)

If the ”Moeller Conformance” function is activated, the BL20-E-1SWIRE behaves according to the
Moeller SWIRE conformance criteria. See Moeller SWIRE conformance criteria, s. S. 458.
If the physical structure of the SWIRE bus does not match the configuration stored in the BL20-E-
1SWIRE (SW LED flashing) when USW is switched on, the SWIRE bus only starts operation:
 After the physical structure was stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE:
– Manually, by pressing CFG button (only functions if the SW LED is flashing). After the configu-
ration is stored, the physical structure is compared once more with the configuration stored in
the BL20-E-1SWIRE.
 If the physical structure of the SWIRE bus matches the configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE
the next time that USW is switched on.
If the PLC configuration check is activated, data exchange is only started if the configuration stored
in the BL20-E-1SWIRE fully matches the SET configuration stored in the PLC. If the two configura-
tions do not match completely (RDY LED flashing), the operation is aborted for the entire SWIRE bus
(RDY LED flashing).
The system retains data exchange with the functional SWIRE slaves if a modification or slave failure
is detected in the SWIRE bus during operation.
Parameter setting:
– Parameter „MC“ = 1 (see Module parameters (page 451))

12.6.4 Further parameters

The parameters UAUXERR, TYPERR, TYPINFO, PKZERR, PKZINFO, SDERR and SDINFO enable events to be indi-
cated to the PLC as an error message or not.
Diagnostics
Faulty system states are indicated by means of a number of different diagnostics messages. The
error messages UAUXERR, TYPERR, TYPERRSx, PKZERR, PKZERRSx, SDERR and SDERRSx can be deactivated by
a respective parameterization.

2020/09 443
Technology Modules

12.6.5 Technical features

module bus
module bus interface

module bus slave

controller
SWIRE master

DC
SWIRE driver
DC

SWIRE interface

USW GND UAUX

Fig. 295: Block diagram

Technical data

Technical data

Designation BL20-E-1SWIRE

Number of SWIRE buses 1

Number of slaves per bus 16

pPower supply

Field voltage (range) 24 VDC (18…30 VDC)

Field current (SWIRE buses at full load) max 600 mA

Power supply of contactors (range) 24 VDC (18…30 VDC)

Power supply current of contactors 3A

Rated current from module bus (module bus voltage) 60 mA (4,75…5,25 VDC)

Power supply of SWIRE slaves (short-circuit pro- 17 VDC

tected)

Power supply current of all SWIRE slaves (short-circuit max 500 mA

protected)

Insulation voltage between SWIRE and the module 500 Veff

bus

444 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Technical data

Insulation voltage between power supply of contac- 500 Veff

tors and the field voltage

Insulation voltage between SWIRE and power supply none

of contactors

Product standard EN 61131-2

Protection class IP 20

Approved SWIRE slaves

The following slaves on the SWIRE bus are currently approved for the BL20-E-1SWIRE:

ID Device Manufacturer

0×20 SWIRE-DIL Moeller

12.6.6 Wiring diagram and pin assignment

The following diagram is an example of the connected SWIRE power supply with a disconnection
function (emergency-off) for the coil supply of the SWIRE relays.

1
2
3
4 USW
UAUX 5
6

Fig. 296: connection of the operating voltage for BL20-E-SWIRE with disconnectable coil power
supply

2020/09 445
Technology Modules

The following diagram is a connection example for the SWIRE power supply. The coil supply voltage
for the SWIRE relays is connected via PIN 2.

1
2
3
4 USW
UAUX 5
6

Fig. 297: Connection of the operating voltage without emergency stop

Pin Assignment Connection

1 USW operating voltage supply of the PIN 1 and PIN 2 are bridged internally!
SWIRE bus

2 USW operating voltage supply of the

SWIRE bus

3 GND frame potential PIN 3 and PIN 4 are bridged internally!

4 GND frame potential

5 UAUX relay power supply PIN 4 and PIN 6 are bridged internally!

6 UAUX relay power supply

446 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
12.6.7 Diagnostic and status messages
LED status displays

LED Display Meaning

Module diagnostics

DIA Off No error messages or diagnostics

Red Module bus communication faulty

red, flashing Module indicates a diagnostics message

Configuration status

Rdy Off SWIRE bus not active

Green – The SWIRE bus is ready for data exchange.

– If the PLC configuration check is activated:
– The configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE matches the SET con-
figuration stored in the PLC.
– SW LED and RDY LED are lit:
– The SWIRE bus is in data exchange mode
green, flashing – The PLC configuration check is carried out.
– The configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE does not match the
SET configuration stored in the PLC.

SWIRE bus status

SW Off

Green – The physical structure of the SWIRE bus matches the configuration
stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE.
– The SWIRE bus is in operation.
– SW LED and RDY LED are lit:
– The SWIRE bus is in data exchange mode
green, flashing – The physical structure of the SWIRE bus is compared to the configura-
tion stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE.
– The physical structure of the SWIRE bus does not match the configu-
ration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE.
– The SWIRE bus cannot be assigned a valid configuration. Possible
causes:
– SWIRE bus with zero slaves.
– SWIRE slave faulty.
Indication of the SWIRE bus operating voltage

USW Off – The voltage USW is faulty.

– The module bus voltage is not present.
Green – The voltage USW is within the permissible range and the module bus
voltage is present.

Indication of the relay supply of the bus

UAUX Off – The voltage UAUX is faulty.

Green – The voltage UAUX is in the permissible range.

2020/09 447
Technology Modules

Diagnostics

Designation Value Comment

SWERR SWIRE MASTER

If the physical structure of the SWIRE bus does not match the configuration stored in the
BL20-E-1SWIRE, this bit indicates an error.

0 Data exchange
The physical structure of the SWIRE bus was accepted and the SWIRE bus
is in operation.

1 Offline
The physical structure was not accepted, the SWIRE bus does not start
operation (SW LED flashing).

RDYERR PLC SLAVE

This bit indicates an error if the configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE does not match
the SET configuration stored in the PLC.

0 OK
No error present. The SWIRE bus is ready for data exchange.

1 Offline
The configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE was not accepted. The data
exchange is prevented (RDY LED flashing).

COMERR Communication SWIRE

A communication error is present, as long as a slave can no longer be reached, its internal
timeout has elapsed or communication is faulty. The master cannot carry out data
exchange with at least one slave.

0 No error present.

1 An error is present.

USWERR Voltage USW

Voltage fault in USW, voltage (17 VDC) for supplying the SWIRE slaves

0 No error present.

1 Voltage errors

GENERALERR Error message

The creation of a function block shows that systems/function blocks for the general check-
ing of a slave for any diagnostics messages present only check the first byte.

0 No diagnostics message present

1 One/several diagnostics messages present

SDERR Communication SWIRE slaves

If the parameter SDERRA is set for group diagnostics, this bit indicates an error as soon as
only one slave on the bus sets its SDERR.

0 No error is present or diagnostics function has been deactivated via the

parameter setting.

1 An error is present.

448 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Designation Value Comment

PKZERR Overcurrent protective circuit-breaker

If the parameter PKZERRA is set for group diagnostics, this bit indicates an error as soon as
only one PKZ of a slave has tripped.

0 No PKZ has tripped or diagnostics function has been deactivated via the
parameter setting.

1 At least one PKZ has tripped.

TYPERR Configuration

If the TYPERR parameter is set with group diagnostics in the parameter setting, this bitindi-
cates an error as soon as a PLC configuration check detects differing slave numbers,types
or position of an SWIRE slave.

0 OK
The PLC configuration check was positive (the configuration stored in the
BL20-E-1SWIRE matches the SET configuration stored in the PLC) or the
diagnostics function is deactivated via the parameter setting.

1 Faulty
A mismatch was determined in the PLC configuration check.

UAUXERR VoltageUAUX

If the UAUXERRA parameter is activated, AUXERR will generate an error message as soon as the
power supply goes below the level at which the function of the relays is not guaranteed.

0 Contactor supply voltage is o.k.

(> 20 VDC) or diagnostics function has been deactivated via this parame-
ter.

1 Contactor supply voltage is not o.k.

(< 18 VDC).

TYPERRSx Device configuration, slave x

Info field for the individual indication of a configuration error as error message. If the TYP-
INFO parameter is set with individual diagnostics, the error is indicated in this bit fieldas
soon as a PLC configuration check detects differing slave numbers, types or positionof an
SWIRE slave.

0 OK
No configuration error is present and the slave is in data exchange mode
or diagnostics function has been deactivated via the parameter setting.
Configuration error present and the slave is NOT in data exchange mode.

1 Configuration error present and the slave is NOT in data exchange mode.

SDERRSx Communication, slave x

Info field for the individual indication of the release of the slave diagnostics as error mes-
sage. If the SDINFOA is set for single diagnostics, this bit field indicates the error as soon as
the slave diagnostic message of the slave Sx is triggered.

0 No error is present or diagnostics function has been deactivated via the

parameter setting.

1 The slave has set its diagnostics bit or the slave was in data exchange with
the SWIRE master but is not any longer.

2020/09 449
Technology Modules

Designation Value Comment

PKZERRSx Only SWIRE-DIL: Overcurrent protective circuit-breaker, slave x

Info field for the individual indication of the tripping a motor-protective circuit-breaker
(PKZ) as error message. If the PKZINFOA is set for single diagnostics, this bit field indicates
the error as soon as the PKZ of the slave Sx has tripped.

0 The PKZ of the slave has not tripped or diagnostics function has been deac-
tivated via the parameter setting.

1 The PKZ of the slave has tripped

NOTE
The error messages UAUXERR, TYPERR, TYPERRSx, PKZERR, PKZERRSx, SDERR and SDERRSx can be
deactivated by a respective parameterization.

450 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
12.6.8 Module parameters

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 reserved

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Disable Cfg
Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 Configuration
Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 MNA
Byte 0

Byte 3
Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 MC
Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 reserved
Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Word 0

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 SDINFO

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1 SDERR
Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2 PKZINFO

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3 PKZERR

Byte 1

Byte 2

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4 TYPINFO

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5 TYPERR
Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6 UAUXERR

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7 reserved

2020/09 451
Technology Modules

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 reserved

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Byte 2

Byte 1
Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Word 1

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 reserved

(life guarding time up to version VN 01-03)
Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Byte 3

Byte 0

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

452 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 SCDIAGS1

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 SCDIAGS2

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2 SCDIAGS3

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3 SCDIAGS5
Byte 4

Byte 1
Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 SCDIAGS1

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5 SCDIAGS6

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6 SCDIAGS7
Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7 SCDIAGS8
Word 2

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 SCDIAGS9

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1 SCDIAGS10
Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2 SCDIAGS11
Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3 SCDIAGS12
Byte 5

Byte 0

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4 SCDIAGS13

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5 SCDIAGS14

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6 SCDIAGS15

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7 SCDIAGS16

2020/09 453
Technology Modules

Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 reserved

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Byte 6

Byte 6
Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

Word 3

Bit 0 Bit 8 Bit 0 reserved

Bit 1 Bit 9 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 10 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 11 Bit 3

Byte 7

Byte 7

Bit 4 Bit 12 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 13 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 14 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 15 Bit 7

454 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Standard

byte- word- PROFIBUS Parameters

oriented oriented PROFINET

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 Device ID, slave x

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Word 4
Byte 8

Byte 8
Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

… … …

Bit 0 Bit 0 Bit 0

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1

Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 2

Word 16

Bit 3 Bit 3 Bit 3

Byte 24

Byte 24

Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4

Bit 5 Bit 5 Bit 5

Bit 6 Bit 6 Bit 6

Bit 7 Bit 7 Bit 7

The default values are written in bold.

Parameter name Value

Byte 1

Disable Cfg If the physical structure of the SWIRE bus does not match the configuration stored in the
BL20-E-1SWIRE on power up (SW LED flashing), the physical structure of the SWIRE bus
must be stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE.

inactive Manual SWIRE configuration

To store the physical structure of the SWIRE bus in the BL20-E-1SWIRE,
the CFG button of the BL20-E-1SWIRE must be pressed manually (only
functions if the SW LED is flashing).

active Automatic SWIRE configuration

If the physical structure of the SWIRE bus does not match the configu-
ration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE on power up, the physical structure
is stored automatically in the BL20-E-1SWIRE.

2020/09 455
Technology Modules

Parameter name Value

Configuration If the PLC configuration check is activated, the configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE
is compared with the SET configuration stored in the PLC.

active The configuration stored in BL20-E-1SWIRE is compared with the SET

configuration stored in the PLC. Only SWIRE slaves in the SWIRE bus are
accepted that have a device ID completely matching the SET configu-
ration.

inactive All slaves are mapped in 4Bit INPUT/ 4Bit OUTPUT without checking
the device ID.

MNA Configuration check

active/ passive Line or slave-oriented configuration check (without function if MC = 1)

line oriented If the PLC configuration check is activated, data exchange is only
started if the configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE fully matches
the SET configuration stored in the PLC. Modifying the bus during
operation causes the system to be aborted.

slave oriented If the PLC configuration check is activated, data exchange is started
with all SWIRE slaves that match the SET configuration stored in the
PLC. The SWIRE slaves that do not match the SET configuration stored
in the PLC do not perform any data exchange.

MC Moeller conformance (from version VN 01-04)

Behavior of the BL20-E-1SWIRE in accordance with SWIRE Conformance criteria.

inactive Default behavior

active The BL20-E-1SWIRE master responds according to the Moeller SWIRE

Conformance criteria.

SDINFO Slave error field

Activate slave diagnostics info field SDERRSx . As soon as a slave on the bus sets its error bit,
this is indicated individually as an error depending on the parameter setting.

active Single diagnostics is activated

inactive Single diagnostics is not activated

Byte 2

SDERR Common error - slave error -

Activate slave diagnostics SDERR. As soon as only one slave on the bus sets its error bit, this
is indicated as a group error depending on the parameter setting.

active Group diagnostics is activated

inactive Group diagnostics is not activated

PKZINFO PKZ error field

Activate slave diagnostics info field PKZERRSx . As soon as a slave on the bus clears its PKZ
bit, this is indicated as an individual error depending on the parameter setting.

active Single diagnostics is activated

inactive Single diagnostics is not activated

456 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Parameter name Value

PKZERR Group PKZ error field

Activate slave diagnostics PKZERR. As soon as a slave on the bus clears its PKZ bit, this is indi-
cated as an individual error depending on the parameter setting.

active Single diagnostics is activated

inactive Single diagnostics is not activated

TYPINFO Configuration error field

As soon as a SWIRE-DIL slave on the bus clears its PKZ bit, this is indicated as an individual
error depending on the parameter setting.

active Single diagnostics is activated

inactive Single diagnostics is not activated

TYPERR Group configuration error field

Activate slave diagnostics TYPERR. As soon as only one slave on the bus is incorrectly con-
figured, this is indicated as an error depending on the parameter setting.

active Group diagnostics is activated

inactive Group diagnostics is not activated

UAUXERR Error message UAUX-

Activate system diagnostics UAUXERR. UAUXERR will generate an error message as soon as the
power supply goes below a level at which the function of the relays is not guaranteed.

active Error message UAUXERR activated

inactive Error message UAUXERR not activated

Byte 3 reserved

Byte 4

reserved Up to version VN 01-03: Lifeguarding time of the SWIRE slaves. Lifeguarding time of the
(life guarding SWIRE slaves
time up to ver-
sion VN 01-03) 0×02-0×FF Lifeguarding time of the SWIRE slaves
0×64 Setting of lifeguarding time, timeout time up to automatic reset of the
slaves in the event of communication failure. (n * 10ms) (default 1s)
0×FF: Lifeguarding off

Byte 5 - 6

SCDIAGSx Input bit communication error, slave x

Slave diagnostics message from Byte 1 / Bit 7 is accepted in the check-back interface as Bit
4

active SCDIAGSx is accepted

inactive SCDIAGSx is not accepted

Byte 7, 8 reserved

Byte 9…24

Device ID, slave TYPE setting for the SWIRE slave at position x on the SWIRE bus
x
0×20 SWIRE-DIL-MTB (: 0×FF)

0×FF Basic setting (no slave)

2020/09 457
Technology Modules

12.6.9 Moeller SWIRE conformance criteria

The SWIRE system was developed by Moeller. The BL20-E-1SWIRE supports the SWIRE slaves SWIRE-
DIL. For this particular requirements must be fulfilled to ensure compatible operation. The ”Moeller
Conformance” function is supported from version VN 01-04.

NOTE
The ”Moeller Conformance” function is deactivated by default.

Special system behavior with the ”Moeller Conformance” function

The following applies if the ”Moeller Conformance” function is activated.
 The following functions are automatically deactivated:
– Automatic SWIRE configuration
– Bus oriented configuration check
– Slave oriented configuration check
 To store the physical structure of the SWIRE bus in the BL20-E-1SWIRE, the CFG button of the
BL20-E-1SWIRE must be pressed manually (only functions if the SW LED is flashing).
 he physical structure of the SWIRE bus is scanned once and compared with the SWIRE configura-
tion stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE once when USW is switched on, or after a new configuration is
stored (by pressing the CFG button while the SW LED is flashing).
 If the physical structure of the SWIRE bus does not match the configuration stored in the BL20-E-
1SWIRE (SW LED flashing) when USW is switched on, the SWIRE bus only starts operation:
– After the physical structure was stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE:
- Manually, by pressing CFG button (only functions if the SW LED is flashing).
- After the configuration is stored, the physical structure is compared once more with the
configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE.
– If the physical structure of the SWIRE bus matches the configuration stored in the BL20-E-
1SWIRE the next time that USW is switched on.
 Even if the ”Moeller Conformance” function is activated, the physical structure of the SWIRE bus
is continuously monitored during operation. However, data exchange continues with function-
ing slaves if slave failures occur. Not until the next power up is operation of the bus with faulty
slaves discontinued.

458 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 System behavior with the configuration checks (”Moeller conformance”
Parameter setting:
Parameter „MC“ = 1
System behavior with configuration checks
1 The physical structure of the SWIRE bus is scanned when USW is switched on (power up) and com-
pared with the configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE.
 The SWIRE bus starts operation (SW LED lit) if the physical structure of the SWIRE bus matches the
SWIRE configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE.
 The operation is aborted if the physical structure of the SWIRE bus does not match the configu-
ration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE (SW LED flashing). The SWIRE bus only starts operation: The
SWIRE bus only starts operation:
– After the physical structure was stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE and a match was determined:
- Manually, by pressing CFG button (only functions if the SW LED is flashing).
After the configuration is stored, the physical structure is compared once more with the
configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE.
– If the physical structure of the SWIRE bus matches the configuration stored in the BL20-E-
1SWIRE the next time that USW is switched on.
2 If the PLC configuration check is activated, the configuration stored in the BL20-E-1SWIRE is com-
pared with the SET configuration stored in the PLC. The complete device ID must match.
 If the two configurations match completely, the entire SWIRE bus is ready for data exchange (RDY
LED lit).
 If the two configurations do not match completely (RDY LED flashing), the operation is aborted
for the entire SWIRE bus (RDY LED flashing).
3 The system then starts data exchange.
4 The physical structure of the SWIRE bus is monitored continuously during operation so that any
changes on the bus or slave failures can be detected. The system retains data exchange with the
functional slaves if a modification or slave failure is detected.

2020/09 459
Technology Modules

12.7 BL20-E-4IOL – IO-Link Master

The description of this technology module can be found in a separate manual on www.turck.de:

Type Document no.

BL20-E-4IOL D301332
BL20-E-4IOL-10

12.8 BL ident - BL20-2RFID-S/BL20-2RFID-A

The description of these modules can be found in separate manuals.
The complete BL ident-documentation is part of the BL ident-CD:

Ident no. Type Document no.

1545052 BLIDENT-CD D101659

460 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
13 Potential Distribution Modules
The potential distribution modules provide 10 or 16 terminals for potential distribution. The use of
potential distribution modules allows the transmission of 24 VDC from UL or the GND potential of
UL without the use of further terminal blocks.
The potential distribution modules have to be considered for the maximum station extension of
BL20 with a maximum number of 74 modules. A maximum of two potential distribution modules
can be mounted next to each other. At least one active electronics module (e.g. BL20-E-8DI-24VDC-
P) has to follow the two potential distribution modules.

Fig. 298: Potential distribution modules – application example

13.1 Module overview

Module Function

BL20-E-10UL 10 Push-in contacts for distributing the 24 VDC from UL

BL20-E-10GNDL 10 Push-in contacts for distributing the GND potential from UL

BL20-E-16UL 16 Push-in contacts for distributing the 24 VDC from UL

BL20-E-16GNDL 16 Push-in contacts for distributing the GND potential from UL

2020/09 461
Potential Distribution Modules

13.2 BL20-E-10UL
The module provides the 24 VDC from the field supply UL from the gateway or a Power Feeding
module.

13.2.1 Technical data

Technical data

Number of channels 10

Nominal voltage from supply terminal 24 VDC

Permissible range 18…30 VDC

Output current

Max. current per channell 10 A

Max. current of the module 10 A

Weight 46 g

13.2.2 Wiring diagram

24 VDC
1
24 VDC
2
24 VDC
3
24 VDC
4
24 VDC
5
24 VDC
6
24 VDC
7
24 VDC
8
24 VDC
9
24 VDC
10

Fig. 299: Wiring diagram

462 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
13.3 BL20-E-10GNDL
The module provides the GND potential from the field supply UL from the gateway or a Power Feed-
ing module.
Technical data

Technical data

Number of channels 10

Nominal voltage from supply terminal 24 VDC

Permissible range 18…30 VDC

Output current

Max. current per channell 10 A

Max. current of the module 10 A

Weight 46 g

13.3.1 Wiring diagram

GND
1
GND
2
GND
3
GND
4
GND
5
GND
6
GND
7
GND
8
GND
9
GND
10

Fig. 300: Wiring diagram

2020/09 463
Potential Distribution Modules

13.4 BL20-E-16UL
The module provides the 24 VDC from the field supply UL from the gateway or a Power Fedding
module.

13.4.1 Technical data

Technical data

Number of channels 16

Nominal voltage from supply terminal 24 VDC

Permissible range 18…30 VDC

Output current

Max. current per channell 10 A

Max. current of the module 10 A

Weight 52 g

13.4.2 Wiring diagram

24 VDC
1
24 VDC
2
24 VDC
3
24 VDC
4
24 VDC
5
24 VDC
6
24 VDC
7
24 VDC
8
24 VDC
9
24 VDC
10
24 VDC
11
24 VDC
12
24 VDC
13
24 VDC
14
24 VDC
15
24 VDC
16

Fig. 301: Wiring diagram

464 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
13.5 BL20-E-16GNDL
The module provides the GND potential from the field supply UL from the gateway or a Power Feed-
ing module.
Technical data

Technical data

Number of channels 16

Nominal voltage from supply terminal 24 VDC

Permissible range 18…30 VDC

Output current

Max. current per channell 10 A

Max. current of the module 10 A

Weight 52 g

13.5.1 Wiring diagram

GND
1
GND
2
GND
3
GND
4
GND
5
GND
6
GND
7
GND
8
GND
9
GND
10
GND
11
GND
12
GND
13
GND
14
GND
15
GND
16

Fig. 302: Wiring diagram

2020/09 465
Potential Distribution Modules

466 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
14 Mounting and Wiring

14.1 Mechanical mounting

14.1.1 General mounting rules

 Keep space to the left of the gateway free for the first end bracket. This end bracket can be
mounted first (before the gateway) or after having mounted the complete station.
 The gateway is the first electronics component on a BL20 station.
 If a gateway with integrated power supply unit is used, (BL20-GWBR-…),
the I/O-modules are mounted subsequently in the order required directly following the gateway.
 When using a gateway without integrated power supply unit, the second component is a Bus
Refreshing module, which provides the gateway with 5 VDC via the module bus. It must be
ensured that the correct base module is used (see module chapters).
 Should it become necessary, a potential isolation can be achieved by mounting a Power Feeding
module (power distribution) before mounting the next module.
 Power Feeding and Bus Refreshing modules can be mounted between the rest of the modules as
required.
 An end plate is mounted at the end of each BL20 station.

DANGER
Open electrical contacts
Danger to life due to electric shock when using 120/230 V
† Cover open contacts at the end of every station using an end plate.

 The complete BL20 system is secured to the mounting rail by means of two end brackets. The first
is to the left of the gateway, the second is placed at the other end of the system and mounted
together with the end plate.
Mounting rail
The mounting rails used for BL20 should be mounted onto a galvanized mounting plate with a min-
imum thickness of 2 mm / 0.08 inch. This allows a reference potential for protective earth (PE) and
functional earth to be created. Please allow for a maximum distance of 150 mm / 5.91 inch between
mounting holes, when mounting non pre-drilled mounting rails.

2020/09 467
Mounting and Wiring

14.1.2 Mounting the gateway

Fig. 303: Mounting the gateway

Please observe:
 The mounting rail must already be mounted.
 An end bracket must be mounted to the left of the gateway. The end bracket can be mounted
before or after the station is mounted. If the gateway is mounted first, then a space must be kept
free for the end bracket. Please read „Mount ing end brackets and end plates“ in this chapter.
 The gateway is the first electronics component on a BL20 station.
 When fully mounted, the gateway’s resistance to vibration is provided for by the locating hook
located on the underside of the gateway. The locating hook is moved only when the gateway is
mounted or dismounted.
Method:
† Tilt the top of the gateway towards you, position the groove provided on the rear of the gateway
onto the lower edge of the mounting rail?.
† Tilt the top of the gateway away from you ‚ and towards the mounting rail.

468 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 † Press the gateway until it locks in with an audible click ƒ.

Fig. 304: Locating hook on the gateway

2020/09 469
Mounting and Wiring

14.1.3 Mounting the base module (block or slice design)

Fig. 305: Mounting the base module for the Bus Refreshing module

Please observe:
 The gateway must already be mounted.
 The base modules are mounted to the right of the gateway onto the mounting rail.
 The first base module following a gateway must be suitable for a Bus Refreshing module which
supplies the gateway with power.
 It is recommended that the base modules should be mounted and wired before the electronics
modules are mounted.

NOTE
Mixed usage of base modules with screw connections and tension clamp connections is
only possible once a new power distribution module has been added. Therefor, all the fol-
lowing base modules must have the same connection technology as the power distribu-
tion module (tension clamp or screw connection).

Procedure:
† Tilt the top of the gateway towards you, position the groove provided on the rear of the gateway
onto the lower edge of the mounting rail.
† Tilt the top of the base module away from you and towards the mounting rail, and press until it
locks in with an audible click ‚.
† Slide the base module as far as possible to the left until the locating hooks lock in with an audible
click into the gateway (should this be the first base module to be mounted) or into the next base
module ƒ. This provides a stable connection and guarantees communication via the module bus.

470 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
14.1.4 Mounting slot identification and color markers
Slot identification

Fig. 306: Slot identification with Dekafix

Please observe:
 Dekafix labels can be used to label mounting slots. There is room for a six-digit label on every
base module. For example, the six-digit device short name, which you can define in the BL20
DTM. Dekafix labels must be attached before the electronics modules are mounted.
Procedure:
† Press the Dekafix labels into the recesses provided in the base module. There is room for a six-
digit label on every base module.
Color markers

Fig. 307: Color-coding of the connection levels

Please observe:
 The base modules can be fitted with colored connection markers for the purposes of individual
identification of channels and to ease cable assignment. The colored connection markers are
available as accessories.

2020/09 471
Mounting and Wiring

Procedure:
† Insert the colored connection markers, according to the module wiring (see wiring diagrams in
the module chapters), into the slots provided immediately below each connection level on the
base module.
The table shows the meaning of the colors and connection types.

Color of markers Connection type

Black Signal cable

red VDC (+24V; +5V)

blue -0V

Red-blue System supply

Yellow-green Protective earth conductor

Green Shield

Brown Phase L1

14.1.5 Jumpers for relay modules

Fig. 308: Plugging jumpers

Please observe:
 To multiply signals and/or save wiring, it can be useful to cross-connect a number of base mod-
ules for relays. To achieve this, jumpers (QVR) are available as accessories in various sizes.
Procedure:
† Press the jumper as far as it will go into the slots provided on the front (facing down) of two
adjoining base modules.

472 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
14.1.6 Mounting end brackets and end plates
End bracket

‚
Fig. 309: Mounting end brackets

Please observe:
 BL20 stations must be fixed securely onto the mounting rail using two end brackets (BL20-WEW-
35/2-SW). The first end bracket is mounted to the left of the gateway, the second is mounted
together with the end plate at the end of the station.
Method:
† The first end bracket is mounted to the left of the gateway onto the mounting rail . Clip the end
bracket onto the mounting rail until you hear an audible click ?. If necessary, loosen the screw
beforehand.
† Slide the end bracket up to the gateway ‚‚ and tighten the screw ƒ:

2020/09 473
Mounting and Wiring

End plate

„ ƒ


Fig. 310: Mounting of end plate and end bracket

Procedure:
† Insert the end bracket into the recess provided in the end plate ?.
† The end bracket and end plate should be held so that the connectors on the end plate are facing
the last module of the BL20 station.
† Press the end plate onto the mounting rail until you hear an audible click ‚ (if necessary, loosen
the screw beforehand). Then slide the end bracket and end plate up to the last module of the BL20
station ‚.
† Press the end plate with the end bracket firmly up to the last module of the BL20 station. The end
plate’s connectors must lock firmly into the locating holes provided in the module „.
† To secure the end bracket, insert a screwdriver into the hole provided in the end plate and
tighten the screw ….

474 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
14.1.7 Wiring with tension clamp connections

Fig. 311: Tension clamp connections

Method:
† Place the screwdriver in the rectangular opening of a connection level on the base module.
When you feel a slight resistance, push the screwdriver into the opening until it comes up against
a stop. This opens a tension clamp on the inside of the connection level.
† Insert the wiring into the round opening located directly below the rectangular opening, until
the wire comes up against a stop.
† Remove the screwdriver; the tension clamp closes and secures the wire.

2020/09 475
Mounting and Wiring

14.1.8 Wiring with screw connections

Fig. 312: Screw connection

Method:
† Place the screwdriver in the rectangular opening of a connection level on the base module. Turn
the screw ant-clockwise as far as possible, without fully removing it.
† Insert the wire in to the round opening, located directly below the rectangular opening, until it
comes up against a stop.
† Turn the screw clockwise until the wire is fully secured, and cannot be pulled out.

476 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
14.1.9 Mounting the electronics modules

Fig. 313: Plugging the electronic modules

Please observe:
 The correct base module must have been previously mounted onto the mounting rail.
 Electronics modules are fitted onto the previously mounted and wired base modules.

NOTE
Before plugging the electronics modules, it is advisable to blow-clean the station with
compressed air. This prevents dust and grains of dirt from contaminating the contacts,
which can negatively influence the communication on the station.

Method:
† Press the electronics module squarely onto the base module, until you hear it lock into place at
the front and back.

2020/09 477
Mounting and Wiring

14.1.10 Prevention of false mounting

A mechanical coding element prevents an electronics module from being mounted onto the wrong
base module – for example, following a defect in an electronics module. The coding element con-
sists of two pieces and is supplied with every electronics module.

Fig. 314: Coding of electronics and base module

The complete coding element is mounted on the underside of each electronics module. When
mounting the electronics module for the first time, the lower part of the coding element is automat-
ically inserted into the recess provided in the base module.

NOTE
When plugging electronics modules for the first time, an initial resistance must be over-
come. This is because the lower part of the coding element has to be pressed into the base
module.

Should the electronics module be pulled, one half of the coding element remains in the base mod-
ule, the other half remains in the electronics module. It is now possible to mount a new electronics
module only when its coding matches that of the base module.
When replacing an electronics module (plugging a new electronics module), remove and dispose
of the lower part of the coding element (that part destined for the base module). The original lower
part of the coding element, which remains in the base module, cannot be removed.

NOTE
When all modules are mounted, the supply to the module bus should be applied to check
if the station communication functions correctly (no false mounting, no empty slots, etc).
The field voltage should be applied only when the correct functioning of the station has
been established.

478 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
14.1.11 Switchgear cabinet layout

f 10 mm

f 10 mm

Fig. 315: Switchgear cabinet layout

BL20 modules are suitable for installation and operation in confined spaces. The minimum distance
to any passive components should be 10 mm/0.39 inch. Should the adjoining component be an
active element (for example load-current supply, transformers), then a minimum distance of 75
mm/2.95 inch must be kept, to comply with EMC regulations and to prevent overheating. If neces-
sary, provide for an appropriate air conditioning/cooling of the temperature.
You should in every case, take into consideration the values for ambient temperature given in chap-
ter 5.

14.2 Dismounting from the mounting rail

Please observe the following basic rules when dismounting:

2020/09 479
Mounting and Wiring

14.2.1 Dismounting of a single component

DANGER
Dangerous electric voltage at modules with 120/230 VAC
Acute danger to life due to electric shock!
† Turn of the voltage supply
† Secure the voltage supply against restart.
† Ensure that the unit is de-energized.

 Base modules and gateways can only be dismounted after the end plate has been disconnected
from the last base module on the mounting rail. To do this, the end bracket mounted together
with the end plate must be loosened.
 The gateway can only be dismounted from a station after all the base modules located on its
right are separated and moved away to the right along the mounting rail. Furthermore, all con-
nections from the gateway to the fieldbus must be disconnected. All wires must be disconnected
and the fieldbus must be switched off.
 Individual base modules can only be removed from a station when all base modules located to
its right have been moved away to the right along the mounting rail. A minimum distance of 30
mm/1.18 inch is required between the base module to be replaced and the previously adjoining
base modules.
Dismounting an entire BL20 station in chronological order
† Switch off the power to the distribution modules (Bus Refreshing and Power Feeding)
† Pull the electronics modules
† Disconnect wiring
† Loosen/remove end bracket and end plate
† Dismount base modules
† Dismount gateway
Dismounting electronics modules


‚

Fig. 316: Dismounting electronics modules

480 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Please observe:
 Tools are not usually required to dismount electronics modules.
Method:
† Squeeze both locating hooks towards one another; these are located at either end of the elec-
tronics modules and pull the module away from the base module‚.
Dismounting end brackets and end plates

‚
Fig. 317: Dismounting the end plate

Procedure:
† Insert the screwdriver into the hole in the end plate and loosen the screw in the end bracket .
† Slide the end plate and end bracket to the right, away from the last base module. If necessary,
use a screwdriver; CAUTION However take care not to break the end plate connectors which are
locked into the locating holes of the base module ‚
† Loosen the screw in the end bracket to remove the end bracket and end plate from the mount-
ing rail ƒ.

2020/09 481
Mounting and Wiring

14.2.2 Dismounting the base modules

WARNING
Dangerous electrical voltage
Acute danger to life due to electric shock!
† Switch off all connected voltage supplies!

Please observe:
 Base modules can only be dismounted from the right.
 The end plate must already be dismounted.
 The electronics module must be pulled.
Method for dismounting base modules in slice design:
† Disconnect the wiring from the base module.

NOTE
If you are dismounting a base module for a relay, then any mounted jumpers must be
removed from the front of the module before commencing with dismounting.

ƒ


Fig. 318: Dismounting base modules in slice design

† Insert a screwdriver into the rectangular opening in the mounting slot of the base module .
† Press the screwdriver into the opening ‚; thereby disengaging the connection between the
base module to be dismounted and the adjoining module to its left. Pull the module away to the
right until the rear locating hook disengages. Remove the screwdriver

482 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 † Pull the modules apart at the rear by hand (the module to be dismounted and the adjoining
module) ƒ. This ”drawing apart” motion automatically disengages the locating hook which con-
nects both modules at the front.

Fig. 319: Dismounting base modules from the mounting rail

† When both locating hooks are disengaged, slide the base module to be dismounted to the right
„.
† Insert the screwdriver into the slot provided in the locking mechanism … and lever the base
module up and towards you, thereby releasing it from the mounting rail †.
Method for dismounting base modules in block design:
† Disconnect the wiring from the base module.
† Carry out the steps indicated in Fig. 318: Dismounting base modules in slice design (Seite
482) and Fig. 319: Dismounting base modules from the mounting rail (Seite 483). The
method is identical at this point for both slice and block base modules.

 ‚

Fig. 320: Removing a base module in block design from the mounting rail

2020/09 483
Mounting and Wiring

† There are two locking mechanisms in the middle of the block base module. These must be
unlocked in two steps. Insert the screwdriver into the slot provided in the left-hand locking mech-
anism? and lever the handle of the screwdriver downwards thereby moving the locking mech-
anism up until it disengages from the mounting rail.
† Insert the screwdriver into the slot of the provided in the right-hand locking mechanism ‚ and
lever the handle of the screwdriver downwards thereby moving the second mounting foot up
until it disengages from the mounting rail. Remove the base module from the mounting rail.

14.2.3 Dismounting the gateway

Fig. 321: Dismounting gateway

VORSICHT
Electric voltage (24 V)
Danger of injury due to electric shock!
† Switch off all connected voltage supplies!

ATTENTION
Field bus node missing
Field bus communication disturbed
† Separate the station from the field bus.

Please observe:
 All base modules on the mounting rail must be either moved away sufficiently to the right or dis-
mounted.
Method:
† Disconnect the connection between the fieldbus and the gateway.
† Insert a screwdriver into the opening provided in the locking mechanism – on the top of the
gateway – ?, then carefully pull the screwdriver downwards as far as it will go ‚. The spring loaded
locking mechanism is levered upwards and disengages.
† Tilt the top end of the gateway with the screwdriver towards you and away from the mounting
rail ƒ.

484 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
14.3 Plugging and pulling electronics modules
BL20 enables the pulling and plugging of electronics modules without having to disconnect the
field wiring. The BL20 station remains in operation if an electronics module is pulled. The voltage
and current supplies as well as the protective earth connections are not interrupted

ATTENTION
Interruption of the module bus communication
Non-defined states of in- and outputs
† Do not plug or pull modules under load.

14.4 Handling the BL20 economy modules

The BL20 Economy modules use direct push-in contacts different from the BL20 base modules
which use tension clamp contacts. The handling of these direct push-in contacts is described in the
following:

14.4.1 Insertion of the conductor

The conductor is simply pushed into the corresponding contact.

Fig. 322: Insertion of the conductor

14.4.2 Removal of the conductor

The conductor can be removed from the contact by pressing the release mechanism, e. g. with a
screw driver.

Fig. 323: Removal of the conductor

2020/09 485
Mounting and Wiring

NOTE
The BL20 Economy modules can be easily combined with the base modules with tension
clamp connection technology (BL20-B-…T-…). A combination with base modules using
the screw connection technology (BL20-B-…S-…) is not possible.

Fig. 324: BL20 Economy modules combined with tension clamp modules

486 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
15 Module Labeling
All electrical and electronics components for BL20 stations are supplied with labels to guarantee
clear identification. In addition, Turck offers marking and labeling materials which enable individual
and application specific labeling of each component. Fundamentally, the differences are as follows.

15.0.1 Colors
Each electronics module can be recognized immediately by the colored lid imprint (top and bot-
tom).

Module Color

Gateway (GW) dusty grey

Power Feeding module 24 VDC (PF) dusty grey

Power Feeding module 120/230 VAC (PF) orange brown

Bus Refreshing (BR) dusty grey

Digital input modules (DI) light grey (white)

Analog input modules (AI) pigeon blue

Digital output modules (DO) strawberry red

Analog output modules (AO) pale green

Relay modules (R) pastel orange

Technology modules (CNT) zinc yellow

15.0.2 Designations/catalog numbers

The designation is imprinted on the top of the electronics modules. Each module is clearly identified
by a catalog number. The catalog number as well as further module-specific details can be found on
a label attached to the side of the respective module.
The module’s wiring diagram is printed on the lid of every electronics module. Example:

Fig. 325: Wiring diagram

2020/09 487
Module Labeling

15.1 Base modules

Base module connections are numbered consecutively channel by channel.

Fig. 326: Channel numbering

The colored markers are used to label the different base module connection levels and can be used
to denote specific applications. They are available as accessories in the following colors: blue, red,
green, black, brown, red/blue and yellow/green.

Fig. 327: Color-coding of the connection levels

NOTE
The individual colored markers assigned to the connection levels should be chosen in
accordance with the electronics modules used.

488 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Dekafix connection markers can be used to label the mounting slots for the electronics modules.
Insert the connection into the mounting slots to the rear of the base module.

Fig. 328: Slot identification with Dekafix

15.2 Labels
Each electronics module is supplied with a label to enable application-specific identification. Labels
are available as accessories (see Anhang).

Fig. 329: Label

2020/09 489
Module Labeling

490 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
16 BL20-Approvals for Zone 2/ Division 2
NOTE
The Zone 2 - approval certificates for BL20 can be found in a separate manual for approvals
D301255 under www.turck.de.

2020/09 491
BL20-Approvals for Zone 2/ Division 2

492 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
17 Appendix

17.1 Analog value representation (analog input modules)

The analog values can either be represented with16 bit or 12 bit. The two's-complement represen-
tation allow the representation of positive as well as negative values. The bits marked with an ”X”
are not relevant for the analog value representation.
16-bit representation
The 16-bit-representation is realized as a two's-complement: 2 byte of process data are completely
occupied:

Fig. 330: 16-bit representation

12-bit representation
In the voltage measurement/ output and in the temperature measurement, the value is represented
as a two's-complement. In the current measurement/ output and in the resistance measurement,
the value is represented as a number. The 12 bit value is left-justified and occupies bit 15 to 4 of the
process data:

Fig. 331: 12-bit representation

The diagnostic data is integrated in the process input data and occupies 4 bit (right-justified).

2020/09 493
Appendix

The figure shows a 5-digit binary code in the outer circuit. The inner circuit shows the respective
dual number, if the binary code is interpreted as binary number (positive numerical values) and as
two’s complement.

Fig. 332: Dual number and two's complement

494 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
17.1.1 Equations for 16-bit representation
Current values from 0 to 20 mA
Before using the equation below, the hexadecimal or binary value has to be converted into a deci-
mal value.
The value range:
0…20 mA
is displayed as follows:
0000hex…7FFFhex (decimal: 0…32767)

The hexadecimal/binary value can easily be converted into a decimal value, because all numbers
belong to the positive range of the two’s complement.
The current value can now be calculated by means of the following equation:

mA  6.1  10 4 mA  decimal value

decimal value
current value 
1638.35

Current values from 4…20 mA

Before using the equation below, the hexadecimal or binary value has to be converted into a deci-
mal value.
The value range:
4…20 mA
is displayed as follows:
0000hex…7FFFhex (decimal: 0…32767)

The hexadecimal/binary value can easily be converted into a decimal value, because all numbers
belong to the positive range of the two’s complement.
The current value can now be calculated by means of the following equation:

current value = 4.88 × 10-4 mA × decimal value + 4 mA

Temperature- and resistance values (BL20-2AI-PT/NI-2/3)

Before using the equation below, the hexadecimal or binary value has to be converted into a deci-
mal value.
The hexadecimal/binary values for the negative value range cannot easily be converted into deci-
mal values, because the values are coded as two’s complement.
All numerical values from 00000hex… 7FFFhex represent positive values when coded as two’s com-
plement. Values in this range can easily be converted into decimal values. This is also relevant for
binary numbers in which the most significant bit (bit 16) is ”0”.
All numerical values from 8000hex to FFFFhex represent negative values when coded as two’s com-
plement. This is also relevant for binary numbers in which the most significant bit (bit 16) is ”1”. The
conversion into a decimal number is shown in the following:

2020/09 495
Appendix

Example of the conversion of negative numerical value

The following parameterization is used in the example:
”Pt100, -200…150°C”
The temperature is thus calculated with the factor 0.01 (see below).
The example explains the general procedure to convert a hexadecimal or binary number coded as
two’s complement to a decimal number.
The hexadecimal value should be ”B344”.
1 The binary value is:

B344  1011.0011.0100.0100
2 Invert the binary number:

1011.0011.0100.0100  0100.1100.1011.1011
3 Add a ”1”to the inverted binary number:

0100.1100.1011.1011
0000.0000.0000.0001
0100.1100.1011.1100
4 Convert the binary number into a decimal number:

0100110010111100  19644
5 The temperature value is calculated as follows:

temperature value = 0.01 °C × decimal value = 0.01 °C (-19644) = -196.44 °C

The temperature values can now be calculated according to the parameterization.

 For the parameterization
”Pt100, -200…850°C”
”Ni100, -60…250°C”
”Pt200, -200…850°C”
”Pt500, -200…850°C”
”Pt1000, -200…850°C”
”Ni1000, -60…250°C”

use the equation:

temperature value = 0.1 °C × decimal value

The value range:

-200 °C…-0,1°C
is displayed as follows:
F830hex…FFFFhex (decimal: -2000…-1)

The value range:

0 °C…850°C
is displayed as follows:
0000hex…2134hex (decimal: 0…8500)

496 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
  For the parameterization
”Pt100, -200…150°C”
”Ni100, -60…150°C”
”Pt200, -200…150°C”
”Pt500, -200…150°C”
”Pt1000, -200…150°C”
”Ni1000, -60…150°C”

use the equation:

temperature value = 0.1 °C × decimal value

The value range:

-200 °C…-0,01°C
is displayed as follows:
B1E0hex…FFFFhex (decimal: -20000…-1)

The value range:

0 °C…150°C
is displayed as follows:
0000hex…3A98hex (decimal: 0…15000)

For representation of resistance values only positive numbers (hexadecimal/binary) are used. The
positive values can easily be converted into decimal ones.
The value range:
0…100 ; 0…200 ; 0…200 ; 0…1000 
is displayed as follows:
0000hex…7FFFhex (decimal: 0…32767)

The resistance values can now be calculated according to the parameterization.

The following equations are valid:
”Resistance, 0…100 Ohm”:

resistance value = 0.00305  × decimal value

”Resistance, 0…200 Ohm”:

resistance value = 0.00610  × decimal value

”Resistance, 0…400 Ohm”:

resistance value = 0.01221  × decimal value

”Resistance, 0…1000 Ohm”:

resistance value = 0.03052  × decimal value

2020/09 497
Appendix

Temperature- and voltage values (BL20-2AI-THERMO-PI)

Before using the equation below, the hexadecimal or binary value has to be converted into a deci-
mal value.
The hexadecimal/binary values for the negative value range cannot easily be converted into deci-
mal values, because the values are coded as two’s complement.
All numerical values from 00000hex… 7FFFhex represent positive values when coded as two’s com-
plement. Values in this range can easily be converted into decimal values. This is also relevant for
binary numbers in which the most significant bit (bit 16) is ”0”.
All numerical values from 8000hex…FFFFhex represent negative values when coded as two’s comple-
ment. This is also relevant for binary numbers in which the most significant bit (bit 16) is ”1”. Please
see  Example of the conversion of negative numerical value, s. S. 496.

resistance value = 0.00305  × decimal value

The temperature and voltage values can now be calculated according to the parameterization.
 For the parameterization
”Typ K, -270…1370°C”
”Typ B, +100…1820°C”
”Typ E, -270…1000°C”
”Typ J, -210…1200°C”
”Typ N, -270…1300°C”
”Typ R, -50…1760°C”
”Typ S, -50…1540°C”
”Typ T, -270…400°C”

use the equation:

Temperature value = 0.01 °C × decimal value

The value range:

-270 °C…-0,1°C
is displayed as follows:
F574hex…FFFFhex (decimal: -2700…-1)The value range:
0 °C…1820°C
is displayed as follows:
0000hex…4718hex (decimal: 0…18200)

The value range:

-50 mV…-0,002 mV;
-100 mV…-0,003 mV;
-500 mV…-0,015 mV;
-1000 mV…-0.031 mV
is displayed as follows:
8000hex…FFFFhex (deimal: -32768…-1)

498 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 The value range:
0 mV…50 mV;
0 mV…100 mV;
0 mV…500 mV;
0 mV…1000 mV;
is displayed as follows:
0000hex to 7FFFhex (decimal: 0…32767)

For the parameterization ”±50mV”:

voltage value = 0.001526 mV x decimal value

For the parameterization ”±100mV”:

voltage value = 0.003052 mV x decimal value

For the parameterization ”±500mV”:

voltage value = 0.015259 mV x decimal value

For the parameterization ”±1000mV”:

voltage value = 0.030519 mV x decimal value

2020/09 499
Appendix

Voltages from 0…10 VDC

Before using the equation below, the hexadecimal or binary value has to be converted into a deci-
mal value.
The hexadecimal/binary value can easily be converted into a decimal value, because all numbers
belong to the positive range of the two’s complement.

The value range:

0…10 VDC
is displayed as follows:
0000hex…7FFFhex (decimal: 0…32767)

The voltage value can now be calculated by means of the following equation:

voltage value = 0.001526 mV x decimal value

Voltage values from -10 bis 10 V DC

Before using the equation below, the hexadecimal or binary value has to be converted into a deci-
mal value.
The hexadecimal/binary values for the negative value range cannot easily be converted into deci-
mal values, because the values are coded as two’s complement.
All numerical values from 00000hex… 7FFFhex represent positive values when coded as two’s com-
plement. Values in this range can easily be converted into decimal values. This is also relevant for
binary numbers in which the most significant bit (bit 16) is ”0”.
All numerical values from 8000hex…FFFFhex represent negative values when coded as two’s comple-
ment. This is also relevant for binary numbers in which the most significant bit (bit 16) is ”1”. Please
see  Example of the conversion of negative numerical value, s. S. 496.

voltage value = 4.88 × 10-3 mV × decimal value

The value range:

-10 V…-3.052 10-4 V
is displayed as follows:
8000hex…FFFFhex (decimal:-32768…-1)

The value range:

0 V…10 V
is displayed as follows:
0000hex…7FFFhex (decimal: 0…32767)

voltage value = 0.001526 mV × decimal value

500 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
17.1.2 Equations for 12-bit representation
The 12-bit-representation is ”left-justified”. The value is transmitted with 16 bit. The last 4 digits of
the binary number or respectively the last digit position of the hexadecimal value are used as diag-
nostic bits!
Before using the equation below, the hexadecimal or binary value has to be converted into a deci-
mal value. The value is contained in the 3 more significant digit positions of the hexadecimal num-
ber or in the 12 more significant bits of the binary number.
In the 12-bit-representation only the 3 more significant digit positions of the hexadecimal number
or the 12 more significant bits of the binary number are used for the calculation of the decimal value.
Current values from 0…20 mA
The value range:
0…20 mA
is displayed as follows:
000hex…7FFFhex (decimal: 0…4095)

The hexadecimal/binary value can easily be changed into a decimal value.

The current value can now be calculated by means of the following equation:

voltage value = 4.88 × 10-3 mA × decimal value

Current values from 4 bis 20 20 mA

The value range:
4…20 mA
is displayed as follows:
000hex…7FFFhex (decimal: 0…4095)

The hexadecimal/binary value can easily be changed into a decimal value.

The current value can now be calculated by means of the following equation:
current value = 3.91 x 10-3 × decimal value

2020/09 501
Appendix

Temperature- and resistance values (BL20-2AI-PT/NI-2/3)

The hexadecimal/binary values for the negative value range cannot easily be converted into deci-
mal values, because the values are coded as two’s complement.
All numerical values from 000hex … 7FFhex represent positive values when coded as two’s comple-
ment. Values in this range can easily be converted into decimal values. This is also relevant for binary
numbers in which the most significant bit (bit 16) is ”0”.
All numerical values from 800hex…FFFFhex represent negative values when coded as two’s comple-
ment. This is also relevant for binary numbers in which the most significant bit (bit 12) is ”1”.
The conversion into a decimal number is shown in the following:
 Example of the conversion of negative numerical values. S. 496
The temperature values can now be calculated according to the parameterization.
 The first equation is for the parameterization:
”Pt100, -200…850°C”
”Ni100, -60…250°C”
”Pt200, -200…850°C”
”Pt500, -200…850°C”
”Pt1000, -200…850°C”
”Ni1000, -60…250°C”

Temperature value = 0.5 °C × decimal value

The value range:

-200 °C…-0,5°C
is displayed as follows:
E70hex…FFFhex (decimal: -400…-1)

The value range:

0 °C…850°C
is displayed as follows:
000hex…6A4hex (decimal: 0…1700)

 The second equation is for the parameterization:

”Pt100, -200…150°C”
”Ni100, -60…150°C”
”Pt200, -200…150°C”
”Pt500, -200…150°C”
”Pt1000, -200…150°C”
”Ni1000, -60…150°C”

Temperature value = 0.1 °C × decimal value

502 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 The value range:
-200 °C…-0.1°C
is displayed as follows:
830hex…FFFhex (decimal: -2000…-1)

The value range:

0 °C…150°C
is displayed as follows:
000hex…5DChex (decimal: 0…1500)

For representation of resistance values only positive numbers (hexadecimal/binary) are used. The
positive values can easily be converted into decimal ones.
The resistance values can now be calculated according to the parameterization.
The value range:
0 to100 ;
0 to 200 ;
0 to 400 ;
0 to 1000 ;
is displayed as follows:
000hex…FFFhex (decimal: 0 to 4095).
The following equations are valid:
”Resistance, 0…100 Ohm”:

Resistance value = 0.02442 × decimal value

”Resistance, 0…200 Ohm”:

Resistance value = 0.04884  × decimal value

”Resistance, 0…200 Ohm”:

Resistance value = 0.09768 × decimal value

”Resistance, 0…1000 Ohm”:

Resistance value = 0.24420 × decimal value

2020/09 503
Appendix

Temperature- and voltage values (BL20-2AI-THERMO-PI)

Before using the equation below, the hexadecimal or binary value has to be converted into a deci-
mal value. The value is contained in the 3 more significant digit positions of the hexadecimal num-
ber or in the 12 more significant bits of the binary number.
The hexadecimal/binary values for the negative value range cannot easily be converted into deci-
mal values, because the values are coded as two’s complement.
All numerical values from 000hex … 7FFhex represent positive values when coded as two’s comple-
ment. Values in this range can easily be converted into decimal values. This is also relevant for binary
numbers in which the most significant bit (bit 16) is ”0”.
All numerical values from 800hex…FFFFhex represent negative values when coded as two’s comple-
ment. This is also relevant for binary numbers in which the most significant bit (bit 12) is ”1”.
The conversion into a decimal number is shown in the following:
 s. S. 496.
The temperature and voltage values can now be calculated according to the parameterization.
For the parameterization
 ”Type K, -270…1370°C”
 ”Type B, +100…1820°C”
 ”Type E, -270…1000°C”
 ”Type J, -210…1200°C”
 ”Type N, -270…1300°C”
 ”Type R, -50…1760°C”
 ”Type S, -50…1540°C”
 ”Type T, -270…400°C”
use the equation:

Temperature value = 1 °C × decimal value

The value range:

-270 °C…1820°C
is displayed as follows:
EF2hex…71Chex (decimal: -270…1820)

For the parameterization ”±50mV”:

voltage value = 0.02443 mV x decimal value

For the parameterization ”±100mV”:

voltage value = 0.04885 mV x decimal value

For the parameterization ”±500mV”:

voltage value = 0.24426 mV x decimal value

For the parameterization ”±1000mV”:

voltage value = 0.488523 mV x decimal value

504 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 The value range:
-50 mV…-0,024 mV;
-100 mV…-0,049mV;
-500 mV…-0,244mV;
-1000 mV…-0,489mV;
is displayed as follows:
800hex…7FFFhex (decimal: -2048…-1)

The value range:

0 mV…50 mV;
0 mV…100 mV;
0 mV…500 mV;
0 mV…1000 mV;
is displayed as follows:
000hex…7FFhex (decimal: 0…2047)

Voltages from 0…10 VDC

The hexadecimal/binary value can easily be converted into a decimal value, because all numbers
belong to the positive range of the two’s complement.

The voltage value can now be calculated by means of the following equation:

voltage value = 0.002442 V x decimal value

The value range:

0 V…10 V
is displayed as follows:
000hex…7FFFhex (decimal: 0…4095)

2020/09 505
Appendix

Voltages from -10…10 VDC

The hexadecimal/binary values for the negative value range cannot easily be converted into deci-
mal values, because the values are coded as two’s complement.
All numerical values from 000hex … 7FFhex represent positive values when coded as two’s comple-
ment. Values in this range can easily be converted into decimal values. This is also relevant for binary
numbers in which the most significant bit (bit 12) is ”0”.
All numerical values from 800hex…FFFFhex represent negative values when coded as two’s comple-
ment. This is also relevant for binary numbers in which the most significant bit (bit 12) is ”1”. Please
see  Example of the conversion of negative numerical value, s. S. 496.
The voltage value can now be calculated by means of the following equation:
For positive values 0 …10 VDC:

voltage value = 0.004885 V × decimal value

The value range:

0 V…10 V
is displayed as follows:
000hex…7FFhex (decimal: 0…2047)

For negative voltage values -10 …10 VDC:

voltage value = 0.004883 V × decimal value

The value range:

-10 V…-0.0049 V
is displayed as follows:
800hex…7FFFhex (decimal: -2048…-1)

506 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
17.2 Analog value representation (analog output modules)

17.2.1 Resolution of analog value representations

In the bipolar mode the digitalized analog values are represented as a two’s complement. The 16 bit
or the 12-bit-representation (left justified) can be chosen by setting the respective module param-
eter.

17.2.2 Equations for 16-bit representation

Current values from 0 bis 20 20 mA
The decimal values for the current values from 0…20 mA can be calculated by means of the follow-
ing equation:

decimal value = 2047.9375 1/mA × current value - 8191.75

The value range:

0…20 mA
is displayed as follows:
0000hex…7FFFhex (decimal: 0…32767)

The decimal value can easily be converted into a hexadecimal value, because all numbers belong to
the positive range of the two’s complement.

Current values from 4…20 mA

The decimal values for the current values from 4…20 mA can be calculated by means of the follow-
ing equation:

decimal value = 2047.9375 1/mA × current value - 8191.75

The value range:

4…20 mA
is displayed as follows:
0000hex…7FFFhex (decimal: 0…32767)

The decimal value can easily be converted into a hexadecimal value, because all numbers belong to
the positive range of the two’s complement.

2020/09 507
Appendix

Voltages from 0…10 VDC

The decimal values for the current values from 0…10 VDC can be calculated by means of the follow-
ing equation:

decimal value = 3276.7 /1V × voltage value

The decimal value can easily be converted into a hexadecimal value, because all numbers belong to
the positive range of the two’s complement.
Voltage values in the range of -10 … 10 V DC
The decimal values for the current values from -10…10 VDC can be calculated by means of the fol-
lowing equation:
For positive values 0 …10 VDC:

decimal value = 3276.7 /1V × voltage value

The value range:

0 V…10 V
is displayed as follows:
0000hex…7FFFhex (decimal: 0…32767)

For negative voltage values -10 …0 VDC:

decimal value = 3276.8 /1V × voltage value

The value range:

-10 V…-3.052 10-4 V
is displayed as follows:
8000hex…FFFFhex (decimal:-32768…-1)

508 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Conversion of the decimal values into hexadecimal/ binary values
The decimal value can easily be converted into hexadecimal value. The two’s complement for the
16 bit values corresponds to the dual numbers in the positive range.
The conversion of negative decimal values into hexadecimal values is more complicated, because
the values have to be coded as a two’s complement. The following example explains the method of
conversion:
The 4-digit hexadecimal number for the voltage value -6 V is searched:

decimal value = 3276.8 1/V× (-6 v) = -19660.8

Some calculators can be used to convert negative decimal values directly in a hexadecimal value
coded as two’s complement.
Without such a calculator, convert the value as follows:
1 Convert the amount of the negative decimal value to a binary number:

|-19660,8| = 19660,8  100.1100.1100.1100

2 Fill the 16 bit of the binary number with ”0”:

100.1100.1100.11000100.1100.1100.1100
3 Invert the 16-digit binary number:

0100.1100.1100.1100 1011.0011.0011.0011
4 Add ”1” to this inverted number:

1011.0011.0011.0011
0000.0000.0000.0001
1011.0011.0011.0100
5 The number is now coded as a two’s complement and can be converted into a hexadecimal num-
ber.

1011.0011.0011.0100  B334
6 The result is:

19660.8  B334

2020/09 509
Appendix

17.2.3 Equations for 12-bit representation

The 12-bit-representation is ”left-justified”. The value is transmitted with 16 bit. The last 4 digits of
the binary number or respectively the last digit position of the hexadecimal value are always ”0”!

Current values from 0…20 mA

The decimal values for the current values from 0…20 mA can be calculated by means of the follow-
ing equation:

decimal value = 204.75 1/mA × current value

The value range:

0…20 mA
is displayed as follows:
000hex…7FFFhex (decimal: 0…4095)

The decimal value can easily be changed into a hexadecimal value.

As the numbers are represented left-justified, a ”0” has to be added to the 3-digit hexadecimal value
or the number has to move one digit to the left.
XXXhex XXX0hex
The 12-digit binary number has to be filled with 4 digits of ”0” or has to move 4 digits to the left:
XXXX.XXXX.XXXX XXXX.XXXX.XXXX.0000
Current values from 4 to 20 20 mA
The decimal values for the current values from 4…20 mA can be calculated by means of the follow-
ing equation:

decimal value = 255.9375 1/mA × current value-1023.75

The value range:

4…20 mA
is displayed as follows:
000hex…7FFFhex (decimal: 0…4095)

The decimal value can easily be changed into a hexadecimal value (see s. S. 510).

510 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Voltage values from 0…10 VDC
The decimal values for the current values from 0…10 VDC can be calculated by means of the follow-
ing equation:

decimal value = 409.5 1/V ÷ voltage value

The value range:

0 V…10 V
is displayed as follows:
000hex…7FFFhex (decimal: 0…4095)

The decimal value can easily be changed into a hexadecimal value (see s. S. 510).
Voltage values from -10…10 VDC
The decimal values for the current values from -10…10 VDC can be calculated by means of the fol-
lowing equation:
For positive values 0 …10 VDC:
decimal value = 204.7 1/V × voltage value

The value range:

0 V…10 V
is displayed as follows:
000hex…7FFhex (decimal: 0…2047)

For negative voltage values -10 …0 VDC:

decimal value = 204.8 1/V × voltage value

The value range:

-10 V…-0.0049 V
is displayed as follows:
800hex…FFFhex (decimal: -2048…-1)

The decimal value can easily be converted into hexadecimal value. The two’s complement for the
12 bit values corresponds to the dual numbers in the positive range.
As the numbers are represented left-justified, a ”0” has to be added to the 3-digit hexadecimal value
or the number has to move one digit to the left s. S. 510.

2020/09 511
Appendix

Conversion of the decimal values into hexadecimal/ binary values

The conversion of negative decimal values into hexadecimal values is more complicated, because
the values have to be coded as a two’s complement. The following example explains the method of
conversion:
The 4-digit hexadecimal number for the voltage value -6 V is searched:

decimal value = 204.75 1/V × (- 6 V) = -1228.8

Some calculators can be used to convert negative decimal values directly in a hexadecimal value
coded as two’s complement.
Without such a calculator, convert the value as follows:
1 Convert the amount of the negative decimal value to a binary number:

|-1228,8| = 1228,8 100.1100.1100

2 Fill the 12 bit of the binary number with ”0”:

100.1100.1100 0100.1100.1100
3 Invert the 12-digit binary number:

0100.1100.1100 1011.0011.0011
4 Add ”1” to this inverted number:

1011.0011.0011
0000.0000.0001
1011.0011.0100

5 The number is now coded as a two’s complement and can be converted into a hexadecimal num-
ber.

1011.0011.0100 B34
6 As the number is represented as 16 bit left-justified, the hexadecimal value has to be completed
with a ”0” and the binary value with 4 ”0”.

B34 B340
(1011.0011.0100  1011.0011.0100.0000)
7 The result is:

-1228,8 B340

512 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
17.3 Ident codes the BL20-modules
Each module is identified by the gateway using a unique identifier.

Module ident code

Digital input modules

BL20-2DI-24VDC-P 0×210020××

BL20-2DI-24VDC-N 0×220020××

BL20-2DI-120/230VAC 0×230020××

BL20-4DI-24VDC-P 0×410030××

BL20-4DI-24VDC-N 0×420030××

BL20-4DI-NAMUR 0×015640××

BL20-E-8DI-24VDC-P 0×610040××

BL20-16DI-24VDC-P 0×810050××

BL20-E-16DI-24VDC-P 0×820050××

BL20-32DI-24VDC-P 0×A10070××

Analog input modules

BL20-1AI-I(0/4..20MA) 0×012350××

BL20-2AI-I(0/4..20MA) 0×225570××

BL20-1AI-U(-10/0..+10VDC) 0×011350××

BL20-2AI-U(-10/0..+10VDC) 0×235570××

BL20-2AI-PT/NI-2/3 0×215770××

BL20-2AI-THERMO-PI 0×215570××

BL20-4AI-U/I 0×417790××

BL20-E-8AI-U/I-4PT/NI 0×6199B0××

BL20-2AIH-I 0x2179C0××

BL20-E-4AI-TC 0×427790××

Digital output modules

BL20-2DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 0×212002××

BL20-2DO-24VDC-0.5A-N 0×222002××

BL20-2DO-24VDC-2A-P 0×232002××

BL20-2DO-120/230VAC-0.5A 0×250002××

BL20-4DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 0×013003××

BL20-E-8DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 0×610004××

BL20-16DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 0×413005××

BL20-E-16DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 0×820005××

2020/09 513
Appendix

Module ident code

BL20-32DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 0×614007××

Analog output modules

BL20-1AO-I(0/4..20MA) 0×010605××

BL20-2AO-I(0/4..20MA) 0×220807××

BL20-2AO-U(-10/0..+10VDC) 0×210807××

BL20-E-4AO-U/I 0×417A09××

BL20-2AOH-I 0×217AB7××

Relay modules

BL20-2DO-R-NC 0×230002××

BL20-2DO-R-NO 0×220002××

BL20-2DO-R-CO 0×210002××

Technology modules

BL20-1CNT-24VDC 0×014B99××

BL20-E-2CNT-2PWM 0×017BCC××

BL20-1RS232 0×014799××

BL20-1RS485/422 0×024799××

BL20-1SSI 0×044799××

BL20-E-1SWIRE 0×169C99××

BL20-2RFID-x 0×242224××

Power distribution modules

BL20-BR-24VDC-D 0×013000××

BL20-PF-24VDC-D 0×023000××

BL20-PF-120/230VAC-D 0×053000××

514 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
17.4 Nominal current consumption and power loss

17.4.1 Nominal current consumption of BL20-modules from the supply terminal IL

Module Power supply Nominal current consumption

gateway –

BL20-BR-24VDC-D 10 A

BL20-PF-24VDC-D 10 A

BL20-PF-120/230VAC-D 10 A

BL20-2DI-24VDC-P  20 mA

BL20-2DI-24VDC-N  20 mA

BL20-2DI-120/230VAC  20 mA

BL20-4DI-24VDC-P  40 mA

BL20-4DI-24VDC-N  40 mA

BL20-4DI-NAMUR  30 mA

BL20-16DI-24VDC-P  40 mA

BL20-32DI-24VDC-P  30 mA

BL20-1AI-I(0/4..20MA)  50 mA

BL20-2AI-I(0/4..20MA)  12 mA

BL20-1AI-U(-10/0..+10VDC)  50 mA

BL20-2AI-U(-10/0..+10VDC) 12 mA

BL20-2AI-PT/NI-2/3 < 30 mA

BL20-2AI-THERMO-PI < 30 mA

BL20-4AI-U/I < 20 mA

BL20-E-8AI-U/I-4PT/NI 50 mA

BL20-2AIH-I typ. 35 mA (without measurement

signal)

BL20-E-4AI-TC < 30 mA

BL20-2DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 20 mA (load current= 0)

BL20-2DO-24VDC-0.5A-N 20 mA (load current= 0)

BL20-2DO-24VDC-2A-P 50 mA (load current= 0)

BL20-4DO-24VDC-0.5A-P  25 mA (load current = 0)

BL20-16DO-24VDC-0.5A-P < 30 mA

BL20-32DO-24VDC-0.5A-P < 50 mA

BL20-2DO-120/230VAC-0.5A 20 mA (load current= 0)

BL20-1AO-I(0/4..20MA)  50 mA

2020/09 515
Appendix

Module Power supply Nominal current consumption

BL20-2AO-I(0/4..20MA)  50 mA

BL20-2AO-U(-10/0..+10VDC)  50 mA

BL20-2AOH-I < 20 mA (without signal output)

BL20-E-4AO-U/I < 40 mA (without signal output)

BL20-2DO-R-NC < 20 mA

BL20-2DO-R-NO < 20 mA

BL20-2DO-R-CO < 20 mA

BL20-1CNT-24VDC 50 mA (load current= 0)

BL20-E-2CNT-2PWM Typ. 35 mA
(all in- and outputs = 0)

BL20-1RS232 -

BL20-1RS485/422 < 25 mA

BL20-1SSI < 25 mA

BL20-2RFID-x 100 mA

17.4.2 Nominal current from module bus IMB

Module Power supply Nominal current consumption

gateway 430 mA

BL20-BR-24VDC-D 1500 mA

BL20-PF-24VDC-D 28 mA

BL20-PF-120/230VAC-D  25 mA

BL20-2DI-24VDC-P 28 mA

BL20-2DI-24VDC-N 28 mA

BL20-2DI-120/230VAC 28 mA

BL20-4DI-24VDC-P  29 mA

BL20-4DI-24VDC-N 28 mA

BL20-4DI-NAMUR 40 mA

BL20-16DI-24VDC-P 45 mA

BL20-32DI-24VDC-P 30 mA

BL20-1AI-I(0/4…20MA) 41 mA

BL20-2AI-I(0/4…20MA) 35 mA

BL20-1AI-U(-10/0...+10VDC) 41 mA

BL20-2AI-U(-10/0...+10VDC) 35 mA

516 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Module Power supply Nominal current consumption

BL20-2AI-PT/NI-2/3 45 mA

BL20-2AI-THERMO-PI 45 mA

BL20-4AI-U/I  50 mA

BL20-E-8AI-U/I-4PT/NI < 50 mA

BL20-2AIH-I 30 mA

BL20-E-4AI-TC  50 mA

BL20-2DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 32 mA

BL20-2DO-24VDC-0.5A-N 32 mA

BL20-2DO-24VDC-2A-P 33 mA

BL20-4DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 30 mA

BL20-16DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 45 mA

BL20-32DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 30 mA

BL20-2DO-120/230VAC-0.5A 35 mA

BL20-1AO-I(0/4…20MA) 39 mA

BL20-2AO-I(0/4…20MA) 40 mA

BL20-2AO-U(-10/0…+10VDC) 43 mA

BL20-2AOH-I 30 mA

BL20-E-4AO-U/I < 50 mA

BL20-2DO-R-NC 28 mA

BL20-2DO-R-NO 28 mA

BL20-2DO-R-CO 28 mA

BL20-1CNT-24VDC 40 mA

BL20-E-2CNT-2PWM 30 mA

BL20-1RS232 140 mA

BL20-1RS485/422  60 mA

BL20-1SSI 50 mA

BL20-E-1SWIRE 60 mA

BL20-2RFID-x 30 mA

17.4.3 Power loss of the modules

Modules Power loss (typical)

gateway –

BL20-BR-24VDC-D –

2020/09 517
Appendix

Modules Power loss (typical)

BL20-PF-24VDC-D –

BL20-PF-120/230VAC-D –

BL20-2DI-24VDC-P 0.7 W

BL20-2DI-24VDC-N 0.7 W

BL20-2DI-120/230VAC 1 W

BL20-4DI-24VDC-P 1 W

BL20-4DI-24VDC-N 1 W

BL20-16DI-24VDC-P 2.5 W

BL20-32DI-24VDC-P 4.2 W

BL20-1AI-I(0/4..20MA) 1 W

BL20-2AI-I(0/4..20MA) 1 W

BL20-1AI-U(-10/0..+10VDC) 1 W

BL20-2AI-U(-10/0..+10VDC) 1 W

BL20-2AI-PT/NI-2/3 1 W

BL20-2AI-THERMO-PI 1 W

BL20-4-AI-U/I 1W

BL20-E-4AI-TC 1W

BL20-E-8AI-U/I-4PT/NI 1.5 W

BL20-2AIH-I 1W

BL20-2DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 1 W

BL20-2DO-24VDC-0.5A-N 1 W

BL20-2DO-24VDC-2A-P 1 W

BL20-4DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 1 W

BL20-16DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 4 W

BL20-32DO-24VDC-0.5A-P 4 W

BL20-2DO-120/230VAC-0.5A 1 W

BL20-1AO-I(0/4..20MA) 1 W

BL20-2AO-I(0/4..20MA) 1 W

BL20-2AO-U(-10/0..+10VDC) 1 W

BL20-E-4AO-U/I 1.5 W

BL20-2AOH-I 1W

BL20-2DO-R-NC 1 W

BL20-2DO-R-NO 1 W

BL20-2DO-R-CO 1 W

518 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Modules Power loss (typical)

BL20-1CNT-24VDC 1.3 W

BL20-E-2CNT-2PWM 2 W

BL20-1RS232 1 W

BL20-1RS485/422 1 W

BL20-1SSI 1 W

BL20-E-1SWIRE 1 W

BL20-2RFID-x 1 W

17.5 Abbreviations

Abbrev. Designation Example

ABPL End plate for right-sided termination of a BL20 station BL20-ABPL

AI Analog input module BL20-1AI-…

AO Analog output module BL20-1AO-…

B Designation for base module in block design BL20-B3S-SBB

B engl. Bridge connector: bridged connections on the BL20-S3T-SBB

same connection level in a base module, for applying
potentials

B Added to designation of base modules for those Bus BL20-P4T-SBBC-B

Refreshing modules used within a BL20 station but do
not supply the gateway with power.

BR Bus Refreshing module BL20-BR-24VDC-D

C Designation of a connection level with cross connec- BL20-S4T-SBBC

tion to a C-rail and can, among other things, be used as
a PE (only possible with certain base modules).

CJ Base module for BL20-2AI-THERMO-PI with integrated BL20-S4T-SBBS-CJ

PT1000 for cold junction compensation

CNT engl. counter module BL20-1CNT-24VDC

CO engl. change over change over contact BL20-2DO-R-CO

D Diagnostics BL20-BR-24VDC-D

DI Digital input module BL20-2DI-24VDC-P

DO Digital output module BL20-2DO-24VDC-2A-P

GW gateway BL20-GW-PBDP-1.5MB

KLBU Terminal clip, shielded connection for analog input BL20-KLBU/T

modules

KO Coding element for coding electronics and base mod- BL20-KO/2

ule

MB MBaud (Mbps); Transmission rate BL20-GW-PBDP-1.5MB

2020/09 519
Appendix

Abbrev. Designation Example

N Negative switching (sourcing) BL20-2DI-24VDC-N

NC engl. normally closed normally closed contact BL20-2DO-R-NC

NI For connecting resistance thermometers with sensors BL20-2AI-PT/NI-2/3

Ni100 and NI1000 in 2- or 3-wire measurement type

NO engl. normally open normally open contact BL20-2DO-R-NO

P Positive switching BL20-2DI-24VDC-P

P Designation of the base module for Power Feeding and BL20-P3T-SBB

Bus Refreshing modules

PBDP BL20 gateway for PROFIBUS-DP BL20-GW-PBDP-1.5MB

PF Power Feeding module BL20-PF-24VDC-D

PT Analog input module for connecting resistance ther- BL20-2AI-PT/NI-2/3

mometers with sensors PT100, PT200, PT500 and
PT1000 in 2- or 3-wire measurement type

QV Jumper for relay modules BL20-QV/1

R Relay module BL20-2DO-R-NC

S Designation for base module in slice design BL20-S3T-SBB

S engl. screw Designation for base module with screw BL20-S3S-SBB

connection

S engl. screw Designation for gateway with screw con- BL20-GW-PBDB-1.5MB-S

nection

S engl. single connector: non-bridged connections on BL20-S3T-SBB

the same connection level in a base module, used for
connecting the signal

T engl. tension clamp Designation for base module with BL20-S3T-SBB

tension clamp connection

x Partly for ”S” or ”T” in the designations of base modules BL20-S3×-SBB

with screw or tension clamp connection

520 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
17.6 Assignment electronic and base modules

BL20-S4×-SBBS-CJ

BL20-S6×-SBCSBC

BL20-B6×-SBBSBB
BL20-S6×-SBBSBB

BL20-P4×-SBBC-B
BL20-P3×-SBB-B
BL20-B4×-SBBC

BL20-P4×-SBBC
BL20-S4×-SBBC

BL20-S4×-SBCS
BL20-S4×-SBBS

BL20-B3×-SBC
BL20-B3×-SBB
BL20-S3×-SBC

BL20-P3×-SBB
BL20-S3×-SBB
Base module
Electronic module
Digital input
BL20-2DI-24VDC-P X X
BL20-2DI-24VDC-N X X
BL20-2DI-120/230VAC X X
BL20-4DI-24VDC-P X X
BL20-4DI-24VDC-N X X
BL20-16DI-24VDC-P X X
BL20-32DI-24VDC-P X
BL20-4DI-NAMUR X
Analog input
BL20-1AI-I(0/4…20MA) X X
BL20-2AI-I(0/4…20MA) X X
BL20-1AI-U(-10/0...+10VDC) X X
BL20-2AI-U(-10/0...+10VDC) X X
BL20-2AI-PT/NI-2/3 X X
BL20-2AI-THERMO-PI X
BL20-4AI-U/I X
BL20-2AIH-I X
Digital output
BL20-2DO-24VDC-2A-P X X
BL20-2DO-24VDC-0.5A-P X X
BL20-2DO-24VDC-0.5A-N X X
BL20-4DO-24VDC-0.5A-P X X
BL20-16DO-24VDC-0.5A-P X
BL20-32DO-24VDC-0.5A-P X
BL20-2DO-120/230VAC-0.5A X X

Analog output
BL20-1AO-I(0/4…20MA) X
BL20-2AO-I(0/4…20MA) X
BL20-2AO-U(-10/0…+10VDC) X
BL20-2AOH-I X

2020/09 521
Appendix

BL20-S4×-SBBS-CJ

BL20-S6×-SBCSBC

BL20-B6×-SBBSBB
BL20-S6×-SBBSBB

BL20-P4×-SBBC-B
BL20-P3×-SBB-B
BL20-B4×-SBBC

BL20-P4×-SBBC
BL20-S4×-SBBC

BL20-S4×-SBCS
BL20-S4×-SBBS

BL20-B3×-SBC
BL20-B3×-SBB
BL20-S3×-SBC

BL20-P3×-SBB
BL20-S3×-SBB
Base module
Electronic module
Relay modules
BL20-2DO-R-NC X X
BL20-2DO-R-NO X X
BL20-2DO-R-CO X

Technology modules
BL20-1CNT-24VDC X
BL20-1RS232 X
BL20-1RS485/422 X
BL20-1SSI X

Power distribution mod-

ules
BL20-BR-24VDC-D X X X X
1) 2) 1) 2)

BL20-PF-24VDC-D X X
BL20-PF-120/230VAC-D X X

1) base modules for gateway supply

2) base modules for the bus refreshing wihtin a station

522 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
17.7 Cross reference list parameters

NOTE
Due to a product actualization, the parameter texts of the Turck I/O-products have been
revised.
The actual configuration files (GSD-, GSDML-, EDS-files) with the new parameters can be
found under www.turck.com.
Please use the following cross reference list if you work with old configuration files with
old parameter texts (release date before April 2014).

Parameters OLD Parameters NEW

Digital modules
Activate output

0 = no
1 = yes

Invert digital input

0 = no
1 = yes

Wire break diagnostics Activate wire break diagnostics

0 = deactivate 0 = no
1 = activate 1 = yes

Wire break monitoring Activate wire break monitoring

0 = deactivate 0 = no
1 = activate 1 = yes

Input on diagnostic

0 = output substitute value 0 = substitute value

1 = keep last value 1 = current value

Activate input filter

0 = no
1 = yes

Substitute value

0 = off
1=1

Short-circuit diagnosis Activate overcurrent diagnostics

0 = deactivate 0 = no
1 = activate 1 = yes

Short-circuit monitoring Activate overcurrent monitoring

0 = deactivate 0 = no
1 = activate 1 = yes

Output on overcurrent Manual output reset after overcurrent

2020/09 523
Appendix

Parameters OLD Parameters NEW

0 = automatic recovery 0 = no
1 = yes 1 = yes

Analog modules
range Measurement range

0 = 0…10V/0…20 mA
1 = -10…10V/4…20 mA

Mode
– BL20-2AIH-I
– BL20-2AOH-I
0 = 0…20mA
1 = 4…20mA
2 = 4…20mA HART active

Mode
– BL20-4AI-U/I
0 = voltage
1 = current

Mode
– BL20-E-4AO-U/I
0000 = voltage -10…10 V standard
0001 = voltage 0…10 V standard
0010 = voltage -10…10 V NE43
0011 = voltage 0…10 V NE43
0100 = voltage -10…10 V ext. range
0101 = voltage 0…10 V ext. range
1000 = current 0…20 mA standard
1001 = current 4…20 mA standard
1010 = current 0…20 mA NE43
1011 = current 4…20 mA NE43
1100 = current 0…20 mA ext. range
1101 = current 4…20 mA ext. range

524 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Parameters OLD Parameters NEW

Mode
– BL20-E-8AI-U/I-4PT/NI
000000 = voltage -10…10 V DC standard
000001 = voltage 0…10 V DC standard
000010 = voltage -10…10 V DC PA (NE 43)
000011 = voltage 0…10 V DC PA (NE 43)
000100 = voltage -10…10 V DC extended range
000101 = voltage 0…10 V DC extended range
001000 = current 0…20 mA standard
001001 = current 4…20 mA standard
001010 = current 0…20 mA PA (NE 43)
001011 = current 4…20 mA DC PA (NE 43)
001100 = current 0…20 mA extended range
001101 = current 4…20 mA extended range
010000 = Pt100,-200 °C…850 °C, 2 wire
010001 = Pt100,-200 °C…150 °C, 2 wire
010010 = Pt200,-200 °C…850 °C, 2 wire
010011 = Pt200,-200 °C…150 °C, 2 wire
010100 = Pt500 -200 °C…850 °C, 2 wire
010101 = Pt500 -200 °C…150 °C, 2 wire
010110 = Pt1000 -200 °C…850 °C, 2 wire
010111 = Pt1000 -200 °C…150 °C, 2 wire

011000 = Pt100,-200 °C…850 °C, 3 wire

011001 = Pt100,-200 °C…150 °C, 3 wire
011010 = Pt200,-200 °C…850 °C, 3 wire
011011 = Pt200,-200 °C…150 °C, 3 wire
011100 = Pt500 -200 °C…850 °C, 3 wire
011101 = Pt500 -200 °C…150 °C, 3 wire
011110 = Pt1000 -200 °C…850 °C, 3 wire
011111 = Pt1000 -200 °C…150 °C, 3 wire
100000 = Ni100, -60 °C…250 °C, 2 wire
100001 = Ni100, -60 °C…150 °C, 2 wire
100010 = Ni1000, -60 °C…250 °C, 2 wire
100011 = Ni1000,-60 °C…150 °C, 2-wire
100100 = Ni1000TK5000, -60 °C…250 °C, 2 wire
101000 = Ni100, -60 °C…250 °C, 3 wire
101001 = Ni100, -60 °C…150 °C, 3 wire
101010 = Ni1000, -60 °C…250 °C, 3 wire
101011 = Ni1000,-60 °C…150 °C, 3-wire
101100 = Ni1000TK5000, -60 °C…250 °C, 3 wire
110000 = resistance, 0…400
110001 = resistance, 0…800
110011 = resistance, 0…2000
110100 = resistance, 0…4000

Diagnostics Deactivate all diagnostics

0 = activate 0 = no
1 = deactivate 1 = yes

Wire break diagnostics Activate wire break diagnostics

0 = block 0 = no
1 = release 1 = yes

Element RTD type

– BL20-2AI-PT/NI-2/3

2020/09 525
Appendix

Parameters OLD Parameters NEW

0000 = Pt100, -200…850 °C

0001 = Pt100, -200…150 °C
0010 = Ni1000, -60...250 °C
0011 = Ni1000, -60...150 °C
0100 = Pt200, -200…850 °C
0101 = Pt200, -200…150 °C
0110 = Pt500, -200…850 °C
0111 = Pt500, -200…150 °C
1000 = Pt1000, -200…850 °C
1001 = Pt1000, -200…150 °C
1010 = Ni1000, -60…250 °C
1011 = Ni1000, -60…150 °C
1100 = resistance, 0…100 
1101 = resistance, 0…200 
1110 = resistance, 0…400 
1111 = resistance, 0…1000 

Element Thermocouple type

– BL20-2AI-THERMO-PI
0000 = Type K, -270…1370 °C
0001 = Type B, +100…1820 °C
0010 = Type E, -270…1000 °C
0011 = Type J, -210…1200 °C
0100 = Type N, -270…1300 °C
0101 = Type R, -50…1760 °C
0110 = Type S, -50…1540 °C
0111 = Type T, -270…400 °C
1000 = ±50 mV
1001 = ±100 mV
1010 = ±500 mV
1011 = ±1000 mV

Element Thermocouple type

– BL20-E-4AI-TC
0000 = Type K, -270…1370 °C
0001 = Type B, +100…1820 °C
0010 = Type E, -270…1000 °C
0011 = Type J, -210…1200 °C
0100 = Type N, -270…1300 °C
0101 = Type R, -50…1760 °C
0110 = Type S, -50…1540 °C
0111 = Type T, -270…400 °C
1000 = ±50 mV
1001 = ±100 mV
1010 = ±500 mV
1011 = ±1000 mV
1100 = Type K, -454…2498 °F
1101 = Type J, -346…2192 °F
1110 = Type C 0… 2320 °C
1111 = Type G 0… 2320 °C

526 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Parameters OLD Parameters NEW

HART-Diagnostics Activate HART diagnostics

0 = release 0 = no
1 = block 1 = yes

Mapped channel Mapped channel VA

0 = channel 1
1 = channel 2

Mapped variable Mapped variable VA

00 = PV (1. HART variable)

01= SV (2nd HART variable)
10 = TV (3rd HART variable)
11 = QV (4th HART variable)

Channel Deactivate channel

0 = activate 0 = no
1 = deactivate 1 = yes

Short-circuit diagnosis Activate overcurrent diagnostics

0 = block 0 = no
1 = release 1 = yes

Mains suppression

0 = 50 Hz
1 = 60 Hz

Voltage mode (AI) Measurement range

0 = 0…10V
1 = -10…+10V

Voltage mode (AO) Output range

0 = 0…10 V
1 = -10…+10 V

Current range Measurement range

0 = 0…20 mA
1 = 4…20 mA

Current range Output range

0 = 0…20 mA
1 = 4…20 mA

Value representation Data format

0 = integer (15 bit + sign) 0 = 15 bit + sign

1 = 12 bit (left justified) 1 = 12 bit (left justified)

2020/09 527
Appendix

Parameters OLD Parameters NEW

Value representation Data representation

– BL20-2AIH-I
– BL20-2AOH-I
00 = 15 bit + sign
01 = NE43
10 = extended range

Value representation Data representation

– BL20-2AIH-I
– BL20-2AOH-I
Technology modules
– BL20-1RS232/BL20-1RS485/422
transmission rate

0000 = 300 bps

0001 = 600 bps
0010 = 1200 bps
0100 = 2400 bps
0101 = 4800 bps
0110 = 9600 bps
0111 = 14400 bps
1000 = 19200 bps
1001 = 28800 bps
1010 = 38400 bps
1011 = 57600 bps
1100 = 115200 bps

Data bits

0=7
1+8

Diagnostics Deactivate all diagnostics

0 = release 0 = no
1 = block 1 = yes

Data flow control Data flow control

– BL20-1RS232
00 = none
01 = XON/XOFF
10 = RTS/CTS

Data flow control Data flow control

– BL20-1RS485/422
00 = none
01 = XON/XOFF

Parity

00 = none
01 = odd
10 = even

528 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Parameters OLD Parameters NEW

Reduced control mode Extended status/control mode

0 = 01:07 0 = no
1 = 2:06 AM 1 = yes

RS422 / RS485

0 = RS422
1 = RS485

Stop bits

0 = 1 bit
1 = 2 bit

XOFF character

0 – 255

XON character

0 – 255

Technology modules
– BL20-1SSI
Data frame bits

00000…100000

Invalid bits (LSB)

0000…1111

Invalid bits (MSB)

0000…1111

transmission rate

0000 = 1000000 bps

0001 = 500000 bps
0010 = 250000 bps
0011 = 125000 bps
0100 = 100000 bps
0101 = 83000 bps
0110 = 71000 bps
0111 = 62500 bps

Data format

0 = binary coded
1 = GRAY coded

Sensor idle data cable test

0 = activate
1 = deactivate

2020/09 529
Appendix

Parameters OLD Parameters NEW

Technology modules
– BL20-E-1SWIRE
Automatic configuration SWIRE

0 = deactivate
1 = activate

Error message - Uaux

0 = activate
1 = deactivate

Configuration error field

0 = activate
1 = deactivate

Array - PKZ error

0 = activate
1 = deactivate

Array - slave error

0 = activate
1 = deactivate

Common error - config error Group configuration error field

0 = activate
1 = deactivate

Common error - PKZ error Group PKZ error field

0 = activate
1 = deactivate

Common error - slave error

0 = activate
1 = deactivate

Configuration check

0 = line orientated
1 = slave oriented

MC (Moeller Conformance)

0 = deactivate
1 = activate

PLC configuration check

0 = activate
1 = deactivate

530 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Parameters OLD Parameters NEW

Technology modules
– BL20-1CNT-24VDC
Diagnostic DO1

0=1
1 = off

Digital input DI

0 = normal
1 = inverted

Substitute value DO

0=0
1=1

Function DI (count mode)

00 = input
01 = HW gate
10 = Latch-Retrigger when edge pos.
11 = Synchronization when edge pos.

Function DI (measurement mode)

0 = input
1 = HW gate

Function DO (count mode)

00 = output
01 = on when cnt value >= ref. value
10 = on when cnt value <= ref. value
11 = pulse when cnt value = ref. value

Function DO (measurement mode)

00 = output
01 = outside of limit

10 = below lower limit

11 = above upper limit

Sensor pulse per revolution

1…65535

Main count direction

00 = none
01 = up
10 = down

Hysteresis

0…255 (Unsigned8)

Pulse duration DO1, DO2 [n*2ms]

0…255 (Unsigned8)

2020/09 531
Appendix

Parameters OLD Parameters NEW

Integration time [n*10ms]

1…1 000

wiring type

100000 = frequency measurement

100001 = revolutions measurement
100010 = period duration measurement

upper limit

1…16 777 215 × 10-3

Upper limit (HWORD)

0…255 (Unsigned8)

Upper limit (LWORD)

0…65535

Upper count limit

0…2147483647 (231-1)

Upper count limit (HWORD)

0…32767 (Unsigned16)

Upper count limit (LWORD)

0…65535 (Unsigned16)

Direction input (B)

0 = normal
1 = inverted

Group diagnostics

0 = release
1 = block

sensor (A)

0 = normal
1 = inverted

Sensor/ input filter (x)

0 = 2.5 s (200 kHz)

1 = 25 s (20 kHz)

Signal evaluation (A, B)

00 = pulse and direction

01 = rotary sensor: single
10 = rotary sensor: double
11 = rotary sensor: fourfold

532 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Parameters OLD Parameters NEW

synchronization

0 = single-action
1 = periodical

Gate function

0 = abort count procedure

1 = interrupt count procedure

Lower limit

0…16 777 214 × 10-3

Lower limit (HWORD)

0…255 (Unsigned8)

Lower limit (LWORD)

0…65535

Lower count limit

-2 147 483 648 (-231)…0

Lower count limit (HWORD)

-32 768…32 767 (Signed16)

Lower count limit (LWORD)

--32768…0 (Signed16)

behavior CPU/ master stop

00 = turn off DO1

01 = proceed with operating mode
10 = DO1 switch to substitute value
11 = DO1 hold last value

Counter mode

100000 = continuous count

100001 = single-action count
100010 = periodical count

2020/09 533
Appendix

534 Hans Turck GmbH & Co. KG | T +49 208 4952-0 | F +49 208 4952-264 | [email protected] | www.turck.com
 Over 30 subsidiaries and over
60 representations worldwide!

D300717 | 2020/09

*D300717* www.turck.com